Subversion Repositories Kolibri OS

Rev

Rev 5197 | Go to most recent revision | Blame | Compare with Previous | Last modification | View Log | RSS feed

  1. /* ELF executable support for BFD.
  2.  
  3.    Copyright (C) 1993-2015 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
  4.  
  5.    This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
  6.  
  7.    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
  8.    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
  9.    the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
  10.    (at your option) any later version.
  11.  
  12.    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
  13.    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
  14.    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
  15.    GNU General Public License for more details.
  16.  
  17.    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
  18.    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
  19.    Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
  20.    MA 02110-1301, USA.  */
  21.  
  22.  
  23. /*
  24. SECTION
  25.         ELF backends
  26.  
  27.         BFD support for ELF formats is being worked on.
  28.         Currently, the best supported back ends are for sparc and i386
  29.         (running svr4 or Solaris 2).
  30.  
  31.         Documentation of the internals of the support code still needs
  32.         to be written.  The code is changing quickly enough that we
  33.         haven't bothered yet.  */
  34.  
  35. /* For sparc64-cross-sparc32.  */
  36. #define _SYSCALL32
  37. #include "sysdep.h"
  38. #include "bfd.h"
  39. #include "bfdlink.h"
  40. #include "libbfd.h"
  41. #define ARCH_SIZE 0
  42. #include "elf-bfd.h"
  43. #include "libiberty.h"
  44. #include "safe-ctype.h"
  45. #include "elf-linux-psinfo.h"
  46.  
  47. #ifdef CORE_HEADER
  48. #include CORE_HEADER
  49. #endif
  50.  
  51. static int elf_sort_sections (const void *, const void *);
  52. static bfd_boolean assign_file_positions_except_relocs (bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *);
  53. static bfd_boolean prep_headers (bfd *);
  54. static bfd_boolean swap_out_syms (bfd *, struct elf_strtab_hash **, int) ;
  55. static bfd_boolean elf_read_notes (bfd *, file_ptr, bfd_size_type) ;
  56. static bfd_boolean elf_parse_notes (bfd *abfd, char *buf, size_t size,
  57.                                     file_ptr offset);
  58.  
  59. /* Swap version information in and out.  The version information is
  60.    currently size independent.  If that ever changes, this code will
  61.    need to move into elfcode.h.  */
  62.  
  63. /* Swap in a Verdef structure.  */
  64.  
  65. void
  66. _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (bfd *abfd,
  67.                          const Elf_External_Verdef *src,
  68.                          Elf_Internal_Verdef *dst)
  69. {
  70.   dst->vd_version = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vd_version);
  71.   dst->vd_flags   = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vd_flags);
  72.   dst->vd_ndx     = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vd_ndx);
  73.   dst->vd_cnt     = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vd_cnt);
  74.   dst->vd_hash    = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vd_hash);
  75.   dst->vd_aux     = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vd_aux);
  76.   dst->vd_next    = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vd_next);
  77. }
  78.  
  79. /* Swap out a Verdef structure.  */
  80.  
  81. void
  82. _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_out (bfd *abfd,
  83.                           const Elf_Internal_Verdef *src,
  84.                           Elf_External_Verdef *dst)
  85. {
  86.   H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vd_version, dst->vd_version);
  87.   H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vd_flags, dst->vd_flags);
  88.   H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vd_ndx, dst->vd_ndx);
  89.   H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vd_cnt, dst->vd_cnt);
  90.   H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vd_hash, dst->vd_hash);
  91.   H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vd_aux, dst->vd_aux);
  92.   H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vd_next, dst->vd_next);
  93. }
  94.  
  95. /* Swap in a Verdaux structure.  */
  96.  
  97. void
  98. _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in (bfd *abfd,
  99.                           const Elf_External_Verdaux *src,
  100.                           Elf_Internal_Verdaux *dst)
  101. {
  102.   dst->vda_name = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vda_name);
  103.   dst->vda_next = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vda_next);
  104. }
  105.  
  106. /* Swap out a Verdaux structure.  */
  107.  
  108. void
  109. _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_out (bfd *abfd,
  110.                            const Elf_Internal_Verdaux *src,
  111.                            Elf_External_Verdaux *dst)
  112. {
  113.   H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vda_name, dst->vda_name);
  114.   H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vda_next, dst->vda_next);
  115. }
  116.  
  117. /* Swap in a Verneed structure.  */
  118.  
  119. void
  120. _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_in (bfd *abfd,
  121.                           const Elf_External_Verneed *src,
  122.                           Elf_Internal_Verneed *dst)
  123. {
  124.   dst->vn_version = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vn_version);
  125.   dst->vn_cnt     = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vn_cnt);
  126.   dst->vn_file    = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vn_file);
  127.   dst->vn_aux     = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vn_aux);
  128.   dst->vn_next    = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vn_next);
  129. }
  130.  
  131. /* Swap out a Verneed structure.  */
  132.  
  133. void
  134. _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_out (bfd *abfd,
  135.                            const Elf_Internal_Verneed *src,
  136.                            Elf_External_Verneed *dst)
  137. {
  138.   H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vn_version, dst->vn_version);
  139.   H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vn_cnt, dst->vn_cnt);
  140.   H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vn_file, dst->vn_file);
  141.   H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vn_aux, dst->vn_aux);
  142.   H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vn_next, dst->vn_next);
  143. }
  144.  
  145. /* Swap in a Vernaux structure.  */
  146.  
  147. void
  148. _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_in (bfd *abfd,
  149.                           const Elf_External_Vernaux *src,
  150.                           Elf_Internal_Vernaux *dst)
  151. {
  152.   dst->vna_hash  = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vna_hash);
  153.   dst->vna_flags = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vna_flags);
  154.   dst->vna_other = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vna_other);
  155.   dst->vna_name  = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vna_name);
  156.   dst->vna_next  = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vna_next);
  157. }
  158.  
  159. /* Swap out a Vernaux structure.  */
  160.  
  161. void
  162. _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_out (bfd *abfd,
  163.                            const Elf_Internal_Vernaux *src,
  164.                            Elf_External_Vernaux *dst)
  165. {
  166.   H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vna_hash, dst->vna_hash);
  167.   H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vna_flags, dst->vna_flags);
  168.   H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vna_other, dst->vna_other);
  169.   H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vna_name, dst->vna_name);
  170.   H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vna_next, dst->vna_next);
  171. }
  172.  
  173. /* Swap in a Versym structure.  */
  174.  
  175. void
  176. _bfd_elf_swap_versym_in (bfd *abfd,
  177.                          const Elf_External_Versym *src,
  178.                          Elf_Internal_Versym *dst)
  179. {
  180.   dst->vs_vers = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vs_vers);
  181. }
  182.  
  183. /* Swap out a Versym structure.  */
  184.  
  185. void
  186. _bfd_elf_swap_versym_out (bfd *abfd,
  187.                           const Elf_Internal_Versym *src,
  188.                           Elf_External_Versym *dst)
  189. {
  190.   H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vs_vers, dst->vs_vers);
  191. }
  192.  
  193. /* Standard ELF hash function.  Do not change this function; you will
  194.    cause invalid hash tables to be generated.  */
  195.  
  196. unsigned long
  197. bfd_elf_hash (const char *namearg)
  198. {
  199.   const unsigned char *name = (const unsigned char *) namearg;
  200.   unsigned long h = 0;
  201.   unsigned long g;
  202.   int ch;
  203.  
  204.   while ((ch = *name++) != '\0')
  205.     {
  206.       h = (h << 4) + ch;
  207.       if ((g = (h & 0xf0000000)) != 0)
  208.         {
  209.           h ^= g >> 24;
  210.           /* The ELF ABI says `h &= ~g', but this is equivalent in
  211.              this case and on some machines one insn instead of two.  */
  212.           h ^= g;
  213.         }
  214.     }
  215.   return h & 0xffffffff;
  216. }
  217.  
  218. /* DT_GNU_HASH hash function.  Do not change this function; you will
  219.    cause invalid hash tables to be generated.  */
  220.  
  221. unsigned long
  222. bfd_elf_gnu_hash (const char *namearg)
  223. {
  224.   const unsigned char *name = (const unsigned char *) namearg;
  225.   unsigned long h = 5381;
  226.   unsigned char ch;
  227.  
  228.   while ((ch = *name++) != '\0')
  229.     h = (h << 5) + h + ch;
  230.   return h & 0xffffffff;
  231. }
  232.  
  233. /* Create a tdata field OBJECT_SIZE bytes in length, zeroed out and with
  234.    the object_id field of an elf_obj_tdata field set to OBJECT_ID.  */
  235. bfd_boolean
  236. bfd_elf_allocate_object (bfd *abfd,
  237.                          size_t object_size,
  238.                          enum elf_target_id object_id)
  239. {
  240.   BFD_ASSERT (object_size >= sizeof (struct elf_obj_tdata));
  241.   abfd->tdata.any = bfd_zalloc (abfd, object_size);
  242.   if (abfd->tdata.any == NULL)
  243.     return FALSE;
  244.  
  245.   elf_object_id (abfd) = object_id;
  246.   if (abfd->direction != read_direction)
  247.     {
  248.       struct output_elf_obj_tdata *o = bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof *o);
  249.       if (o == NULL)
  250.         return FALSE;
  251.       elf_tdata (abfd)->o = o;
  252.       elf_program_header_size (abfd) = (bfd_size_type) -1;
  253.     }
  254.   return TRUE;
  255. }
  256.  
  257.  
  258. bfd_boolean
  259. bfd_elf_make_object (bfd *abfd)
  260. {
  261.   const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
  262.   return bfd_elf_allocate_object (abfd, sizeof (struct elf_obj_tdata),
  263.                                   bed->target_id);
  264. }
  265.  
  266. bfd_boolean
  267. bfd_elf_mkcorefile (bfd *abfd)
  268. {
  269.   /* I think this can be done just like an object file.  */
  270.   if (!abfd->xvec->_bfd_set_format[(int) bfd_object] (abfd))
  271.     return FALSE;
  272.   elf_tdata (abfd)->core = bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (*elf_tdata (abfd)->core));
  273.   return elf_tdata (abfd)->core != NULL;
  274. }
  275.  
  276. static char *
  277. bfd_elf_get_str_section (bfd *abfd, unsigned int shindex)
  278. {
  279.   Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrp;
  280.   bfd_byte *shstrtab = NULL;
  281.   file_ptr offset;
  282.   bfd_size_type shstrtabsize;
  283.  
  284.   i_shdrp = elf_elfsections (abfd);
  285.   if (i_shdrp == 0
  286.       || shindex >= elf_numsections (abfd)
  287.       || i_shdrp[shindex] == 0)
  288.     return NULL;
  289.  
  290.   shstrtab = i_shdrp[shindex]->contents;
  291.   if (shstrtab == NULL)
  292.     {
  293.       /* No cached one, attempt to read, and cache what we read.  */
  294.       offset = i_shdrp[shindex]->sh_offset;
  295.       shstrtabsize = i_shdrp[shindex]->sh_size;
  296.  
  297.       /* Allocate and clear an extra byte at the end, to prevent crashes
  298.          in case the string table is not terminated.  */
  299.       if (shstrtabsize + 1 <= 1
  300.           || bfd_seek (abfd, offset, SEEK_SET) != 0
  301.           || (shstrtab = (bfd_byte *) bfd_alloc (abfd, shstrtabsize + 1)) == NULL)
  302.         shstrtab = NULL;
  303.       else if (bfd_bread (shstrtab, shstrtabsize, abfd) != shstrtabsize)
  304.         {
  305.           if (bfd_get_error () != bfd_error_system_call)
  306.             bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_truncated);
  307.           bfd_release (abfd, shstrtab);
  308.           shstrtab = NULL;
  309.           /* Once we've failed to read it, make sure we don't keep
  310.              trying.  Otherwise, we'll keep allocating space for
  311.              the string table over and over.  */
  312.           i_shdrp[shindex]->sh_size = 0;
  313.         }
  314.       else
  315.         shstrtab[shstrtabsize] = '\0';
  316.       i_shdrp[shindex]->contents = shstrtab;
  317.     }
  318.   return (char *) shstrtab;
  319. }
  320.  
  321. char *
  322. bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (bfd *abfd,
  323.                                  unsigned int shindex,
  324.                                  unsigned int strindex)
  325. {
  326.   Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
  327.  
  328.   if (strindex == 0)
  329.     return "";
  330.  
  331.   if (elf_elfsections (abfd) == NULL || shindex >= elf_numsections (abfd))
  332.     return NULL;
  333.  
  334.   hdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex];
  335.  
  336.   if (hdr->contents == NULL)
  337.     {
  338.       if (hdr->sh_type != SHT_STRTAB && hdr->sh_type < SHT_LOOS)
  339.         {
  340.           /* PR 17512: file: f057ec89.  */
  341.           _bfd_error_handler (_("%B: attempt to load strings from a non-string section (number %d)"),
  342.                               abfd, shindex);
  343.           return NULL;
  344.         }
  345.  
  346.       if (bfd_elf_get_str_section (abfd, shindex) == NULL)
  347.         return NULL;
  348.     }
  349.  
  350.   if (strindex >= hdr->sh_size)
  351.     {
  352.       unsigned int shstrndx = elf_elfheader(abfd)->e_shstrndx;
  353.       (*_bfd_error_handler)
  354.         (_("%B: invalid string offset %u >= %lu for section `%s'"),
  355.          abfd, strindex, (unsigned long) hdr->sh_size,
  356.          (shindex == shstrndx && strindex == hdr->sh_name
  357.           ? ".shstrtab"
  358.           : bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, shstrndx, hdr->sh_name)));
  359.       return NULL;
  360.     }
  361.  
  362.   return ((char *) hdr->contents) + strindex;
  363. }
  364.  
  365. /* Read and convert symbols to internal format.
  366.    SYMCOUNT specifies the number of symbols to read, starting from
  367.    symbol SYMOFFSET.  If any of INTSYM_BUF, EXTSYM_BUF or EXTSHNDX_BUF
  368.    are non-NULL, they are used to store the internal symbols, external
  369.    symbols, and symbol section index extensions, respectively.
  370.    Returns a pointer to the internal symbol buffer (malloced if necessary)
  371.    or NULL if there were no symbols or some kind of problem.  */
  372.  
  373. Elf_Internal_Sym *
  374. bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (bfd *ibfd,
  375.                       Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr,
  376.                       size_t symcount,
  377.                       size_t symoffset,
  378.                       Elf_Internal_Sym *intsym_buf,
  379.                       void *extsym_buf,
  380.                       Elf_External_Sym_Shndx *extshndx_buf)
  381. {
  382.   Elf_Internal_Shdr *shndx_hdr;
  383.   void *alloc_ext;
  384.   const bfd_byte *esym;
  385.   Elf_External_Sym_Shndx *alloc_extshndx;
  386.   Elf_External_Sym_Shndx *shndx;
  387.   Elf_Internal_Sym *alloc_intsym;
  388.   Elf_Internal_Sym *isym;
  389.   Elf_Internal_Sym *isymend;
  390.   const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
  391.   size_t extsym_size;
  392.   bfd_size_type amt;
  393.   file_ptr pos;
  394.  
  395.   if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
  396.     abort ();
  397.  
  398.   if (symcount == 0)
  399.     return intsym_buf;
  400.  
  401.   /* Normal syms might have section extension entries.  */
  402.   shndx_hdr = NULL;
  403.   if (elf_symtab_shndx_list (ibfd) != NULL)
  404.     {
  405.       elf_section_list * entry;
  406.       Elf_Internal_Shdr **sections = elf_elfsections (ibfd);
  407.  
  408.       /* Find an index section that is linked to this symtab section.  */
  409.       for (entry = elf_symtab_shndx_list (ibfd); entry != NULL; entry = entry->next)
  410.         if (sections[entry->hdr.sh_link] == symtab_hdr)
  411.           {
  412.             shndx_hdr = & entry->hdr;
  413.             break;
  414.           };
  415.  
  416.       if (shndx_hdr == NULL)
  417.         {
  418.           if (symtab_hdr == & elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd))
  419.             /* Not really accurate, but this was how the old code used to work.  */
  420.             shndx_hdr = & elf_symtab_shndx_list (ibfd)->hdr;
  421.           /* Otherwise we do nothing.  The assumption is that
  422.              the index table will not be needed.  */
  423.         }
  424.     }
  425.  
  426.   /* Read the symbols.  */
  427.   alloc_ext = NULL;
  428.   alloc_extshndx = NULL;
  429.   alloc_intsym = NULL;
  430.   bed = get_elf_backend_data (ibfd);
  431.   extsym_size = bed->s->sizeof_sym;
  432.   amt = symcount * extsym_size;
  433.   pos = symtab_hdr->sh_offset + symoffset * extsym_size;
  434.   if (extsym_buf == NULL)
  435.     {
  436.       alloc_ext = bfd_malloc2 (symcount, extsym_size);
  437.       extsym_buf = alloc_ext;
  438.     }
  439.   if (extsym_buf == NULL
  440.       || bfd_seek (ibfd, pos, SEEK_SET) != 0
  441.       || bfd_bread (extsym_buf, amt, ibfd) != amt)
  442.     {
  443.       intsym_buf = NULL;
  444.       goto out;
  445.     }
  446.  
  447.   if (shndx_hdr == NULL || shndx_hdr->sh_size == 0)
  448.     extshndx_buf = NULL;
  449.   else
  450.     {
  451.       amt = symcount * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx);
  452.       pos = shndx_hdr->sh_offset + symoffset * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx);
  453.       if (extshndx_buf == NULL)
  454.         {
  455.           alloc_extshndx = (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx *)
  456.               bfd_malloc2 (symcount, sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx));
  457.           extshndx_buf = alloc_extshndx;
  458.         }
  459.       if (extshndx_buf == NULL
  460.           || bfd_seek (ibfd, pos, SEEK_SET) != 0
  461.           || bfd_bread (extshndx_buf, amt, ibfd) != amt)
  462.         {
  463.           intsym_buf = NULL;
  464.           goto out;
  465.         }
  466.     }
  467.  
  468.   if (intsym_buf == NULL)
  469.     {
  470.       alloc_intsym = (Elf_Internal_Sym *)
  471.           bfd_malloc2 (symcount, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Sym));
  472.       intsym_buf = alloc_intsym;
  473.       if (intsym_buf == NULL)
  474.         goto out;
  475.     }
  476.  
  477.   /* Convert the symbols to internal form.  */
  478.   isymend = intsym_buf + symcount;
  479.   for (esym = (const bfd_byte *) extsym_buf, isym = intsym_buf,
  480.            shndx = extshndx_buf;
  481.        isym < isymend;
  482.        esym += extsym_size, isym++, shndx = shndx != NULL ? shndx + 1 : NULL)
  483.     if (!(*bed->s->swap_symbol_in) (ibfd, esym, shndx, isym))
  484.       {
  485.         symoffset += (esym - (bfd_byte *) extsym_buf) / extsym_size;
  486.         (*_bfd_error_handler) (_("%B symbol number %lu references "
  487.                                  "nonexistent SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX section"),
  488.                                ibfd, (unsigned long) symoffset);
  489.         if (alloc_intsym != NULL)
  490.           free (alloc_intsym);
  491.         intsym_buf = NULL;
  492.         goto out;
  493.       }
  494.  
  495.  out:
  496.   if (alloc_ext != NULL)
  497.     free (alloc_ext);
  498.   if (alloc_extshndx != NULL)
  499.     free (alloc_extshndx);
  500.  
  501.   return intsym_buf;
  502. }
  503.  
  504. /* Look up a symbol name.  */
  505. const char *
  506. bfd_elf_sym_name (bfd *abfd,
  507.                   Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr,
  508.                   Elf_Internal_Sym *isym,
  509.                   asection *sym_sec)
  510. {
  511.   const char *name;
  512.   unsigned int iname = isym->st_name;
  513.   unsigned int shindex = symtab_hdr->sh_link;
  514.  
  515.   if (iname == 0 && ELF_ST_TYPE (isym->st_info) == STT_SECTION
  516.       /* Check for a bogus st_shndx to avoid crashing.  */
  517.       && isym->st_shndx < elf_numsections (abfd))
  518.     {
  519.       iname = elf_elfsections (abfd)[isym->st_shndx]->sh_name;
  520.       shindex = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shstrndx;
  521.     }
  522.  
  523.   name = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, shindex, iname);
  524.   if (name == NULL)
  525.     name = "(null)";
  526.   else if (sym_sec && *name == '\0')
  527.     name = bfd_section_name (abfd, sym_sec);
  528.  
  529.   return name;
  530. }
  531.  
  532. /* Elf_Internal_Shdr->contents is an array of these for SHT_GROUP
  533.    sections.  The first element is the flags, the rest are section
  534.    pointers.  */
  535.  
  536. typedef union elf_internal_group {
  537.   Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr;
  538.   unsigned int flags;
  539. } Elf_Internal_Group;
  540.  
  541. /* Return the name of the group signature symbol.  Why isn't the
  542.    signature just a string?  */
  543.  
  544. static const char *
  545. group_signature (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Shdr *ghdr)
  546. {
  547.   Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
  548.   unsigned char esym[sizeof (Elf64_External_Sym)];
  549.   Elf_External_Sym_Shndx eshndx;
  550.   Elf_Internal_Sym isym;
  551.  
  552.   /* First we need to ensure the symbol table is available.  Make sure
  553.      that it is a symbol table section.  */
  554.   if (ghdr->sh_link >= elf_numsections (abfd))
  555.     return NULL;
  556.   hdr = elf_elfsections (abfd) [ghdr->sh_link];
  557.   if (hdr->sh_type != SHT_SYMTAB
  558.       || ! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, ghdr->sh_link))
  559.     return NULL;
  560.  
  561.   /* Go read the symbol.  */
  562.   hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
  563.   if (bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd, hdr, 1, ghdr->sh_info,
  564.                             &isym, esym, &eshndx) == NULL)
  565.     return NULL;
  566.  
  567.   return bfd_elf_sym_name (abfd, hdr, &isym, NULL);
  568. }
  569.  
  570. /* Set next_in_group list pointer, and group name for NEWSECT.  */
  571.  
  572. static bfd_boolean
  573. setup_group (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr, asection *newsect)
  574. {
  575.   unsigned int num_group = elf_tdata (abfd)->num_group;
  576.  
  577.   /* If num_group is zero, read in all SHT_GROUP sections.  The count
  578.      is set to -1 if there are no SHT_GROUP sections.  */
  579.   if (num_group == 0)
  580.     {
  581.       unsigned int i, shnum;
  582.  
  583.       /* First count the number of groups.  If we have a SHT_GROUP
  584.          section with just a flag word (ie. sh_size is 4), ignore it.  */
  585.       shnum = elf_numsections (abfd);
  586.       num_group = 0;
  587.  
  588. #define IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER(shdr, minsize)    \
  589.         (   (shdr)->sh_type == SHT_GROUP                \
  590.          && (shdr)->sh_size >= minsize                  \
  591.          && (shdr)->sh_entsize == GRP_ENTRY_SIZE        \
  592.          && ((shdr)->sh_size % GRP_ENTRY_SIZE) == 0)
  593.  
  594.       for (i = 0; i < shnum; i++)
  595.         {
  596.           Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i];
  597.  
  598.           if (IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER (shdr, 2 * GRP_ENTRY_SIZE))
  599.             num_group += 1;
  600.         }
  601.  
  602.       if (num_group == 0)
  603.         {
  604.           num_group = (unsigned) -1;
  605.           elf_tdata (abfd)->num_group = num_group;
  606.         }
  607.       else
  608.         {
  609.           /* We keep a list of elf section headers for group sections,
  610.              so we can find them quickly.  */
  611.           bfd_size_type amt;
  612.  
  613.           elf_tdata (abfd)->num_group = num_group;
  614.           elf_tdata (abfd)->group_sect_ptr = (Elf_Internal_Shdr **)
  615.               bfd_alloc2 (abfd, num_group, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr *));
  616.           if (elf_tdata (abfd)->group_sect_ptr == NULL)
  617.             return FALSE;
  618.  
  619.           num_group = 0;
  620.           for (i = 0; i < shnum; i++)
  621.             {
  622.               Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i];
  623.  
  624.               if (IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER (shdr, 2 * GRP_ENTRY_SIZE))
  625.                 {
  626.                   unsigned char *src;
  627.                   Elf_Internal_Group *dest;
  628.  
  629.                   /* Add to list of sections.  */
  630.                   elf_tdata (abfd)->group_sect_ptr[num_group] = shdr;
  631.                   num_group += 1;
  632.  
  633.                   /* Read the raw contents.  */
  634.                   BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (*dest) >= 4);
  635.                   amt = shdr->sh_size * sizeof (*dest) / 4;
  636.                   shdr->contents = (unsigned char *)
  637.                       bfd_alloc2 (abfd, shdr->sh_size, sizeof (*dest) / 4);
  638.                   /* PR binutils/4110: Handle corrupt group headers.  */
  639.                   if (shdr->contents == NULL)
  640.                     {
  641.                       _bfd_error_handler
  642.                         (_("%B: corrupt size field in group section header: 0x%lx"), abfd, shdr->sh_size);
  643.                       bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
  644.                       -- num_group;
  645.                       continue;
  646.                     }
  647.  
  648.                   memset (shdr->contents, 0, amt);
  649.  
  650.                   if (bfd_seek (abfd, shdr->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0
  651.                       || (bfd_bread (shdr->contents, shdr->sh_size, abfd)
  652.                           != shdr->sh_size))
  653.                     {
  654.                       _bfd_error_handler
  655.                         (_("%B: invalid size field in group section header: 0x%lx"), abfd, shdr->sh_size);
  656.                       bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
  657.                       -- num_group;
  658.                       /* PR 17510: If the group contents are even partially
  659.                          corrupt, do not allow any of the contents to be used.  */
  660.                       memset (shdr->contents, 0, amt);
  661.                       continue;
  662.                     }
  663.  
  664.                   /* Translate raw contents, a flag word followed by an
  665.                      array of elf section indices all in target byte order,
  666.                      to the flag word followed by an array of elf section
  667.                      pointers.  */
  668.                   src = shdr->contents + shdr->sh_size;
  669.                   dest = (Elf_Internal_Group *) (shdr->contents + amt);
  670.  
  671.                   while (1)
  672.                     {
  673.                       unsigned int idx;
  674.  
  675.                       src -= 4;
  676.                       --dest;
  677.                       idx = H_GET_32 (abfd, src);
  678.                       if (src == shdr->contents)
  679.                         {
  680.                           dest->flags = idx;
  681.                           if (shdr->bfd_section != NULL && (idx & GRP_COMDAT))
  682.                             shdr->bfd_section->flags
  683.                               |= SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD;
  684.                           break;
  685.                         }
  686.                       if (idx >= shnum)
  687.                         {
  688.                           ((*_bfd_error_handler)
  689.                            (_("%B: invalid SHT_GROUP entry"), abfd));
  690.                           idx = 0;
  691.                         }
  692.                       dest->shdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[idx];
  693.                     }
  694.                 }
  695.             }
  696.  
  697.           /* PR 17510: Corrupt binaries might contain invalid groups.  */
  698.           if (num_group != (unsigned) elf_tdata (abfd)->num_group)
  699.             {
  700.               elf_tdata (abfd)->num_group = num_group;
  701.  
  702.               /* If all groups are invalid then fail.  */
  703.               if (num_group == 0)
  704.                 {
  705.                   elf_tdata (abfd)->group_sect_ptr = NULL;
  706.                   elf_tdata (abfd)->num_group = num_group = -1;
  707.                   (*_bfd_error_handler) (_("%B: no valid group sections found"), abfd);
  708.                   bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
  709.                 }
  710.             }
  711.         }
  712.     }
  713.  
  714.   if (num_group != (unsigned) -1)
  715.     {
  716.       unsigned int i;
  717.  
  718.       for (i = 0; i < num_group; i++)
  719.         {
  720.           Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr = elf_tdata (abfd)->group_sect_ptr[i];
  721.           Elf_Internal_Group *idx = (Elf_Internal_Group *) shdr->contents;
  722.           unsigned int n_elt = shdr->sh_size / 4;
  723.  
  724.           /* Look through this group's sections to see if current
  725.              section is a member.  */
  726.           while (--n_elt != 0)
  727.             if ((++idx)->shdr == hdr)
  728.               {
  729.                 asection *s = NULL;
  730.  
  731.                 /* We are a member of this group.  Go looking through
  732.                    other members to see if any others are linked via
  733.                    next_in_group.  */
  734.                 idx = (Elf_Internal_Group *) shdr->contents;
  735.                 n_elt = shdr->sh_size / 4;
  736.                 while (--n_elt != 0)
  737.                   if ((s = (++idx)->shdr->bfd_section) != NULL
  738.                       && elf_next_in_group (s) != NULL)
  739.                     break;
  740.                 if (n_elt != 0)
  741.                   {
  742.                     /* Snarf the group name from other member, and
  743.                        insert current section in circular list.  */
  744.                     elf_group_name (newsect) = elf_group_name (s);
  745.                     elf_next_in_group (newsect) = elf_next_in_group (s);
  746.                     elf_next_in_group (s) = newsect;
  747.                   }
  748.                 else
  749.                   {
  750.                     const char *gname;
  751.  
  752.                     gname = group_signature (abfd, shdr);
  753.                     if (gname == NULL)
  754.                       return FALSE;
  755.                     elf_group_name (newsect) = gname;
  756.  
  757.                     /* Start a circular list with one element.  */
  758.                     elf_next_in_group (newsect) = newsect;
  759.                   }
  760.  
  761.                 /* If the group section has been created, point to the
  762.                    new member.  */
  763.                 if (shdr->bfd_section != NULL)
  764.                   elf_next_in_group (shdr->bfd_section) = newsect;
  765.  
  766.                 i = num_group - 1;
  767.                 break;
  768.               }
  769.         }
  770.     }
  771.  
  772.   if (elf_group_name (newsect) == NULL)
  773.     {
  774.       (*_bfd_error_handler) (_("%B: no group info for section %A"),
  775.                              abfd, newsect);
  776.       return FALSE;
  777.     }
  778.   return TRUE;
  779. }
  780.  
  781. bfd_boolean
  782. _bfd_elf_setup_sections (bfd *abfd)
  783. {
  784.   unsigned int i;
  785.   unsigned int num_group = elf_tdata (abfd)->num_group;
  786.   bfd_boolean result = TRUE;
  787.   asection *s;
  788.  
  789.   /* Process SHF_LINK_ORDER.  */
  790.   for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
  791.     {
  792.       Elf_Internal_Shdr *this_hdr = &elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr;
  793.       if ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_LINK_ORDER) != 0)
  794.         {
  795.           unsigned int elfsec = this_hdr->sh_link;
  796.           /* FIXME: The old Intel compiler and old strip/objcopy may
  797.              not set the sh_link or sh_info fields.  Hence we could
  798.              get the situation where elfsec is 0.  */
  799.           if (elfsec == 0)
  800.             {
  801.               const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
  802.               if (bed->link_order_error_handler)
  803.                 bed->link_order_error_handler
  804.                   (_("%B: warning: sh_link not set for section `%A'"),
  805.                    abfd, s);
  806.             }
  807.           else
  808.             {
  809.               asection *linksec = NULL;
  810.  
  811.               if (elfsec < elf_numsections (abfd))
  812.                 {
  813.                   this_hdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[elfsec];
  814.                   linksec = this_hdr->bfd_section;
  815.                 }
  816.  
  817.               /* PR 1991, 2008:
  818.                  Some strip/objcopy may leave an incorrect value in
  819.                  sh_link.  We don't want to proceed.  */
  820.               if (linksec == NULL)
  821.                 {
  822.                   (*_bfd_error_handler)
  823.                     (_("%B: sh_link [%d] in section `%A' is incorrect"),
  824.                      s->owner, s, elfsec);
  825.                   result = FALSE;
  826.                 }
  827.  
  828.               elf_linked_to_section (s) = linksec;
  829.             }
  830.         }
  831.     }
  832.  
  833.   /* Process section groups.  */
  834.   if (num_group == (unsigned) -1)
  835.     return result;
  836.  
  837.   for (i = 0; i < num_group; i++)
  838.     {
  839.       Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr = elf_tdata (abfd)->group_sect_ptr[i];
  840.       Elf_Internal_Group *idx;
  841.       unsigned int n_elt;
  842.  
  843.       /* PR binutils/18758: Beware of corrupt binaries with invalid group data.  */
  844.       if (shdr == NULL || shdr->bfd_section == NULL || shdr->contents == NULL)
  845.         {
  846.           (*_bfd_error_handler)
  847.             (_("%B: section group entry number %u is corrupt"),
  848.              abfd, i);
  849.           result = FALSE;
  850.           continue;
  851.         }
  852.  
  853.       idx = (Elf_Internal_Group *) shdr->contents;
  854.       n_elt = shdr->sh_size / 4;
  855.  
  856.       while (--n_elt != 0)
  857.         if ((++idx)->shdr->bfd_section)
  858.           elf_sec_group (idx->shdr->bfd_section) = shdr->bfd_section;
  859.         else if (idx->shdr->sh_type == SHT_RELA
  860.                  || idx->shdr->sh_type == SHT_REL)
  861.           /* We won't include relocation sections in section groups in
  862.              output object files. We adjust the group section size here
  863.              so that relocatable link will work correctly when
  864.              relocation sections are in section group in input object
  865.              files.  */
  866.           shdr->bfd_section->size -= 4;
  867.         else
  868.           {
  869.             /* There are some unknown sections in the group.  */
  870.             (*_bfd_error_handler)
  871.               (_("%B: unknown [%d] section `%s' in group [%s]"),
  872.                abfd,
  873.                (unsigned int) idx->shdr->sh_type,
  874.                bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd,
  875.                                                 (elf_elfheader (abfd)
  876.                                                  ->e_shstrndx),
  877.                                                 idx->shdr->sh_name),
  878.                shdr->bfd_section->name);
  879.             result = FALSE;
  880.           }
  881.     }
  882.   return result;
  883. }
  884.  
  885. bfd_boolean
  886. bfd_elf_is_group_section (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, const asection *sec)
  887. {
  888.   return elf_next_in_group (sec) != NULL;
  889. }
  890.  
  891. static char *
  892. convert_debug_to_zdebug (bfd *abfd, const char *name)
  893. {
  894.   unsigned int len = strlen (name);
  895.   char *new_name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len + 2);
  896.   if (new_name == NULL)
  897.     return NULL;
  898.   new_name[0] = '.';
  899.   new_name[1] = 'z';
  900.   memcpy (new_name + 2, name + 1, len);
  901.   return new_name;
  902. }
  903.  
  904. static char *
  905. convert_zdebug_to_debug (bfd *abfd, const char *name)
  906. {
  907.   unsigned int len = strlen (name);
  908.   char *new_name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
  909.   if (new_name == NULL)
  910.     return NULL;
  911.   new_name[0] = '.';
  912.   memcpy (new_name + 1, name + 2, len - 1);
  913.   return new_name;
  914. }
  915.  
  916. /* Make a BFD section from an ELF section.  We store a pointer to the
  917.    BFD section in the bfd_section field of the header.  */
  918.  
  919. bfd_boolean
  920. _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (bfd *abfd,
  921.                                  Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr,
  922.                                  const char *name,
  923.                                  int shindex)
  924. {
  925.   asection *newsect;
  926.   flagword flags;
  927.   const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
  928.  
  929.   if (hdr->bfd_section != NULL)
  930.     return TRUE;
  931.  
  932.   newsect = bfd_make_section_anyway (abfd, name);
  933.   if (newsect == NULL)
  934.     return FALSE;
  935.  
  936.   hdr->bfd_section = newsect;
  937.   elf_section_data (newsect)->this_hdr = *hdr;
  938.   elf_section_data (newsect)->this_idx = shindex;
  939.  
  940.   /* Always use the real type/flags.  */
  941.   elf_section_type (newsect) = hdr->sh_type;
  942.   elf_section_flags (newsect) = hdr->sh_flags;
  943.  
  944.   newsect->filepos = hdr->sh_offset;
  945.  
  946.   if (! bfd_set_section_vma (abfd, newsect, hdr->sh_addr)
  947.       || ! bfd_set_section_size (abfd, newsect, hdr->sh_size)
  948.       || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, newsect,
  949.                                       bfd_log2 (hdr->sh_addralign)))
  950.     return FALSE;
  951.  
  952.   flags = SEC_NO_FLAGS;
  953.   if (hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS)
  954.     flags |= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
  955.   if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_GROUP)
  956.     flags |= SEC_GROUP | SEC_EXCLUDE;
  957.   if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0)
  958.     {
  959.       flags |= SEC_ALLOC;
  960.       if (hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS)
  961.         flags |= SEC_LOAD;
  962.     }
  963.   if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_WRITE) == 0)
  964.     flags |= SEC_READONLY;
  965.   if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_EXECINSTR) != 0)
  966.     flags |= SEC_CODE;
  967.   else if ((flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
  968.     flags |= SEC_DATA;
  969.   if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_MERGE) != 0)
  970.     {
  971.       flags |= SEC_MERGE;
  972.       newsect->entsize = hdr->sh_entsize;
  973.       if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_STRINGS) != 0)
  974.         flags |= SEC_STRINGS;
  975.     }
  976.   if (hdr->sh_flags & SHF_GROUP)
  977.     if (!setup_group (abfd, hdr, newsect))
  978.       return FALSE;
  979.   if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_TLS) != 0)
  980.     flags |= SEC_THREAD_LOCAL;
  981.   if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_EXCLUDE) != 0)
  982.     flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
  983.  
  984.   if ((flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0)
  985.     {
  986.       /* The debugging sections appear to be recognized only by name,
  987.          not any sort of flag.  Their SEC_ALLOC bits are cleared.  */
  988.       if (name [0] == '.')
  989.         {
  990.           const char *p;
  991.           int n;
  992.           if (name[1] == 'd')
  993.             p = ".debug", n = 6;
  994.           else if (name[1] == 'g' && name[2] == 'n')
  995.             p = ".gnu.linkonce.wi.", n = 17;
  996.           else if (name[1] == 'g' && name[2] == 'd')
  997.             p = ".gdb_index", n = 11; /* yes we really do mean 11.  */
  998.           else if (name[1] == 'l')
  999.             p = ".line", n = 5;
  1000.           else if (name[1] == 's')
  1001.             p = ".stab", n = 5;
  1002.           else if (name[1] == 'z')
  1003.             p = ".zdebug", n = 7;
  1004.           else
  1005.             p = NULL, n = 0;
  1006.           if (p != NULL && strncmp (name, p, n) == 0)
  1007.             flags |= SEC_DEBUGGING;
  1008.         }
  1009.     }
  1010.  
  1011.   /* As a GNU extension, if the name begins with .gnu.linkonce, we
  1012.      only link a single copy of the section.  This is used to support
  1013.      g++.  g++ will emit each template expansion in its own section.
  1014.      The symbols will be defined as weak, so that multiple definitions
  1015.      are permitted.  The GNU linker extension is to actually discard
  1016.      all but one of the sections.  */
  1017.   if (CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".gnu.linkonce")
  1018.       && elf_next_in_group (newsect) == NULL)
  1019.     flags |= SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD;
  1020.  
  1021.   bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
  1022.   if (bed->elf_backend_section_flags)
  1023.     if (! bed->elf_backend_section_flags (&flags, hdr))
  1024.       return FALSE;
  1025.  
  1026.   if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, newsect, flags))
  1027.     return FALSE;
  1028.  
  1029.   /* We do not parse the PT_NOTE segments as we are interested even in the
  1030.      separate debug info files which may have the segments offsets corrupted.
  1031.      PT_NOTEs from the core files are currently not parsed using BFD.  */
  1032.   if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_NOTE)
  1033.     {
  1034.       bfd_byte *contents;
  1035.  
  1036.       if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, newsect, &contents))
  1037.         return FALSE;
  1038.  
  1039.       elf_parse_notes (abfd, (char *) contents, hdr->sh_size, -1);
  1040.       free (contents);
  1041.     }
  1042.  
  1043.   if ((flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
  1044.     {
  1045.       Elf_Internal_Phdr *phdr;
  1046.       unsigned int i, nload;
  1047.  
  1048.       /* Some ELF linkers produce binaries with all the program header
  1049.          p_paddr fields zero.  If we have such a binary with more than
  1050.          one PT_LOAD header, then leave the section lma equal to vma
  1051.          so that we don't create sections with overlapping lma.  */
  1052.       phdr = elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr;
  1053.       for (nload = 0, i = 0; i < elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum; i++, phdr++)
  1054.         if (phdr->p_paddr != 0)
  1055.           break;
  1056.         else if (phdr->p_type == PT_LOAD && phdr->p_memsz != 0)
  1057.           ++nload;
  1058.       if (i >= elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum && nload > 1)
  1059.         return TRUE;
  1060.  
  1061.       phdr = elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr;
  1062.       for (i = 0; i < elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum; i++, phdr++)
  1063.         {
  1064.           if (((phdr->p_type == PT_LOAD
  1065.                 && (hdr->sh_flags & SHF_TLS) == 0)
  1066.                || phdr->p_type == PT_TLS)
  1067.               && ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (hdr, phdr))
  1068.             {
  1069.               if ((flags & SEC_LOAD) == 0)
  1070.                 newsect->lma = (phdr->p_paddr
  1071.                                 + hdr->sh_addr - phdr->p_vaddr);
  1072.               else
  1073.                 /* We used to use the same adjustment for SEC_LOAD
  1074.                    sections, but that doesn't work if the segment
  1075.                    is packed with code from multiple VMAs.
  1076.                    Instead we calculate the section LMA based on
  1077.                    the segment LMA.  It is assumed that the
  1078.                    segment will contain sections with contiguous
  1079.                    LMAs, even if the VMAs are not.  */
  1080.                 newsect->lma = (phdr->p_paddr
  1081.                                 + hdr->sh_offset - phdr->p_offset);
  1082.  
  1083.               /* With contiguous segments, we can't tell from file
  1084.                  offsets whether a section with zero size should
  1085.                  be placed at the end of one segment or the
  1086.                  beginning of the next.  Decide based on vaddr.  */
  1087.               if (hdr->sh_addr >= phdr->p_vaddr
  1088.                   && (hdr->sh_addr + hdr->sh_size
  1089.                       <= phdr->p_vaddr + phdr->p_memsz))
  1090.                 break;
  1091.             }
  1092.         }
  1093.     }
  1094.  
  1095.   /* Compress/decompress DWARF debug sections with names: .debug_* and
  1096.      .zdebug_*, after the section flags is set.  */
  1097.   if ((flags & SEC_DEBUGGING)
  1098.       && ((name[1] == 'd' && name[6] == '_')
  1099.           || (name[1] == 'z' && name[7] == '_')))
  1100.     {
  1101.       enum { nothing, compress, decompress } action = nothing;
  1102.       int compression_header_size;
  1103.       bfd_size_type uncompressed_size;
  1104.       bfd_boolean compressed
  1105.         = bfd_is_section_compressed_with_header (abfd, newsect,
  1106.                                                  &compression_header_size,
  1107.                                                  &uncompressed_size);
  1108.  
  1109.       if (compressed)
  1110.         {
  1111.           /* Compressed section.  Check if we should decompress.  */
  1112.           if ((abfd->flags & BFD_DECOMPRESS))
  1113.             action = decompress;
  1114.         }
  1115.  
  1116.       /* Compress the uncompressed section or convert from/to .zdebug*
  1117.          section.  Check if we should compress.  */
  1118.       if (action == nothing)
  1119.         {
  1120.           if (newsect->size != 0
  1121.               && (abfd->flags & BFD_COMPRESS)
  1122.               && compression_header_size >= 0
  1123.               && uncompressed_size > 0
  1124.               && (!compressed
  1125.                   || ((compression_header_size > 0)
  1126.                       != ((abfd->flags & BFD_COMPRESS_GABI) != 0))))
  1127.             action = compress;
  1128.           else
  1129.             return TRUE;
  1130.         }
  1131.  
  1132.       if (action == compress)
  1133.         {
  1134.           if (!bfd_init_section_compress_status (abfd, newsect))
  1135.             {
  1136.               (*_bfd_error_handler)
  1137.                 (_("%B: unable to initialize compress status for section %s"),
  1138.                  abfd, name);
  1139.               return FALSE;
  1140.             }
  1141.         }
  1142.       else
  1143.         {
  1144.           if (!bfd_init_section_decompress_status (abfd, newsect))
  1145.             {
  1146.               (*_bfd_error_handler)
  1147.                 (_("%B: unable to initialize decompress status for section %s"),
  1148.                  abfd, name);
  1149.               return FALSE;
  1150.             }
  1151.         }
  1152.  
  1153.       if (abfd->is_linker_input)
  1154.         {
  1155.           if (name[1] == 'z'
  1156.               && (action == decompress
  1157.                   || (action == compress
  1158.                       && (abfd->flags & BFD_COMPRESS_GABI) != 0)))
  1159.             {
  1160.               /* Convert section name from .zdebug_* to .debug_* so
  1161.                  that linker will consider this section as a debug
  1162.                  section.  */
  1163.               char *new_name = convert_zdebug_to_debug (abfd, name);
  1164.               if (new_name == NULL)
  1165.                 return FALSE;
  1166.               bfd_rename_section (abfd, newsect, new_name);
  1167.             }
  1168.         }
  1169.       else
  1170.         /* For objdump, don't rename the section.  For objcopy, delay
  1171.            section rename to elf_fake_sections.  */
  1172.         newsect->flags |= SEC_ELF_RENAME;
  1173.     }
  1174.  
  1175.   return TRUE;
  1176. }
  1177.  
  1178. const char *const bfd_elf_section_type_names[] = {
  1179.   "SHT_NULL", "SHT_PROGBITS", "SHT_SYMTAB", "SHT_STRTAB",
  1180.   "SHT_RELA", "SHT_HASH", "SHT_DYNAMIC", "SHT_NOTE",
  1181.   "SHT_NOBITS", "SHT_REL", "SHT_SHLIB", "SHT_DYNSYM",
  1182. };
  1183.  
  1184. /* ELF relocs are against symbols.  If we are producing relocatable
  1185.    output, and the reloc is against an external symbol, and nothing
  1186.    has given us any additional addend, the resulting reloc will also
  1187.    be against the same symbol.  In such a case, we don't want to
  1188.    change anything about the way the reloc is handled, since it will
  1189.    all be done at final link time.  Rather than put special case code
  1190.    into bfd_perform_relocation, all the reloc types use this howto
  1191.    function.  It just short circuits the reloc if producing
  1192.    relocatable output against an external symbol.  */
  1193.  
  1194. bfd_reloc_status_type
  1195. bfd_elf_generic_reloc (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
  1196.                        arelent *reloc_entry,
  1197.                        asymbol *symbol,
  1198.                        void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
  1199.                        asection *input_section,
  1200.                        bfd *output_bfd,
  1201.                        char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
  1202. {
  1203.   if (output_bfd != NULL
  1204.       && (symbol->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) == 0
  1205.       && (! reloc_entry->howto->partial_inplace
  1206.           || reloc_entry->addend == 0))
  1207.     {
  1208.       reloc_entry->address += input_section->output_offset;
  1209.       return bfd_reloc_ok;
  1210.     }
  1211.  
  1212.   return bfd_reloc_continue;
  1213. }
  1215. /* Copy the program header and other data from one object module to
  1216.    another.  */
  1217.  
  1218. bfd_boolean
  1219. _bfd_elf_copy_private_bfd_data (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd)
  1220. {
  1221.   if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
  1222.       || bfd_get_flavour (obfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
  1223.     return TRUE;
  1224.  
  1225.   if (!elf_flags_init (obfd))
  1226.     {
  1227.       elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_flags;
  1228.       elf_flags_init (obfd) = TRUE;
  1229.     }
  1230.  
  1231.   elf_gp (obfd) = elf_gp (ibfd);
  1232.  
  1233.   /* Also copy the EI_OSABI field.  */
  1234.   elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_ident[EI_OSABI] =
  1235.     elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_ident[EI_OSABI];
  1236.  
  1237.   /* Copy object attributes.  */
  1238.   _bfd_elf_copy_obj_attributes (ibfd, obfd);
  1239.  
  1240.   /* This is an feature for objcopy --only-keep-debug:  When a section's type
  1241.      is changed to NOBITS, we preserve the sh_link and sh_info fields so that
  1242.      they can be matched up with the original.  */
  1243.   Elf_Internal_Shdr ** iheaders = elf_elfsections (ibfd);
  1244.   Elf_Internal_Shdr ** oheaders = elf_elfsections (obfd);
  1245.  
  1246.   if (iheaders != NULL && oheaders != NULL)
  1247.     {
  1248.       unsigned int i;
  1249.  
  1250.       for (i = 0; i < elf_numsections (obfd); i++)
  1251.         {
  1252.           unsigned int j;
  1253.           Elf_Internal_Shdr * oheader = oheaders[i];
  1254.  
  1255.           if (oheader == NULL
  1256.               || oheader->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS
  1257.               || oheader->sh_size == 0
  1258.               || (oheader->sh_info != 0 && oheader->sh_link != 0))
  1259.             continue;
  1260.  
  1261.           /* Scan for the matching section in the input bfd.
  1262.              FIXME: We could use something better than a linear scan here.
  1263.              Unfortunately we cannot compare names as the output string table
  1264.              is empty, so instead we check size, address and type.  */
  1265.           for (j = 0; j < elf_numsections (ibfd); j++)
  1266.             {
  1267.               Elf_Internal_Shdr * iheader = iheaders[j];
  1268.  
  1269.               /* Since --only-keep-debug turns all non-debug sections
  1270.                  into SHT_NOBITS sections, the output SHT_NOBITS type
  1271.                  matches any input type.  */
  1272.               if ((oheader->sh_type == SHT_NOBITS
  1273.                    || iheader->sh_type == oheader->sh_type)
  1274.                   && iheader->sh_flags == oheader->sh_flags
  1275.                   && iheader->sh_addralign == oheader->sh_addralign
  1276.                   && iheader->sh_entsize == oheader->sh_entsize
  1277.                   && iheader->sh_size == oheader->sh_size
  1278.                   && iheader->sh_addr == oheader->sh_addr
  1279.                   && (iheader->sh_info != oheader->sh_info
  1280.                       || iheader->sh_link != oheader->sh_link))
  1281.                 {
  1282.                   /* Note: Strictly speaking these assignments are wrong.
  1283.                      The sh_link and sh_info fields should point to the
  1284.                      relevent sections in the output BFD, which may not be in
  1285.                      the same location as they were in the input BFD.  But the
  1286.                      whole point of this action is to preserve the original
  1287.                      values of the sh_link and sh_info fields, so that they
  1288.                      can be matched up with the section headers in the
  1289.                      original file.  So strictly speaking we may be creating
  1290.                      an invalid ELF file, but it is only for a file that just
  1291.                      contains debug info and only for sections without any
  1292.                      contents.  */
  1293.                   if (oheader->sh_link == 0)
  1294.                     oheader->sh_link = iheader->sh_link;
  1295.                   if (oheader->sh_info == 0)
  1296.                     oheader->sh_info = iheader->sh_info;
  1297.                   break;
  1298.                 }
  1299.             }
  1300.         }
  1301.     }
  1302.  
  1303.   return TRUE;
  1304. }
  1305.  
  1306. static const char *
  1307. get_segment_type (unsigned int p_type)
  1308. {
  1309.   const char *pt;
  1310.   switch (p_type)
  1311.     {
  1312.     case PT_NULL: pt = "NULL"; break;
  1313.     case PT_LOAD: pt = "LOAD"; break;
  1314.     case PT_DYNAMIC: pt = "DYNAMIC"; break;
  1315.     case PT_INTERP: pt = "INTERP"; break;
  1316.     case PT_NOTE: pt = "NOTE"; break;
  1317.     case PT_SHLIB: pt = "SHLIB"; break;
  1318.     case PT_PHDR: pt = "PHDR"; break;
  1319.     case PT_TLS: pt = "TLS"; break;
  1320.     case PT_GNU_EH_FRAME: pt = "EH_FRAME"; break;
  1321.     case PT_GNU_STACK: pt = "STACK"; break;
  1322.     case PT_GNU_RELRO: pt = "RELRO"; break;
  1323.     default: pt = NULL; break;
  1324.     }
  1325.   return pt;
  1326. }
  1327.  
  1328. /* Print out the program headers.  */
  1329.  
  1330. bfd_boolean
  1331. _bfd_elf_print_private_bfd_data (bfd *abfd, void *farg)
  1332. {
  1333.   FILE *f = (FILE *) farg;
  1334.   Elf_Internal_Phdr *p;
  1335.   asection *s;
  1336.   bfd_byte *dynbuf = NULL;
  1337.  
  1338.   p = elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr;
  1339.   if (p != NULL)
  1340.     {
  1341.       unsigned int i, c;
  1342.  
  1343.       fprintf (f, _("\nProgram Header:\n"));
  1344.       c = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum;
  1345.       for (i = 0; i < c; i++, p++)
  1346.         {
  1347.           const char *pt = get_segment_type (p->p_type);
  1348.           char buf[20];
  1349.  
  1350.           if (pt == NULL)
  1351.             {
  1352.               sprintf (buf, "0x%lx", p->p_type);
  1353.               pt = buf;
  1354.             }
  1355.           fprintf (f, "%8s off    0x", pt);
  1356.           bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, p->p_offset);
  1357.           fprintf (f, " vaddr 0x");
  1358.           bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, p->p_vaddr);
  1359.           fprintf (f, " paddr 0x");
  1360.           bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, p->p_paddr);
  1361.           fprintf (f, " align 2**%u\n", bfd_log2 (p->p_align));
  1362.           fprintf (f, "         filesz 0x");
  1363.           bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, p->p_filesz);
  1364.           fprintf (f, " memsz 0x");
  1365.           bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, p->p_memsz);
  1366.           fprintf (f, " flags %c%c%c",
  1367.                    (p->p_flags & PF_R) != 0 ? 'r' : '-',
  1368.                    (p->p_flags & PF_W) != 0 ? 'w' : '-',
  1369.                    (p->p_flags & PF_X) != 0 ? 'x' : '-');
  1370.           if ((p->p_flags &~ (unsigned) (PF_R | PF_W | PF_X)) != 0)
  1371.             fprintf (f, " %lx", p->p_flags &~ (unsigned) (PF_R | PF_W | PF_X));
  1372.           fprintf (f, "\n");
  1373.         }
  1374.     }
  1375.  
  1376.   s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic");
  1377.   if (s != NULL)
  1378.     {
  1379.       unsigned int elfsec;
  1380.       unsigned long shlink;
  1381.       bfd_byte *extdyn, *extdynend;
  1382.       size_t extdynsize;
  1383.       void (*swap_dyn_in) (bfd *, const void *, Elf_Internal_Dyn *);
  1384.  
  1385.       fprintf (f, _("\nDynamic Section:\n"));
  1386.  
  1387.       if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, s, &dynbuf))
  1388.         goto error_return;
  1389.  
  1390.       elfsec = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, s);
  1391.       if (elfsec == SHN_BAD)
  1392.         goto error_return;
  1393.       shlink = elf_elfsections (abfd)[elfsec]->sh_link;
  1394.  
  1395.       extdynsize = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_dyn;
  1396.       swap_dyn_in = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->swap_dyn_in;
  1397.  
  1398.       extdyn = dynbuf;
  1399.       /* PR 17512: file: 6f427532.  */
  1400.       if (s->size < extdynsize)
  1401.         goto error_return;
  1402.       extdynend = extdyn + s->size;
  1403.       /* PR 17512: file: id:000006,sig:06,src:000000,op:flip4,pos:5664.
  1404.          Fix range check.  */
  1405.       for (; extdyn <= (extdynend - extdynsize); extdyn += extdynsize)
  1406.         {
  1407.           Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn;
  1408.           const char *name = "";
  1409.           char ab[20];
  1410.           bfd_boolean stringp;
  1411.           const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
  1412.  
  1413.           (*swap_dyn_in) (abfd, extdyn, &dyn);
  1414.  
  1415.           if (dyn.d_tag == DT_NULL)
  1416.             break;
  1417.  
  1418.           stringp = FALSE;
  1419.           switch (dyn.d_tag)
  1420.             {
  1421.             default:
  1422.               if (bed->elf_backend_get_target_dtag)
  1423.                 name = (*bed->elf_backend_get_target_dtag) (dyn.d_tag);
  1424.  
  1425.               if (!strcmp (name, ""))
  1426.                 {
  1427.                   sprintf (ab, "0x%lx", (unsigned long) dyn.d_tag);
  1428.                   name = ab;
  1429.                 }
  1430.               break;
  1431.  
  1432.             case DT_NEEDED: name = "NEEDED"; stringp = TRUE; break;
  1433.             case DT_PLTRELSZ: name = "PLTRELSZ"; break;
  1434.             case DT_PLTGOT: name = "PLTGOT"; break;
  1435.             case DT_HASH: name = "HASH"; break;
  1436.             case DT_STRTAB: name = "STRTAB"; break;
  1437.             case DT_SYMTAB: name = "SYMTAB"; break;
  1438.             case DT_RELA: name = "RELA"; break;
  1439.             case DT_RELASZ: name = "RELASZ"; break;
  1440.             case DT_RELAENT: name = "RELAENT"; break;
  1441.             case DT_STRSZ: name = "STRSZ"; break;
  1442.             case DT_SYMENT: name = "SYMENT"; break;
  1443.             case DT_INIT: name = "INIT"; break;
  1444.             case DT_FINI: name = "FINI"; break;
  1445.             case DT_SONAME: name = "SONAME"; stringp = TRUE; break;
  1446.             case DT_RPATH: name = "RPATH"; stringp = TRUE; break;
  1447.             case DT_SYMBOLIC: name = "SYMBOLIC"; break;
  1448.             case DT_REL: name = "REL"; break;
  1449.             case DT_RELSZ: name = "RELSZ"; break;
  1450.             case DT_RELENT: name = "RELENT"; break;
  1451.             case DT_PLTREL: name = "PLTREL"; break;
  1452.             case DT_DEBUG: name = "DEBUG"; break;
  1453.             case DT_TEXTREL: name = "TEXTREL"; break;
  1454.             case DT_JMPREL: name = "JMPREL"; break;
  1455.             case DT_BIND_NOW: name = "BIND_NOW"; break;
  1456.             case DT_INIT_ARRAY: name = "INIT_ARRAY"; break;
  1457.             case DT_FINI_ARRAY: name = "FINI_ARRAY"; break;
  1458.             case DT_INIT_ARRAYSZ: name = "INIT_ARRAYSZ"; break;
  1459.             case DT_FINI_ARRAYSZ: name = "FINI_ARRAYSZ"; break;
  1460.             case DT_RUNPATH: name = "RUNPATH"; stringp = TRUE; break;
  1461.             case DT_FLAGS: name = "FLAGS"; break;
  1462.             case DT_PREINIT_ARRAY: name = "PREINIT_ARRAY"; break;
  1463.             case DT_PREINIT_ARRAYSZ: name = "PREINIT_ARRAYSZ"; break;
  1464.             case DT_CHECKSUM: name = "CHECKSUM"; break;
  1465.             case DT_PLTPADSZ: name = "PLTPADSZ"; break;
  1466.             case DT_MOVEENT: name = "MOVEENT"; break;
  1467.             case DT_MOVESZ: name = "MOVESZ"; break;
  1468.             case DT_FEATURE: name = "FEATURE"; break;
  1469.             case DT_POSFLAG_1: name = "POSFLAG_1"; break;
  1470.             case DT_SYMINSZ: name = "SYMINSZ"; break;
  1471.             case DT_SYMINENT: name = "SYMINENT"; break;
  1472.             case DT_CONFIG: name = "CONFIG"; stringp = TRUE; break;
  1473.             case DT_DEPAUDIT: name = "DEPAUDIT"; stringp = TRUE; break;
  1474.             case DT_AUDIT: name = "AUDIT"; stringp = TRUE; break;
  1475.             case DT_PLTPAD: name = "PLTPAD"; break;
  1476.             case DT_MOVETAB: name = "MOVETAB"; break;
  1477.             case DT_SYMINFO: name = "SYMINFO"; break;
  1478.             case DT_RELACOUNT: name = "RELACOUNT"; break;
  1479.             case DT_RELCOUNT: name = "RELCOUNT"; break;
  1480.             case DT_FLAGS_1: name = "FLAGS_1"; break;
  1481.             case DT_VERSYM: name = "VERSYM"; break;
  1482.             case DT_VERDEF: name = "VERDEF"; break;
  1483.             case DT_VERDEFNUM: name = "VERDEFNUM"; break;
  1484.             case DT_VERNEED: name = "VERNEED"; break;
  1485.             case DT_VERNEEDNUM: name = "VERNEEDNUM"; break;
  1486.             case DT_AUXILIARY: name = "AUXILIARY"; stringp = TRUE; break;
  1487.             case DT_USED: name = "USED"; break;
  1488.             case DT_FILTER: name = "FILTER"; stringp = TRUE; break;
  1489.             case DT_GNU_HASH: name = "GNU_HASH"; break;
  1490.             }
  1491.  
  1492.           fprintf (f, "  %-20s ", name);
  1493.           if (! stringp)
  1494.             {
  1495.               fprintf (f, "0x");
  1496.               bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, dyn.d_un.d_val);
  1497.             }
  1498.           else
  1499.             {
  1500.               const char *string;
  1501.               unsigned int tagv = dyn.d_un.d_val;
  1502.  
  1503.               string = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, shlink, tagv);
  1504.               if (string == NULL)
  1505.                 goto error_return;
  1506.               fprintf (f, "%s", string);
  1507.             }
  1508.           fprintf (f, "\n");
  1509.         }
  1510.  
  1511.       free (dynbuf);
  1512.       dynbuf = NULL;
  1513.     }
  1514.  
  1515.   if ((elf_dynverdef (abfd) != 0 && elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef == NULL)
  1516.       || (elf_dynverref (abfd) != 0 && elf_tdata (abfd)->verref == NULL))
  1517.     {
  1518.       if (! _bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables (abfd, FALSE))
  1519.         return FALSE;
  1520.     }
  1521.  
  1522.   if (elf_dynverdef (abfd) != 0)
  1523.     {
  1524.       Elf_Internal_Verdef *t;
  1525.  
  1526.       fprintf (f, _("\nVersion definitions:\n"));
  1527.       for (t = elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef; t != NULL; t = t->vd_nextdef)
  1528.         {
  1529.           fprintf (f, "%d 0x%2.2x 0x%8.8lx %s\n", t->vd_ndx,
  1530.                    t->vd_flags, t->vd_hash,
  1531.                    t->vd_nodename ? t->vd_nodename : "<corrupt>");
  1532.           if (t->vd_auxptr != NULL && t->vd_auxptr->vda_nextptr != NULL)
  1533.             {
  1534.               Elf_Internal_Verdaux *a;
  1535.  
  1536.               fprintf (f, "\t");
  1537.               for (a = t->vd_auxptr->vda_nextptr;
  1538.                    a != NULL;
  1539.                    a = a->vda_nextptr)
  1540.                 fprintf (f, "%s ",
  1541.                          a->vda_nodename ? a->vda_nodename : "<corrupt>");
  1542.               fprintf (f, "\n");
  1543.             }
  1544.         }
  1545.     }
  1546.  
  1547.   if (elf_dynverref (abfd) != 0)
  1548.     {
  1549.       Elf_Internal_Verneed *t;
  1550.  
  1551.       fprintf (f, _("\nVersion References:\n"));
  1552.       for (t = elf_tdata (abfd)->verref; t != NULL; t = t->vn_nextref)
  1553.         {
  1554.           Elf_Internal_Vernaux *a;
  1555.  
  1556.           fprintf (f, _("  required from %s:\n"),
  1557.                    t->vn_filename ? t->vn_filename : "<corrupt>");
  1558.           for (a = t->vn_auxptr; a != NULL; a = a->vna_nextptr)
  1559.             fprintf (f, "    0x%8.8lx 0x%2.2x %2.2d %s\n", a->vna_hash,
  1560.                      a->vna_flags, a->vna_other,
  1561.                      a->vna_nodename ? a->vna_nodename : "<corrupt>");
  1562.         }
  1563.     }
  1564.  
  1565.   return TRUE;
  1566.  
  1567.  error_return:
  1568.   if (dynbuf != NULL)
  1569.     free (dynbuf);
  1570.   return FALSE;
  1571. }
  1572.  
  1573. /* Get version string.  */
  1574.  
  1575. const char *
  1576. _bfd_elf_get_symbol_version_string (bfd *abfd, asymbol *symbol,
  1577.                                     bfd_boolean *hidden)
  1578. {
  1579.   const char *version_string = NULL;
  1580.   if (elf_dynversym (abfd) != 0
  1581.       && (elf_dynverdef (abfd) != 0 || elf_dynverref (abfd) != 0))
  1582.     {
  1583.       unsigned int vernum = ((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->version;
  1584.  
  1585.       *hidden = (vernum & VERSYM_HIDDEN) != 0;
  1586.       vernum &= VERSYM_VERSION;
  1587.  
  1588.       if (vernum == 0)
  1589.         version_string = "";
  1590.       else if (vernum == 1)
  1591.         version_string = "Base";
  1592.       else if (vernum <= elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs)
  1593.         version_string =
  1594.           elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef[vernum - 1].vd_nodename;
  1595.       else
  1596.         {
  1597.           Elf_Internal_Verneed *t;
  1598.  
  1599.           version_string = "";
  1600.           for (t = elf_tdata (abfd)->verref;
  1601.                t != NULL;
  1602.                t = t->vn_nextref)
  1603.             {
  1604.               Elf_Internal_Vernaux *a;
  1605.  
  1606.               for (a = t->vn_auxptr; a != NULL; a = a->vna_nextptr)
  1607.                 {
  1608.                   if (a->vna_other == vernum)
  1609.                     {
  1610.                       version_string = a->vna_nodename;
  1611.                       break;
  1612.                     }
  1613.                 }
  1614.             }
  1615.         }
  1616.     }
  1617.   return version_string;
  1618. }
  1619.  
  1620. /* Display ELF-specific fields of a symbol.  */
  1621.  
  1622. void
  1623. bfd_elf_print_symbol (bfd *abfd,
  1624.                       void *filep,
  1625.                       asymbol *symbol,
  1626.                       bfd_print_symbol_type how)
  1627. {
  1628.   FILE *file = (FILE *) filep;
  1629.   switch (how)
  1630.     {
  1631.     case bfd_print_symbol_name:
  1632.       fprintf (file, "%s", symbol->name);
  1633.       break;
  1634.     case bfd_print_symbol_more:
  1635.       fprintf (file, "elf ");
  1636.       bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, file, symbol->value);
  1637.       fprintf (file, " %lx", (unsigned long) symbol->flags);
  1638.       break;
  1639.     case bfd_print_symbol_all:
  1640.       {
  1641.         const char *section_name;
  1642.         const char *name = NULL;
  1643.         const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
  1644.         unsigned char st_other;
  1645.         bfd_vma val;
  1646.         const char *version_string;
  1647.         bfd_boolean hidden;
  1648.  
  1649.         section_name = symbol->section ? symbol->section->name : "(*none*)";
  1650.  
  1651.         bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
  1652.         if (bed->elf_backend_print_symbol_all)
  1653.           name = (*bed->elf_backend_print_symbol_all) (abfd, filep, symbol);
  1654.  
  1655.         if (name == NULL)
  1656.           {
  1657.             name = symbol->name;
  1658.             bfd_print_symbol_vandf (abfd, file, symbol);
  1659.           }
  1660.  
  1661.         fprintf (file, " %s\t", section_name);
  1662.         /* Print the "other" value for a symbol.  For common symbols,
  1663.            we've already printed the size; now print the alignment.
  1664.            For other symbols, we have no specified alignment, and
  1665.            we've printed the address; now print the size.  */
  1666.         if (symbol->section && bfd_is_com_section (symbol->section))
  1667.           val = ((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->internal_elf_sym.st_value;
  1668.         else
  1669.           val = ((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->internal_elf_sym.st_size;
  1670.         bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, file, val);
  1671.  
  1672.         /* If we have version information, print it.  */
  1673.         version_string = _bfd_elf_get_symbol_version_string (abfd,
  1674.                                                              symbol,
  1675.                                                              &hidden);
  1676.         if (version_string)
  1677.           {
  1678.             if (!hidden)
  1679.               fprintf (file, "  %-11s", version_string);
  1680.             else
  1681.               {
  1682.                 int i;
  1683.  
  1684.                 fprintf (file, " (%s)", version_string);
  1685.                 for (i = 10 - strlen (version_string); i > 0; --i)
  1686.                   putc (' ', file);
  1687.               }
  1688.           }
  1689.  
  1690.         /* If the st_other field is not zero, print it.  */
  1691.         st_other = ((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->internal_elf_sym.st_other;
  1692.  
  1693.         switch (st_other)
  1694.           {
  1695.           case 0: break;
  1696.           case STV_INTERNAL:  fprintf (file, " .internal");  break;
  1697.           case STV_HIDDEN:    fprintf (file, " .hidden");    break;
  1698.           case STV_PROTECTED: fprintf (file, " .protected"); break;
  1699.           default:
  1700.             /* Some other non-defined flags are also present, so print
  1701.                everything hex.  */
  1702.             fprintf (file, " 0x%02x", (unsigned int) st_other);
  1703.           }
  1704.  
  1705.         fprintf (file, " %s", name);
  1706.       }
  1707.       break;
  1708.     }
  1709. }
  1711. /* ELF .o/exec file reading */
  1712.  
  1713. /* Create a new bfd section from an ELF section header.  */
  1714.  
  1715. bfd_boolean
  1716. bfd_section_from_shdr (bfd *abfd, unsigned int shindex)
  1717. {
  1718.   Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
  1719.   Elf_Internal_Ehdr *ehdr;
  1720.   const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
  1721.   const char *name;
  1722.   bfd_boolean ret = TRUE;
  1723.   static bfd_boolean * sections_being_created = NULL;
  1724.   static bfd * sections_being_created_abfd = NULL;
  1725.   static unsigned int nesting = 0;
  1726.  
  1727.   if (shindex >= elf_numsections (abfd))
  1728.     return FALSE;
  1729.  
  1730.   if (++ nesting > 3)
  1731.     {
  1732.       /* PR17512: A corrupt ELF binary might contain a recursive group of
  1733.          sections, with each the string indicies pointing to the next in the
  1734.          loop.  Detect this here, by refusing to load a section that we are
  1735.          already in the process of loading.  We only trigger this test if
  1736.          we have nested at least three sections deep as normal ELF binaries
  1737.          can expect to recurse at least once.
  1738.  
  1739.          FIXME: It would be better if this array was attached to the bfd,
  1740.          rather than being held in a static pointer.  */
  1741.  
  1742.       if (sections_being_created_abfd != abfd)
  1743.         sections_being_created = NULL;
  1744.       if (sections_being_created == NULL)
  1745.         {
  1746.           /* FIXME: It would be more efficient to attach this array to the bfd somehow.  */
  1747.           sections_being_created = (bfd_boolean *)
  1748.             bfd_zalloc (abfd, elf_numsections (abfd) * sizeof (bfd_boolean));
  1749.           sections_being_created_abfd = abfd;
  1750.         }
  1751.       if (sections_being_created [shindex])
  1752.         {
  1753.           (*_bfd_error_handler)
  1754.             (_("%B: warning: loop in section dependencies detected"), abfd);
  1755.           return FALSE;
  1756.         }
  1757.       sections_being_created [shindex] = TRUE;
  1758.     }
  1759.  
  1760.   hdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex];
  1761.   ehdr = elf_elfheader (abfd);
  1762.   name = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, ehdr->e_shstrndx,
  1763.                                           hdr->sh_name);
  1764.   if (name == NULL)
  1765.     goto fail;
  1766.  
  1767.   bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
  1768.   switch (hdr->sh_type)
  1769.     {
  1770.     case SHT_NULL:
  1771.       /* Inactive section. Throw it away.  */
  1772.       goto success;
  1773.  
  1774.     case SHT_PROGBITS:          /* Normal section with contents.  */
  1775.     case SHT_NOBITS:            /* .bss section.  */
  1776.     case SHT_HASH:              /* .hash section.  */
  1777.     case SHT_NOTE:              /* .note section.  */
  1778.     case SHT_INIT_ARRAY:        /* .init_array section.  */
  1779.     case SHT_FINI_ARRAY:        /* .fini_array section.  */
  1780.     case SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY:     /* .preinit_array section.  */
  1781.     case SHT_GNU_LIBLIST:       /* .gnu.liblist section.  */
  1782.     case SHT_GNU_HASH:          /* .gnu.hash section.  */
  1783.       ret = _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex);
  1784.       goto success;
  1785.  
  1786.     case SHT_DYNAMIC:   /* Dynamic linking information.  */
  1787.       if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex))
  1788.         goto fail;
  1789.  
  1790.       if (hdr->sh_link > elf_numsections (abfd))
  1791.         {
  1792.           /* PR 10478: Accept Solaris binaries with a sh_link
  1793.              field set to SHN_BEFORE or SHN_AFTER.  */
  1794.           switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd))
  1795.             {
  1796.             case bfd_arch_i386:
  1797.             case bfd_arch_sparc:
  1798.               if (hdr->sh_link == (SHN_LORESERVE & 0xffff) /* SHN_BEFORE */
  1799.                   || hdr->sh_link == ((SHN_LORESERVE + 1) & 0xffff) /* SHN_AFTER */)
  1800.                 break;
  1801.               /* Otherwise fall through.  */
  1802.             default:
  1803.               goto fail;
  1804.             }
  1805.         }
  1806.       else if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link] == NULL)
  1807.         goto fail;
  1808.       else if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link]->sh_type != SHT_STRTAB)
  1809.         {
  1810.           Elf_Internal_Shdr *dynsymhdr;
  1811.  
  1812.           /* The shared libraries distributed with hpux11 have a bogus
  1813.              sh_link field for the ".dynamic" section.  Find the
  1814.              string table for the ".dynsym" section instead.  */
  1815.           if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) != 0)
  1816.             {
  1817.               dynsymhdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[elf_dynsymtab (abfd)];
  1818.               hdr->sh_link = dynsymhdr->sh_link;
  1819.             }
  1820.           else
  1821.             {
  1822.               unsigned int i, num_sec;
  1823.  
  1824.               num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd);
  1825.               for (i = 1; i < num_sec; i++)
  1826.                 {
  1827.                   dynsymhdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i];
  1828.                   if (dynsymhdr->sh_type == SHT_DYNSYM)
  1829.                     {
  1830.                       hdr->sh_link = dynsymhdr->sh_link;
  1831.                       break;
  1832.                     }
  1833.                 }
  1834.             }
  1835.         }
  1836.       goto success;
  1837.  
  1838.     case SHT_SYMTAB:            /* A symbol table.  */
  1839.       if (elf_onesymtab (abfd) == shindex)
  1840.         goto success;
  1841.  
  1842.       if (hdr->sh_entsize != bed->s->sizeof_sym)
  1843.         goto fail;
  1844.  
  1845.       if (hdr->sh_info * hdr->sh_entsize > hdr->sh_size)
  1846.         {
  1847.           if (hdr->sh_size != 0)
  1848.             goto fail;
  1849.           /* Some assemblers erroneously set sh_info to one with a
  1850.              zero sh_size.  ld sees this as a global symbol count
  1851.              of (unsigned) -1.  Fix it here.  */
  1852.           hdr->sh_info = 0;
  1853.           goto success;
  1854.         }
  1855.  
  1856.       /* PR 18854: A binary might contain more than one symbol table.
  1857.          Unusual, but possible.  Warn, but continue.  */
  1858.       if (elf_onesymtab (abfd) != 0)
  1859.         {
  1860.           (*_bfd_error_handler)
  1861.             (_("%B: warning: multiple symbol tables detected - ignoring the table in section %u"),
  1862.              abfd, shindex);
  1863.           goto success;
  1864.         }
  1865.       elf_onesymtab (abfd) = shindex;
  1866.       elf_symtab_hdr (abfd) = *hdr;
  1867.       elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = hdr = & elf_symtab_hdr (abfd);
  1868.       abfd->flags |= HAS_SYMS;
  1869.  
  1870.       /* Sometimes a shared object will map in the symbol table.  If
  1871.          SHF_ALLOC is set, and this is a shared object, then we also
  1872.          treat this section as a BFD section.  We can not base the
  1873.          decision purely on SHF_ALLOC, because that flag is sometimes
  1874.          set in a relocatable object file, which would confuse the
  1875.          linker.  */
  1876.       if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0
  1877.           && (abfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0
  1878.           && ! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name,
  1879.                                                 shindex))
  1880.         goto fail;
  1881.  
  1882.       /* Go looking for SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX too, since if there is one we
  1883.          can't read symbols without that section loaded as well.  It
  1884.          is most likely specified by the next section header.  */
  1885.       {
  1886.         elf_section_list * entry;
  1887.         unsigned int i, num_sec;
  1888.  
  1889.         for (entry = elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd); entry != NULL; entry = entry->next)
  1890.           if (entry->hdr.sh_link == shindex)
  1891.             goto success;
  1892.  
  1893.         num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd);
  1894.         for (i = shindex + 1; i < num_sec; i++)
  1895.           {
  1896.             Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr2 = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i];
  1897.  
  1898.             if (hdr2->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
  1899.                 && hdr2->sh_link == shindex)
  1900.               break;
  1901.           }
  1902.  
  1903.         if (i == num_sec)
  1904.           for (i = 1; i < shindex; i++)
  1905.             {
  1906.               Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr2 = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i];
  1907.  
  1908.               if (hdr2->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
  1909.                   && hdr2->sh_link == shindex)
  1910.                 break;
  1911.             }
  1912.  
  1913.         if (i != shindex)
  1914.           ret = bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, i);
  1915.         /* else FIXME: we have failed to find the symbol table - should we issue an error ? */
  1916.         goto success;
  1917.       }
  1918.  
  1919.     case SHT_DYNSYM:            /* A dynamic symbol table.  */
  1920.       if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == shindex)
  1921.         goto success;
  1922.  
  1923.       if (hdr->sh_entsize != bed->s->sizeof_sym)
  1924.         goto fail;
  1925.  
  1926.       if (hdr->sh_info * hdr->sh_entsize > hdr->sh_size)
  1927.         {
  1928.           if (hdr->sh_size != 0)
  1929.             goto fail;
  1930.  
  1931.           /* Some linkers erroneously set sh_info to one with a
  1932.              zero sh_size.  ld sees this as a global symbol count
  1933.              of (unsigned) -1.  Fix it here.  */
  1934.           hdr->sh_info = 0;
  1935.           goto success;
  1936.         }
  1937.  
  1938.       /* PR 18854: A binary might contain more than one dynamic symbol table.
  1939.          Unusual, but possible.  Warn, but continue.  */
  1940.       if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) != 0)
  1941.         {
  1942.           (*_bfd_error_handler)
  1943.             (_("%B: warning: multiple dynamic symbol tables detected - ignoring the table in section %u"),
  1944.              abfd, shindex);
  1945.           goto success;
  1946.         }
  1947.       elf_dynsymtab (abfd) = shindex;
  1948.       elf_tdata (abfd)->dynsymtab_hdr = *hdr;
  1949.       elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynsymtab_hdr;
  1950.       abfd->flags |= HAS_SYMS;
  1951.  
  1952.       /* Besides being a symbol table, we also treat this as a regular
  1953.          section, so that objcopy can handle it.  */
  1954.       ret = _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex);
  1955.       goto success;
  1956.  
  1957.     case SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX:      /* Symbol section indices when >64k sections.  */
  1958.       {
  1959.         elf_section_list * entry;
  1960.  
  1961.         for (entry = elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd); entry != NULL; entry = entry->next)
  1962.           if (entry->ndx == shindex)
  1963.             goto success;
  1964.        
  1965.         entry = bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof * entry);
  1966.         if (entry == NULL)
  1967.           goto fail;
  1968.         entry->ndx = shindex;
  1969.         entry->hdr = * hdr;
  1970.         entry->next = elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd);
  1971.         elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd) = entry;
  1972.         elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = & entry->hdr;
  1973.         goto success;
  1974.       }
  1975.  
  1976.     case SHT_STRTAB:            /* A string table.  */
  1977.       if (hdr->bfd_section != NULL)
  1978.         goto success;
  1979.  
  1980.       if (ehdr->e_shstrndx == shindex)
  1981.         {
  1982.           elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr = *hdr;
  1983.           elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = &elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr;
  1984.           goto success;
  1985.         }
  1986.  
  1987.       if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[elf_onesymtab (abfd)]->sh_link == shindex)
  1988.         {
  1989.         symtab_strtab:
  1990.           elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr = *hdr;
  1991.           elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = &elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr;
  1992.           goto success;
  1993.         }
  1994.  
  1995.       if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[elf_dynsymtab (abfd)]->sh_link == shindex)
  1996.         {
  1997.         dynsymtab_strtab:
  1998.           elf_tdata (abfd)->dynstrtab_hdr = *hdr;
  1999.           hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynstrtab_hdr;
  2000.           elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = hdr;
  2001.           /* We also treat this as a regular section, so that objcopy
  2002.              can handle it.  */
  2003.           ret = _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name,
  2004.                                                  shindex);
  2005.           goto success;
  2006.         }
  2007.  
  2008.       /* If the string table isn't one of the above, then treat it as a
  2009.          regular section.  We need to scan all the headers to be sure,
  2010.          just in case this strtab section appeared before the above.  */
  2011.       if (elf_onesymtab (abfd) == 0 || elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == 0)
  2012.         {
  2013.           unsigned int i, num_sec;
  2014.  
  2015.           num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd);
  2016.           for (i = 1; i < num_sec; i++)
  2017.             {
  2018.               Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr2 = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i];
  2019.               if (hdr2->sh_link == shindex)
  2020.                 {
  2021.                   /* Prevent endless recursion on broken objects.  */
  2022.                   if (i == shindex)
  2023.                     goto fail;
  2024.                   if (! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, i))
  2025.                     goto fail;
  2026.                   if (elf_onesymtab (abfd) == i)
  2027.                     goto symtab_strtab;
  2028.                   if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == i)
  2029.                     goto dynsymtab_strtab;
  2030.                 }
  2031.             }
  2032.         }
  2033.       ret = _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex);
  2034.       goto success;
  2035.  
  2036.     case SHT_REL:
  2037.     case SHT_RELA:
  2038.       /* *These* do a lot of work -- but build no sections!  */
  2039.       {
  2040.         asection *target_sect;
  2041.         Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr2, **p_hdr;
  2042.         unsigned int num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd);
  2043.         struct bfd_elf_section_data *esdt;
  2044.         bfd_size_type amt;
  2045.  
  2046.         if (hdr->sh_entsize
  2047.             != (bfd_size_type) (hdr->sh_type == SHT_REL
  2048.                                 ? bed->s->sizeof_rel : bed->s->sizeof_rela))
  2049.           goto fail;
  2050.  
  2051.         /* Check for a bogus link to avoid crashing.  */
  2052.         if (hdr->sh_link >= num_sec)
  2053.           {
  2054.             ((*_bfd_error_handler)
  2055.              (_("%B: invalid link %lu for reloc section %s (index %u)"),
  2056.               abfd, hdr->sh_link, name, shindex));
  2057.             ret = _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name,
  2058.                                                    shindex);
  2059.             goto success;
  2060.           }
  2061.  
  2062.         /* For some incomprehensible reason Oracle distributes
  2063.            libraries for Solaris in which some of the objects have
  2064.            bogus sh_link fields.  It would be nice if we could just
  2065.            reject them, but, unfortunately, some people need to use
  2066.            them.  We scan through the section headers; if we find only
  2067.            one suitable symbol table, we clobber the sh_link to point
  2068.            to it.  I hope this doesn't break anything.
  2069.  
  2070.            Don't do it on executable nor shared library.  */
  2071.         if ((abfd->flags & (DYNAMIC | EXEC_P)) == 0
  2072.             && elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link]->sh_type != SHT_SYMTAB
  2073.             && elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link]->sh_type != SHT_DYNSYM)
  2074.           {
  2075.             unsigned int scan;
  2076.             int found;
  2077.  
  2078.             found = 0;
  2079.             for (scan = 1; scan < num_sec; scan++)
  2080.               {
  2081.                 if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[scan]->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB
  2082.                     || elf_elfsections (abfd)[scan]->sh_type == SHT_DYNSYM)
  2083.                   {
  2084.                     if (found != 0)
  2085.                       {
  2086.                         found = 0;
  2087.                         break;
  2088.                       }
  2089.                     found = scan;
  2090.                   }
  2091.               }
  2092.             if (found != 0)
  2093.               hdr->sh_link = found;
  2094.           }
  2095.  
  2096.         /* Get the symbol table.  */
  2097.         if ((elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link]->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB
  2098.              || elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link]->sh_type == SHT_DYNSYM)
  2099.             && ! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr->sh_link))
  2100.           goto fail;
  2101.  
  2102.         /* If this reloc section does not use the main symbol table we
  2103.            don't treat it as a reloc section.  BFD can't adequately
  2104.            represent such a section, so at least for now, we don't
  2105.            try.  We just present it as a normal section.  We also
  2106.            can't use it as a reloc section if it points to the null
  2107.            section, an invalid section, another reloc section, or its
  2108.            sh_link points to the null section.  */
  2109.         if (hdr->sh_link != elf_onesymtab (abfd)
  2110.             || hdr->sh_link == SHN_UNDEF
  2111.             || hdr->sh_info == SHN_UNDEF
  2112.             || hdr->sh_info >= num_sec
  2113.             || elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_info]->sh_type == SHT_REL
  2114.             || elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_info]->sh_type == SHT_RELA)
  2115.           {
  2116.             ret = _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name,
  2117.                                                    shindex);
  2118.             goto success;
  2119.           }
  2120.  
  2121.         if (! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr->sh_info))
  2122.           goto fail;
  2123.  
  2124.         target_sect = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, hdr->sh_info);
  2125.         if (target_sect == NULL)
  2126.           goto fail;
  2127.  
  2128.         esdt = elf_section_data (target_sect);
  2129.         if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_RELA)
  2130.           p_hdr = &esdt->rela.hdr;
  2131.         else
  2132.           p_hdr = &esdt->rel.hdr;
  2133.  
  2134.         /* PR 17512: file: 0b4f81b7.  */
  2135.         if (*p_hdr != NULL)
  2136.           goto fail;
  2137.         amt = sizeof (*hdr2);
  2138.         hdr2 = (Elf_Internal_Shdr *) bfd_alloc (abfd, amt);
  2139.         if (hdr2 == NULL)
  2140.           goto fail;
  2141.         *hdr2 = *hdr;
  2142.         *p_hdr = hdr2;
  2143.         elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = hdr2;
  2144.         target_sect->reloc_count += NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (hdr);
  2145.         target_sect->flags |= SEC_RELOC;
  2146.         target_sect->relocation = NULL;
  2147.         target_sect->rel_filepos = hdr->sh_offset;
  2148.         /* In the section to which the relocations apply, mark whether
  2149.            its relocations are of the REL or RELA variety.  */
  2150.         if (hdr->sh_size != 0)
  2151.           {
  2152.             if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_RELA)
  2153.               target_sect->use_rela_p = 1;
  2154.           }
  2155.         abfd->flags |= HAS_RELOC;
  2156.         goto success;
  2157.       }
  2158.  
  2159.     case SHT_GNU_verdef:
  2160.       elf_dynverdef (abfd) = shindex;
  2161.       elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverdef_hdr = *hdr;
  2162.       ret = _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex);
  2163.       goto success;
  2164.  
  2165.     case SHT_GNU_versym:
  2166.       if (hdr->sh_entsize != sizeof (Elf_External_Versym))
  2167.         goto fail;
  2168.  
  2169.       elf_dynversym (abfd) = shindex;
  2170.       elf_tdata (abfd)->dynversym_hdr = *hdr;
  2171.       ret = _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex);
  2172.       goto success;
  2173.  
  2174.     case SHT_GNU_verneed:
  2175.       elf_dynverref (abfd) = shindex;
  2176.       elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverref_hdr = *hdr;
  2177.       ret = _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex);
  2178.       goto success;
  2179.  
  2180.     case SHT_SHLIB:
  2181.       goto success;
  2182.  
  2183.     case SHT_GROUP:
  2184.       if (! IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER (hdr, GRP_ENTRY_SIZE))
  2185.         goto fail;
  2186.  
  2187.       if (!_bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex))
  2188.         goto fail;
  2189.  
  2190.       if (hdr->contents != NULL)
  2191.         {
  2192.           Elf_Internal_Group *idx = (Elf_Internal_Group *) hdr->contents;
  2193.           unsigned int n_elt = hdr->sh_size / sizeof (* idx);
  2194.           asection *s;
  2195.  
  2196.           if (n_elt == 0)
  2197.             goto fail;
  2198.           if (idx->flags & GRP_COMDAT)
  2199.             hdr->bfd_section->flags
  2200.               |= SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD;
  2201.  
  2202.           /* We try to keep the same section order as it comes in.  */
  2203.           idx += n_elt;
  2204.  
  2205.           while (--n_elt != 0)
  2206.             {
  2207.               --idx;
  2208.  
  2209.               if (idx->shdr != NULL
  2210.                   && (s = idx->shdr->bfd_section) != NULL
  2211.                   && elf_next_in_group (s) != NULL)
  2212.                 {
  2213.                   elf_next_in_group (hdr->bfd_section) = s;
  2214.                   break;
  2215.                 }
  2216.             }
  2217.         }
  2218.       goto success;
  2219.  
  2220.     default:
  2221.       /* Possibly an attributes section.  */
  2222.       if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_GNU_ATTRIBUTES
  2223.           || hdr->sh_type == bed->obj_attrs_section_type)
  2224.         {
  2225.           if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex))
  2226.             goto fail;
  2227.           _bfd_elf_parse_attributes (abfd, hdr);
  2228.           goto success;
  2229.         }
  2230.  
  2231.       /* Check for any processor-specific section types.  */
  2232.       if (bed->elf_backend_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex))
  2233.         goto success;
  2234.  
  2235.       if (hdr->sh_type >= SHT_LOUSER && hdr->sh_type <= SHT_HIUSER)
  2236.         {
  2237.           if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0)
  2238.             /* FIXME: How to properly handle allocated section reserved
  2239.                for applications?  */
  2240.             (*_bfd_error_handler)
  2241.               (_("%B: don't know how to handle allocated, application "
  2242.                  "specific section `%s' [0x%8x]"),
  2243.                abfd, name, hdr->sh_type);
  2244.           else
  2245.             {
  2246.               /* Allow sections reserved for applications.  */
  2247.               ret = _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name,
  2248.                                                      shindex);
  2249.               goto success;
  2250.             }
  2251.         }
  2252.       else if (hdr->sh_type >= SHT_LOPROC
  2253.                && hdr->sh_type <= SHT_HIPROC)
  2254.         /* FIXME: We should handle this section.  */
  2255.         (*_bfd_error_handler)
  2256.           (_("%B: don't know how to handle processor specific section "
  2257.              "`%s' [0x%8x]"),
  2258.            abfd, name, hdr->sh_type);
  2259.       else if (hdr->sh_type >= SHT_LOOS && hdr->sh_type <= SHT_HIOS)
  2260.         {
  2261.           /* Unrecognised OS-specific sections.  */
  2262.           if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_OS_NONCONFORMING) != 0)
  2263.             /* SHF_OS_NONCONFORMING indicates that special knowledge is
  2264.                required to correctly process the section and the file should
  2265.                be rejected with an error message.  */
  2266.             (*_bfd_error_handler)
  2267.               (_("%B: don't know how to handle OS specific section "
  2268.                  "`%s' [0x%8x]"),
  2269.                abfd, name, hdr->sh_type);
  2270.           else
  2271.             {
  2272.               /* Otherwise it should be processed.  */
  2273.               ret = _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex);
  2274.               goto success;
  2275.             }
  2276.         }
  2277.       else
  2278.         /* FIXME: We should handle this section.  */
  2279.         (*_bfd_error_handler)
  2280.           (_("%B: don't know how to handle section `%s' [0x%8x]"),
  2281.            abfd, name, hdr->sh_type);
  2282.  
  2283.       goto fail;
  2284.     }
  2285.  
  2286.  fail:
  2287.   ret = FALSE;
  2288.  success:
  2289.   if (sections_being_created && sections_being_created_abfd == abfd)
  2290.     sections_being_created [shindex] = FALSE;
  2291.   if (-- nesting == 0)
  2292.     {
  2293.       sections_being_created = NULL;
  2294.       sections_being_created_abfd = abfd;
  2295.     }
  2296.   return ret;
  2297. }
  2298.  
  2299. /* Return the local symbol specified by ABFD, R_SYMNDX.  */
  2300.  
  2301. Elf_Internal_Sym *
  2302. bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (struct sym_cache *cache,
  2303.                        bfd *abfd,
  2304.                        unsigned long r_symndx)
  2305. {
  2306.   unsigned int ent = r_symndx % LOCAL_SYM_CACHE_SIZE;
  2307.  
  2308.   if (cache->abfd != abfd || cache->indx[ent] != r_symndx)
  2309.     {
  2310.       Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
  2311.       unsigned char esym[sizeof (Elf64_External_Sym)];
  2312.       Elf_External_Sym_Shndx eshndx;
  2313.  
  2314.       symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
  2315.       if (bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd, symtab_hdr, 1, r_symndx,
  2316.                                 &cache->sym[ent], esym, &eshndx) == NULL)
  2317.         return NULL;
  2318.  
  2319.       if (cache->abfd != abfd)
  2320.         {
  2321.           memset (cache->indx, -1, sizeof (cache->indx));
  2322.           cache->abfd = abfd;
  2323.         }
  2324.       cache->indx[ent] = r_symndx;
  2325.     }
  2326.  
  2327.   return &cache->sym[ent];
  2328. }
  2329.  
  2330. /* Given an ELF section number, retrieve the corresponding BFD
  2331.    section.  */
  2332.  
  2333. asection *
  2334. bfd_section_from_elf_index (bfd *abfd, unsigned int sec_index)
  2335. {
  2336.   if (sec_index >= elf_numsections (abfd))
  2337.     return NULL;
  2338.   return elf_elfsections (abfd)[sec_index]->bfd_section;
  2339. }
  2340.  
  2341. static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_b[] =
  2342. {
  2343.   { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".bss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS,   SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
  2344.   { NULL,                   0,  0, 0,            0 }
  2345. };
  2346.  
  2347. static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_c[] =
  2348. {
  2349.   { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".comment"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
  2350.   { NULL,                       0, 0, 0,            0 }
  2351. };
  2352.  
  2353. static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_d[] =
  2354. {
  2355.   { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".data"),         -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
  2356.   { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".data1"),         0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
  2357.   /* There are more DWARF sections than these, but they needn't be added here
  2358.      unless you have to cope with broken compilers that don't emit section
  2359.      attributes or you want to help the user writing assembler.  */
  2360.   { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug"),         0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
  2361.   { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_line"),    0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
  2362.   { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_info"),    0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
  2363.   { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_abbrev"),  0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
  2364.   { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_aranges"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
  2365.   { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynamic"),       0, SHT_DYNAMIC,  SHF_ALLOC },
  2366.   { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynstr"),        0, SHT_STRTAB,   SHF_ALLOC },
  2367.   { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynsym"),        0, SHT_DYNSYM,   SHF_ALLOC },
  2368.   { NULL,                      0,        0, 0,            0 }
  2369. };
  2370.  
  2371. static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_f[] =
  2372. {
  2373.   { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".fini"),       0, SHT_PROGBITS,   SHF_ALLOC + SHF_EXECINSTR },
  2374.   { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".fini_array"), 0, SHT_FINI_ARRAY, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
  2375.   { NULL,                          0, 0, 0,              0 }
  2376. };
  2377.  
  2378. static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_g[] =
  2379. {
  2380.   { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.linkonce.b"), -2, SHT_NOBITS,      SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
  2381.   { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.lto_"),       -1, SHT_PROGBITS,    SHF_EXCLUDE },
  2382.   { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".got"),             0, SHT_PROGBITS,    SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
  2383.   { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version"),     0, SHT_GNU_versym,  0 },
  2384.   { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version_d"),   0, SHT_GNU_verdef,  0 },
  2385.   { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version_r"),   0, SHT_GNU_verneed, 0 },
  2386.   { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.liblist"),     0, SHT_GNU_LIBLIST, SHF_ALLOC },
  2387.   { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.conflict"),    0, SHT_RELA,        SHF_ALLOC },
  2388.   { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.hash"),        0, SHT_GNU_HASH,    SHF_ALLOC },
  2389.   { NULL,                        0,        0, 0,               0 }
  2390. };
  2391.  
  2392. static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_h[] =
  2393. {
  2394.   { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".hash"), 0, SHT_HASH,     SHF_ALLOC },
  2395.   { NULL,                    0, 0, 0,            0 }
  2396. };
  2397.  
  2398. static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_i[] =
  2399. {
  2400.   { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".init"),       0, SHT_PROGBITS,   SHF_ALLOC + SHF_EXECINSTR },
  2401.   { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".init_array"), 0, SHT_INIT_ARRAY, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
  2402.   { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".interp"),     0, SHT_PROGBITS,   0 },
  2403.   { NULL,                      0,     0, 0,              0 }
  2404. };
  2405.  
  2406. static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_l[] =
  2407. {
  2408.   { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".line"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
  2409.   { NULL,                    0, 0, 0,            0 }
  2410. };
  2411.  
  2412. static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_n[] =
  2413. {
  2414.   { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".note.GNU-stack"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
  2415.   { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".note"),          -1, SHT_NOTE,     0 },
  2416.   { NULL,                    0,           0, 0,            0 }
  2417. };
  2418.  
  2419. static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_p[] =
  2420. {
  2421.   { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".preinit_array"), 0, SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
  2422.   { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".plt"),           0, SHT_PROGBITS,      SHF_ALLOC + SHF_EXECINSTR },
  2423.   { NULL,                   0,           0, 0,                 0 }
  2424. };
  2425.  
  2426. static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_r[] =
  2427. {
  2428.   { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rodata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC },
  2429.   { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rodata1"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC },
  2430.   { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rela"),   -1, SHT_RELA,     0 },
  2431.   { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rel"),    -1, SHT_REL,      0 },
  2432.   { NULL,                   0,     0, 0,            0 }
  2433. };
  2434.  
  2435. static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_s[] =
  2436. {
  2437.   { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".shstrtab"), 0, SHT_STRTAB, 0 },
  2438.   { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".strtab"),   0, SHT_STRTAB, 0 },
  2439.   { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".symtab"),   0, SHT_SYMTAB, 0 },
  2440.   /* See struct bfd_elf_special_section declaration for the semantics of
  2441.      this special case where .prefix_length != strlen (.prefix).  */
  2442.   { ".stabstr",                 5,  3, SHT_STRTAB, 0 },
  2443.   { NULL,                       0,  0, 0,          0 }
  2444. };
  2445.  
  2446. static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_t[] =
  2447. {
  2448.   { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".text"),  -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_EXECINSTR },
  2449.   { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".tbss"),  -2, SHT_NOBITS,   SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE + SHF_TLS },
  2450.   { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".tdata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE + SHF_TLS },
  2451.   { NULL,                     0,  0, 0,            0 }
  2452. };
  2453.  
  2454. static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_z[] =
  2455. {
  2456.   { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_line"),    0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
  2457.   { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_info"),    0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
  2458.   { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_abbrev"),  0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
  2459.   { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_aranges"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
  2460.   { NULL,                     0,  0, 0,            0 }
  2461. };
  2462.  
  2463. static const struct bfd_elf_special_section * const special_sections[] =
  2464. {
  2465.   special_sections_b,           /* 'b' */
  2466.   special_sections_c,           /* 'c' */
  2467.   special_sections_d,           /* 'd' */
  2468.   NULL,                         /* 'e' */
  2469.   special_sections_f,           /* 'f' */
  2470.   special_sections_g,           /* 'g' */
  2471.   special_sections_h,           /* 'h' */
  2472.   special_sections_i,           /* 'i' */
  2473.   NULL,                         /* 'j' */
  2474.   NULL,                         /* 'k' */
  2475.   special_sections_l,           /* 'l' */
  2476.   NULL,                         /* 'm' */
  2477.   special_sections_n,           /* 'n' */
  2478.   NULL,                         /* 'o' */
  2479.   special_sections_p,           /* 'p' */
  2480.   NULL,                         /* 'q' */
  2481.   special_sections_r,           /* 'r' */
  2482.   special_sections_s,           /* 's' */
  2483.   special_sections_t,           /* 't' */
  2484.   NULL,                         /* 'u' */
  2485.   NULL,                         /* 'v' */
  2486.   NULL,                         /* 'w' */
  2487.   NULL,                         /* 'x' */
  2488.   NULL,                         /* 'y' */
  2489.   special_sections_z            /* 'z' */
  2490. };
  2491.  
  2492. const struct bfd_elf_special_section *
  2493. _bfd_elf_get_special_section (const char *name,
  2494.                               const struct bfd_elf_special_section *spec,
  2495.                               unsigned int rela)
  2496. {
  2497.   int i;
  2498.   int len;
  2499.  
  2500.   len = strlen (name);
  2501.  
  2502.   for (i = 0; spec[i].prefix != NULL; i++)
  2503.     {
  2504.       int suffix_len;
  2505.       int prefix_len = spec[i].prefix_length;
  2506.  
  2507.       if (len < prefix_len)
  2508.         continue;
  2509.       if (memcmp (name, spec[i].prefix, prefix_len) != 0)
  2510.         continue;
  2511.  
  2512.       suffix_len = spec[i].suffix_length;
  2513.       if (suffix_len <= 0)
  2514.         {
  2515.           if (name[prefix_len] != 0)
  2516.             {
  2517.               if (suffix_len == 0)
  2518.                 continue;
  2519.               if (name[prefix_len] != '.'
  2520.                   && (suffix_len == -2
  2521.                       || (rela && spec[i].type == SHT_REL)))
  2522.                 continue;
  2523.             }
  2524.         }
  2525.       else
  2526.         {
  2527.           if (len < prefix_len + suffix_len)
  2528.             continue;
  2529.           if (memcmp (name + len - suffix_len,
  2530.                       spec[i].prefix + prefix_len,
  2531.                       suffix_len) != 0)
  2532.             continue;
  2533.         }
  2534.       return &spec[i];
  2535.     }
  2536.  
  2537.   return NULL;
  2538. }
  2539.  
  2540. const struct bfd_elf_special_section *
  2541. _bfd_elf_get_sec_type_attr (bfd *abfd, asection *sec)
  2542. {
  2543.   int i;
  2544.   const struct bfd_elf_special_section *spec;
  2545.   const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
  2546.  
  2547.   /* See if this is one of the special sections.  */
  2548.   if (sec->name == NULL)
  2549.     return NULL;
  2550.  
  2551.   bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
  2552.   spec = bed->special_sections;
  2553.   if (spec)
  2554.     {
  2555.       spec = _bfd_elf_get_special_section (sec->name,
  2556.                                            bed->special_sections,
  2557.                                            sec->use_rela_p);
  2558.       if (spec != NULL)
  2559.         return spec;
  2560.     }
  2561.  
  2562.   if (sec->name[0] != '.')
  2563.     return NULL;
  2564.  
  2565.   i = sec->name[1] - 'b';
  2566.   if (i < 0 || i > 'z' - 'b')
  2567.     return NULL;
  2568.  
  2569.   spec = special_sections[i];
  2570.  
  2571.   if (spec == NULL)
  2572.     return NULL;
  2573.  
  2574.   return _bfd_elf_get_special_section (sec->name, spec, sec->use_rela_p);
  2575. }
  2576.  
  2577. bfd_boolean
  2578. _bfd_elf_new_section_hook (bfd *abfd, asection *sec)
  2579. {
  2580.   struct bfd_elf_section_data *sdata;
  2581.   const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
  2582.   const struct bfd_elf_special_section *ssect;
  2583.  
  2584.   sdata = (struct bfd_elf_section_data *) sec->used_by_bfd;
  2585.   if (sdata == NULL)
  2586.     {
  2587.       sdata = (struct bfd_elf_section_data *) bfd_zalloc (abfd,
  2588.                                                           sizeof (*sdata));
  2589.       if (sdata == NULL)
  2590.         return FALSE;
  2591.       sec->used_by_bfd = sdata;
  2592.     }
  2593.  
  2594.   /* Indicate whether or not this section should use RELA relocations.  */
  2595.   bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
  2596.   sec->use_rela_p = bed->default_use_rela_p;
  2597.  
  2598.   /* When we read a file, we don't need to set ELF section type and
  2599.      flags.  They will be overridden in _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr
  2600.      anyway.  We will set ELF section type and flags for all linker
  2601.      created sections.  If user specifies BFD section flags, we will
  2602.      set ELF section type and flags based on BFD section flags in
  2603.      elf_fake_sections.  Special handling for .init_array/.fini_array
  2604.      output sections since they may contain .ctors/.dtors input
  2605.      sections.  We don't want _bfd_elf_init_private_section_data to
  2606.      copy ELF section type from .ctors/.dtors input sections.  */
  2607.   if (abfd->direction != read_direction
  2608.       || (sec->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) != 0)
  2609.     {
  2610.       ssect = (*bed->get_sec_type_attr) (abfd, sec);
  2611.       if (ssect != NULL
  2612.           && (!sec->flags
  2613.               || (sec->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) != 0
  2614.               || ssect->type == SHT_INIT_ARRAY
  2615.               || ssect->type == SHT_FINI_ARRAY))
  2616.         {
  2617.           elf_section_type (sec) = ssect->type;
  2618.           elf_section_flags (sec) = ssect->attr;
  2619.         }
  2620.     }
  2621.  
  2622.   return _bfd_generic_new_section_hook (abfd, sec);
  2623. }
  2624.  
  2625. /* Create a new bfd section from an ELF program header.
  2626.  
  2627.    Since program segments have no names, we generate a synthetic name
  2628.    of the form segment<NUM>, where NUM is generally the index in the
  2629.    program header table.  For segments that are split (see below) we
  2630.    generate the names segment<NUM>a and segment<NUM>b.
  2631.  
  2632.    Note that some program segments may have a file size that is different than
  2633.    (less than) the memory size.  All this means is that at execution the
  2634.    system must allocate the amount of memory specified by the memory size,
  2635.    but only initialize it with the first "file size" bytes read from the
  2636.    file.  This would occur for example, with program segments consisting
  2637.    of combined data+bss.
  2638.  
  2639.    To handle the above situation, this routine generates TWO bfd sections
  2640.    for the single program segment.  The first has the length specified by
  2641.    the file size of the segment, and the second has the length specified
  2642.    by the difference between the two sizes.  In effect, the segment is split
  2643.    into its initialized and uninitialized parts.
  2644.  
  2645.  */
  2646.  
  2647. bfd_boolean
  2648. _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (bfd *abfd,
  2649.                                  Elf_Internal_Phdr *hdr,
  2650.                                  int hdr_index,
  2651.                                  const char *type_name)
  2652. {
  2653.   asection *newsect;
  2654.   char *name;
  2655.   char namebuf[64];
  2656.   size_t len;
  2657.   int split;
  2658.  
  2659.   split = ((hdr->p_memsz > 0)
  2660.             && (hdr->p_filesz > 0)
  2661.             && (hdr->p_memsz > hdr->p_filesz));
  2662.  
  2663.   if (hdr->p_filesz > 0)
  2664.     {
  2665.       sprintf (namebuf, "%s%d%s", type_name, hdr_index, split ? "a" : "");
  2666.       len = strlen (namebuf) + 1;
  2667.       name = (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
  2668.       if (!name)
  2669.         return FALSE;
  2670.       memcpy (name, namebuf, len);
  2671.       newsect = bfd_make_section (abfd, name);
  2672.       if (newsect == NULL)
  2673.         return FALSE;
  2674.       newsect->vma = hdr->p_vaddr;
  2675.       newsect->lma = hdr->p_paddr;
  2676.       newsect->size = hdr->p_filesz;
  2677.       newsect->filepos = hdr->p_offset;
  2678.       newsect->flags |= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
  2679.       newsect->alignment_power = bfd_log2 (hdr->p_align);
  2680.       if (hdr->p_type == PT_LOAD)
  2681.         {
  2682.           newsect->flags |= SEC_ALLOC;
  2683.           newsect->flags |= SEC_LOAD;
  2684.           if (hdr->p_flags & PF_X)
  2685.             {
  2686.               /* FIXME: all we known is that it has execute PERMISSION,
  2687.                  may be data.  */
  2688.               newsect->flags |= SEC_CODE;
  2689.             }
  2690.         }
  2691.       if (!(hdr->p_flags & PF_W))
  2692.         {
  2693.           newsect->flags |= SEC_READONLY;
  2694.         }
  2695.     }
  2696.  
  2697.   if (hdr->p_memsz > hdr->p_filesz)
  2698.     {
  2699.       bfd_vma align;
  2700.  
  2701.       sprintf (namebuf, "%s%d%s", type_name, hdr_index, split ? "b" : "");
  2702.       len = strlen (namebuf) + 1;
  2703.       name = (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
  2704.       if (!name)
  2705.         return FALSE;
  2706.       memcpy (name, namebuf, len);
  2707.       newsect = bfd_make_section (abfd, name);
  2708.       if (newsect == NULL)
  2709.         return FALSE;
  2710.       newsect->vma = hdr->p_vaddr + hdr->p_filesz;
  2711.       newsect->lma = hdr->p_paddr + hdr->p_filesz;
  2712.       newsect->size = hdr->p_memsz - hdr->p_filesz;
  2713.       newsect->filepos = hdr->p_offset + hdr->p_filesz;
  2714.       align = newsect->vma & -newsect->vma;
  2715.       if (align == 0 || align > hdr->p_align)
  2716.         align = hdr->p_align;
  2717.       newsect->alignment_power = bfd_log2 (align);
  2718.       if (hdr->p_type == PT_LOAD)
  2719.         {
  2720.           /* Hack for gdb.  Segments that have not been modified do
  2721.              not have their contents written to a core file, on the
  2722.              assumption that a debugger can find the contents in the
  2723.              executable.  We flag this case by setting the fake
  2724.              section size to zero.  Note that "real" bss sections will
  2725.              always have their contents dumped to the core file.  */
  2726.           if (bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_core)
  2727.             newsect->size = 0;
  2728.           newsect->flags |= SEC_ALLOC;
  2729.           if (hdr->p_flags & PF_X)
  2730.             newsect->flags |= SEC_CODE;
  2731.         }
  2732.       if (!(hdr->p_flags & PF_W))
  2733.         newsect->flags |= SEC_READONLY;
  2734.     }
  2735.  
  2736.   return TRUE;
  2737. }
  2738.  
  2739. bfd_boolean
  2740. bfd_section_from_phdr (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Phdr *hdr, int hdr_index)
  2741. {
  2742.   const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
  2743.  
  2744.   switch (hdr->p_type)
  2745.     {
  2746.     case PT_NULL:
  2747.       return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, hdr_index, "null");
  2748.  
  2749.     case PT_LOAD:
  2750.       return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, hdr_index, "load");
  2751.  
  2752.     case PT_DYNAMIC:
  2753.       return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, hdr_index, "dynamic");
  2754.  
  2755.     case PT_INTERP:
  2756.       return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, hdr_index, "interp");
  2757.  
  2758.     case PT_NOTE:
  2759.       if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, hdr_index, "note"))
  2760.         return FALSE;
  2761.       if (! elf_read_notes (abfd, hdr->p_offset, hdr->p_filesz))
  2762.         return FALSE;
  2763.       return TRUE;
  2764.  
  2765.     case PT_SHLIB:
  2766.       return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, hdr_index, "shlib");
  2767.  
  2768.     case PT_PHDR:
  2769.       return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, hdr_index, "phdr");
  2770.  
  2771.     case PT_GNU_EH_FRAME:
  2772.       return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, hdr_index,
  2773.                                               "eh_frame_hdr");
  2774.  
  2775.     case PT_GNU_STACK:
  2776.       return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, hdr_index, "stack");
  2777.  
  2778.     case PT_GNU_RELRO:
  2779.       return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, hdr_index, "relro");
  2780.  
  2781.     default:
  2782.       /* Check for any processor-specific program segment types.  */
  2783.       bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
  2784.       return bed->elf_backend_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, hdr_index, "proc");
  2785.     }
  2786. }
  2787.  
  2788. /* Return the REL_HDR for SEC, assuming there is only a single one, either
  2789.    REL or RELA.  */
  2790.  
  2791. Elf_Internal_Shdr *
  2792. _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (asection *sec)
  2793. {
  2794.   if (elf_section_data (sec)->rel.hdr)
  2795.     {
  2796.       BFD_ASSERT (elf_section_data (sec)->rela.hdr == NULL);
  2797.       return elf_section_data (sec)->rel.hdr;
  2798.     }
  2799.   else
  2800.     return elf_section_data (sec)->rela.hdr;
  2801. }
  2802.  
  2803. static bfd_boolean
  2804. _bfd_elf_set_reloc_sh_name (bfd *abfd,
  2805.                             Elf_Internal_Shdr *rel_hdr,
  2806.                             const char *sec_name,
  2807.                             bfd_boolean use_rela_p)
  2808. {
  2809.   char *name = (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd,
  2810.                                    sizeof ".rela" + strlen (sec_name));
  2811.   if (name == NULL)
  2812.     return FALSE;
  2813.  
  2814.   sprintf (name, "%s%s", use_rela_p ? ".rela" : ".rel", sec_name);
  2815.   rel_hdr->sh_name =
  2816.     (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd), name,
  2817.                                         FALSE);
  2818.   if (rel_hdr->sh_name == (unsigned int) -1)
  2819.     return FALSE;
  2820.  
  2821.   return TRUE;
  2822. }
  2823.  
  2824. /* Allocate and initialize a section-header for a new reloc section,
  2825.    containing relocations against ASECT.  It is stored in RELDATA.  If
  2826.    USE_RELA_P is TRUE, we use RELA relocations; otherwise, we use REL
  2827.    relocations.  */
  2828.  
  2829. static bfd_boolean
  2830. _bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (bfd *abfd,
  2831.                           struct bfd_elf_section_reloc_data *reldata,
  2832.                           const char *sec_name,
  2833.                           bfd_boolean use_rela_p,
  2834.                           bfd_boolean delay_st_name_p)
  2835. {
  2836.   Elf_Internal_Shdr *rel_hdr;
  2837.   const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
  2838.   bfd_size_type amt;
  2839.  
  2840.   amt = sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr);
  2841.   BFD_ASSERT (reldata->hdr == NULL);
  2842.   rel_hdr = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
  2843.   reldata->hdr = rel_hdr;
  2844.  
  2845.   if (delay_st_name_p)
  2846.     rel_hdr->sh_name = (unsigned int) -1;
  2847.   else if (!_bfd_elf_set_reloc_sh_name (abfd, rel_hdr, sec_name,
  2848.                                         use_rela_p))
  2849.     return FALSE;
  2850.   rel_hdr->sh_type = use_rela_p ? SHT_RELA : SHT_REL;
  2851.   rel_hdr->sh_entsize = (use_rela_p
  2852.                          ? bed->s->sizeof_rela
  2853.                          : bed->s->sizeof_rel);
  2854.   rel_hdr->sh_addralign = (bfd_vma) 1 << bed->s->log_file_align;
  2855.   rel_hdr->sh_flags = 0;
  2856.   rel_hdr->sh_addr = 0;
  2857.   rel_hdr->sh_size = 0;
  2858.   rel_hdr->sh_offset = 0;
  2859.  
  2860.   return TRUE;
  2861. }
  2862.  
  2863. /* Return the default section type based on the passed in section flags.  */
  2864.  
  2865. int
  2866. bfd_elf_get_default_section_type (flagword flags)
  2867. {
  2868.   if ((flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
  2869.       && (flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS)) == 0)
  2870.     return SHT_NOBITS;
  2871.   return SHT_PROGBITS;
  2872. }
  2873.  
  2874. struct fake_section_arg
  2875. {
  2876.   struct bfd_link_info *link_info;
  2877.   bfd_boolean failed;
  2878. };
  2879.  
  2880. /* Set up an ELF internal section header for a section.  */
  2881.  
  2882. static void
  2883. elf_fake_sections (bfd *abfd, asection *asect, void *fsarg)
  2884. {
  2885.   struct fake_section_arg *arg = (struct fake_section_arg *)fsarg;
  2886.   const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
  2887.   struct bfd_elf_section_data *esd = elf_section_data (asect);
  2888.   Elf_Internal_Shdr *this_hdr;
  2889.   unsigned int sh_type;
  2890.   const char *name = asect->name;
  2891.   bfd_boolean delay_st_name_p = FALSE;
  2892.  
  2893.   if (arg->failed)
  2894.     {
  2895.       /* We already failed; just get out of the bfd_map_over_sections
  2896.          loop.  */
  2897.       return;
  2898.     }
  2899.  
  2900.   this_hdr = &esd->this_hdr;
  2901.  
  2902.   if (arg->link_info)
  2903.     {
  2904.       /* ld: compress DWARF debug sections with names: .debug_*.  */
  2905.       if ((arg->link_info->compress_debug & COMPRESS_DEBUG)
  2906.           && (asect->flags & SEC_DEBUGGING)
  2907.           && name[1] == 'd'
  2908.           && name[6] == '_')
  2909.         {
  2910.           /* Set SEC_ELF_COMPRESS to indicate this section should be
  2911.              compressed.  */
  2912.           asect->flags |= SEC_ELF_COMPRESS;
  2913.  
  2914.           /* If this section will be compressed, delay adding setion
  2915.              name to section name section after it is compressed in
  2916.              _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load.  */
  2917.           delay_st_name_p = TRUE;
  2918.         }
  2919.     }
  2920.   else if ((asect->flags & SEC_ELF_RENAME))
  2921.     {
  2922.       /* objcopy: rename output DWARF debug section.  */
  2923.       if ((abfd->flags & (BFD_DECOMPRESS | BFD_COMPRESS_GABI)))
  2924.         {
  2925.           /* When we decompress or compress with SHF_COMPRESSED,
  2926.              convert section name from .zdebug_* to .debug_* if
  2927.              needed.  */
  2928.           if (name[1] == 'z')
  2929.             {
  2930.               char *new_name = convert_zdebug_to_debug (abfd, name);
  2931.               if (new_name == NULL)
  2932.                 {
  2933.                   arg->failed = TRUE;
  2934.                   return;
  2935.                 }
  2936.               name = new_name;
  2937.             }
  2938.         }
  2939.       else if (asect->compress_status == COMPRESS_SECTION_DONE)
  2940.         {
  2941.           /* PR binutils/18087: Compression does not always make a
  2942.              section smaller.  So only rename the section when
  2943.              compression has actually taken place.  If input section
  2944.              name is .zdebug_*, we should never compress it again.  */
  2945.           char *new_name = convert_debug_to_zdebug (abfd, name);
  2946.           if (new_name == NULL)
  2947.             {
  2948.               arg->failed = TRUE;
  2949.               return;
  2950.             }
  2951.           BFD_ASSERT (name[1] != 'z');
  2952.           name = new_name;
  2953.         }
  2954.     }
  2955.  
  2956.   if (delay_st_name_p)
  2957.     this_hdr->sh_name = (unsigned int) -1;
  2958.   else
  2959.     {
  2960.       this_hdr->sh_name
  2961.         = (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd),
  2962.                                               name, FALSE);
  2963.       if (this_hdr->sh_name == (unsigned int) -1)
  2964.         {
  2965.           arg->failed = TRUE;
  2966.           return;
  2967.         }
  2968.     }
  2969.  
  2970.   /* Don't clear sh_flags. Assembler may set additional bits.  */
  2971.  
  2972.   if ((asect->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
  2973.       || asect->user_set_vma)
  2974.     this_hdr->sh_addr = asect->vma;
  2975.   else
  2976.     this_hdr->sh_addr = 0;
  2977.  
  2978.   this_hdr->sh_offset = 0;
  2979.   this_hdr->sh_size = asect->size;
  2980.   this_hdr->sh_link = 0;
  2981.   /* PR 17512: file: 0eb809fe, 8b0535ee.  */
  2982.   if (asect->alignment_power >= (sizeof (bfd_vma) * 8) - 1)
  2983.     {
  2984.       (*_bfd_error_handler)
  2985.         (_("%B: error: Alignment power %d of section `%A' is too big"),
  2986.          abfd, asect, asect->alignment_power);
  2987.       arg->failed = TRUE;
  2988.       return;
  2989.     }
  2990.   this_hdr->sh_addralign = (bfd_vma) 1 << asect->alignment_power;
  2991.   /* The sh_entsize and sh_info fields may have been set already by
  2992.      copy_private_section_data.  */
  2993.  
  2994.   this_hdr->bfd_section = asect;
  2995.   this_hdr->contents = NULL;
  2996.  
  2997.   /* If the section type is unspecified, we set it based on
  2998.      asect->flags.  */
  2999.   if ((asect->flags & SEC_GROUP) != 0)
  3000.     sh_type = SHT_GROUP;
  3001.   else
  3002.     sh_type = bfd_elf_get_default_section_type (asect->flags);
  3003.  
  3004.   if (this_hdr->sh_type == SHT_NULL)
  3005.     this_hdr->sh_type = sh_type;
  3006.   else if (this_hdr->sh_type == SHT_NOBITS
  3007.            && sh_type == SHT_PROGBITS
  3008.            && (asect->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
  3009.     {
  3010.       /* Warn if we are changing a NOBITS section to PROGBITS, but
  3011.          allow the link to proceed.  This can happen when users link
  3012.          non-bss input sections to bss output sections, or emit data
  3013.          to a bss output section via a linker script.  */
  3014.       (*_bfd_error_handler)
  3015.         (_("warning: section `%A' type changed to PROGBITS"), asect);
  3016.       this_hdr->sh_type = sh_type;
  3017.     }
  3018.  
  3019.   switch (this_hdr->sh_type)
  3020.     {
  3021.     default:
  3022.       break;
  3023.  
  3024.     case SHT_STRTAB:
  3025.     case SHT_INIT_ARRAY:
  3026.     case SHT_FINI_ARRAY:
  3027.     case SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY:
  3028.     case SHT_NOTE:
  3029.     case SHT_NOBITS:
  3030.     case SHT_PROGBITS:
  3031.       break;
  3032.  
  3033.     case SHT_HASH:
  3034.       this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_hash_entry;
  3035.       break;
  3036.  
  3037.     case SHT_DYNSYM:
  3038.       this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_sym;
  3039.       break;
  3040.  
  3041.     case SHT_DYNAMIC:
  3042.       this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_dyn;
  3043.       break;
  3044.  
  3045.     case SHT_RELA:
  3046.       if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->may_use_rela_p)
  3047.         this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_rela;
  3048.       break;
  3049.  
  3050.      case SHT_REL:
  3051.       if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->may_use_rel_p)
  3052.         this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_rel;
  3053.       break;
  3054.  
  3055.      case SHT_GNU_versym:
  3056.       this_hdr->sh_entsize = sizeof (Elf_External_Versym);
  3057.       break;
  3058.  
  3059.      case SHT_GNU_verdef:
  3060.       this_hdr->sh_entsize = 0;
  3061.       /* objcopy or strip will copy over sh_info, but may not set
  3062.          cverdefs.  The linker will set cverdefs, but sh_info will be
  3063.          zero.  */
  3064.       if (this_hdr->sh_info == 0)
  3065.         this_hdr->sh_info = elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs;
  3066.       else
  3067.         BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs == 0
  3068.                     || this_hdr->sh_info == elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs);
  3069.       break;
  3070.  
  3071.     case SHT_GNU_verneed:
  3072.       this_hdr->sh_entsize = 0;
  3073.       /* objcopy or strip will copy over sh_info, but may not set
  3074.          cverrefs.  The linker will set cverrefs, but sh_info will be
  3075.          zero.  */
  3076.       if (this_hdr->sh_info == 0)
  3077.         this_hdr->sh_info = elf_tdata (abfd)->cverrefs;
  3078.       else
  3079.         BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd)->cverrefs == 0
  3080.                     || this_hdr->sh_info == elf_tdata (abfd)->cverrefs);
  3081.       break;
  3082.  
  3083.     case SHT_GROUP:
  3084.       this_hdr->sh_entsize = GRP_ENTRY_SIZE;
  3085.       break;
  3086.  
  3087.     case SHT_GNU_HASH:
  3088.       this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->arch_size == 64 ? 0 : 4;
  3089.       break;
  3090.     }
  3091.  
  3092.   if ((asect->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
  3093.     this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_ALLOC;
  3094.   if ((asect->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0)
  3095.     this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_WRITE;
  3096.   if ((asect->flags & SEC_CODE) != 0)
  3097.     this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_EXECINSTR;
  3098.   if ((asect->flags & SEC_MERGE) != 0)
  3099.     {
  3100.       this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_MERGE;
  3101.       this_hdr->sh_entsize = asect->entsize;
  3102.       if ((asect->flags & SEC_STRINGS) != 0)
  3103.         this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_STRINGS;
  3104.     }
  3105.   if ((asect->flags & SEC_GROUP) == 0 && elf_group_name (asect) != NULL)
  3106.     this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_GROUP;
  3107.   if ((asect->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) != 0)
  3108.     {
  3109.       this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_TLS;
  3110.       if (asect->size == 0
  3111.           && (asect->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) == 0)
  3112.         {
  3113.           struct bfd_link_order *o = asect->map_tail.link_order;
  3114.  
  3115.           this_hdr->sh_size = 0;
  3116.           if (o != NULL)
  3117.             {
  3118.               this_hdr->sh_size = o->offset + o->size;
  3119.               if (this_hdr->sh_size != 0)
  3120.                 this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_NOBITS;
  3121.             }
  3122.         }
  3123.     }
  3124.   if ((asect->flags & (SEC_GROUP | SEC_EXCLUDE)) == SEC_EXCLUDE)
  3125.     this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_EXCLUDE;
  3126.  
  3127.   /* If the section has relocs, set up a section header for the
  3128.      SHT_REL[A] section.  If two relocation sections are required for
  3129.      this section, it is up to the processor-specific back-end to
  3130.      create the other.  */
  3131.   if ((asect->flags & SEC_RELOC) != 0)
  3132.     {
  3133.       /* When doing a relocatable link, create both REL and RELA sections if
  3134.          needed.  */
  3135.       if (arg->link_info
  3136.           /* Do the normal setup if we wouldn't create any sections here.  */
  3137.           && esd->rel.count + esd->rela.count > 0
  3138.           && (bfd_link_relocatable (arg->link_info)
  3139.               || arg->link_info->emitrelocations))
  3140.         {
  3141.           if (esd->rel.count && esd->rel.hdr == NULL
  3142.               && !_bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (abfd, &esd->rel, name, FALSE,
  3143.                                             delay_st_name_p))
  3144.             {
  3145.               arg->failed = TRUE;
  3146.               return;
  3147.             }
  3148.           if (esd->rela.count && esd->rela.hdr == NULL
  3149.               && !_bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (abfd, &esd->rela, name, TRUE,
  3150.                                             delay_st_name_p))
  3151.             {
  3152.               arg->failed = TRUE;
  3153.               return;
  3154.             }
  3155.         }
  3156.       else if (!_bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (abfd,
  3157.                                           (asect->use_rela_p
  3158.                                            ? &esd->rela : &esd->rel),
  3159.                                           name,
  3160.                                           asect->use_rela_p,
  3161.                                           delay_st_name_p))
  3162.           arg->failed = TRUE;
  3163.     }
  3164.  
  3165.   /* Check for processor-specific section types.  */
  3166.   sh_type = this_hdr->sh_type;
  3167.   if (bed->elf_backend_fake_sections
  3168.       && !(*bed->elf_backend_fake_sections) (abfd, this_hdr, asect))
  3169.     arg->failed = TRUE;
  3170.  
  3171.   if (sh_type == SHT_NOBITS && asect->size != 0)
  3172.     {
  3173.       /* Don't change the header type from NOBITS if we are being
  3174.          called for objcopy --only-keep-debug.  */
  3175.       this_hdr->sh_type = sh_type;
  3176.     }
  3177. }
  3178.  
  3179. /* Fill in the contents of a SHT_GROUP section.  Called from
  3180.    _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions for gas, objcopy, and
  3181.    when ELF targets use the generic linker, ld.  Called for ld -r
  3182.    from bfd_elf_final_link.  */
  3183.  
  3184. void
  3185. bfd_elf_set_group_contents (bfd *abfd, asection *sec, void *failedptrarg)
  3186. {
  3187.   bfd_boolean *failedptr = (bfd_boolean *) failedptrarg;
  3188.   asection *elt, *first;
  3189.   unsigned char *loc;
  3190.   bfd_boolean gas;
  3191.  
  3192.   /* Ignore linker created group section.  See elfNN_ia64_object_p in
  3193.      elfxx-ia64.c.  */
  3194.   if (((sec->flags & (SEC_GROUP | SEC_LINKER_CREATED)) != SEC_GROUP)
  3195.       || *failedptr)
  3196.     return;
  3197.  
  3198.   if (elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.sh_info == 0)
  3199.     {
  3200.       unsigned long symindx = 0;
  3201.  
  3202.       /* elf_group_id will have been set up by objcopy and the
  3203.          generic linker.  */
  3204.       if (elf_group_id (sec) != NULL)
  3205.         symindx = elf_group_id (sec)->udata.i;
  3206.  
  3207.       if (symindx == 0)
  3208.         {
  3209.           /* If called from the assembler, swap_out_syms will have set up
  3210.              elf_section_syms.  */
  3211.           BFD_ASSERT (elf_section_syms (abfd) != NULL);
  3212.           symindx = elf_section_syms (abfd)[sec->index]->udata.i;
  3213.         }
  3214.       elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.sh_info = symindx;
  3215.     }
  3216.   else if (elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.sh_info == (unsigned int) -2)
  3217.     {
  3218.       /* The ELF backend linker sets sh_info to -2 when the group
  3219.          signature symbol is global, and thus the index can't be
  3220.          set until all local symbols are output.  */
  3221.       asection *igroup = elf_sec_group (elf_next_in_group (sec));
  3222.       struct bfd_elf_section_data *sec_data = elf_section_data (igroup);
  3223.       unsigned long symndx = sec_data->this_hdr.sh_info;
  3224.       unsigned long extsymoff = 0;
  3225.       struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
  3226.  
  3227.       if (!elf_bad_symtab (igroup->owner))
  3228.         {
  3229.           Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
  3230.  
  3231.           symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (igroup->owner)->symtab_hdr;
  3232.           extsymoff = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
  3233.         }
  3234.       h = elf_sym_hashes (igroup->owner)[symndx - extsymoff];
  3235.       while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
  3236.              || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
  3237.         h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
  3238.  
  3239.       elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.sh_info = h->indx;
  3240.     }
  3241.  
  3242.   /* The contents won't be allocated for "ld -r" or objcopy.  */
  3243.   gas = TRUE;
  3244.   if (sec->contents == NULL)
  3245.     {
  3246.       gas = FALSE;
  3247.       sec->contents = (unsigned char *) bfd_alloc (abfd, sec->size);
  3248.  
  3249.       /* Arrange for the section to be written out.  */
  3250.       elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents = sec->contents;
  3251.       if (sec->contents == NULL)
  3252.         {
  3253.           *failedptr = TRUE;
  3254.           return;
  3255.         }
  3256.     }
  3257.  
  3258.   loc = sec->contents + sec->size;
  3259.  
  3260.   /* Get the pointer to the first section in the group that gas
  3261.      squirreled away here.  objcopy arranges for this to be set to the
  3262.      start of the input section group.  */
  3263.   first = elt = elf_next_in_group (sec);
  3264.  
  3265.   /* First element is a flag word.  Rest of section is elf section
  3266.      indices for all the sections of the group.  Write them backwards
  3267.      just to keep the group in the same order as given in .section
  3268.      directives, not that it matters.  */
  3269.   while (elt != NULL)
  3270.     {
  3271.       asection *s;
  3272.  
  3273.       s = elt;
  3274.       if (!gas)
  3275.         s = s->output_section;
  3276.       if (s != NULL
  3277.           && !bfd_is_abs_section (s))
  3278.         {
  3279.           unsigned int idx = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
  3280.  
  3281.           loc -= 4;
  3282.           H_PUT_32 (abfd, idx, loc);
  3283.         }
  3284.       elt = elf_next_in_group (elt);
  3285.       if (elt == first)
  3286.         break;
  3287.     }
  3288.  
  3289.   if ((loc -= 4) != sec->contents)
  3290.     abort ();
  3291.  
  3292.   H_PUT_32 (abfd, sec->flags & SEC_LINK_ONCE ? GRP_COMDAT : 0, loc);
  3293. }
  3294.  
  3295. /* Return the section which RELOC_SEC applies to.  */
  3296.  
  3297. asection *
  3298. _bfd_elf_get_reloc_section (asection *reloc_sec)
  3299. {
  3300.   const char *name;
  3301.   unsigned int type;
  3302.   bfd *abfd;
  3303.  
  3304.   if (reloc_sec == NULL)
  3305.     return NULL;
  3306.  
  3307.   type = elf_section_data (reloc_sec)->this_hdr.sh_type;
  3308.   if (type != SHT_REL && type != SHT_RELA)
  3309.     return NULL;
  3310.  
  3311.   /* We look up the section the relocs apply to by name.  */
  3312.   name = reloc_sec->name;
  3313.   if (type == SHT_REL)
  3314.     name += 4;
  3315.   else
  3316.     name += 5;
  3317.  
  3318.   /* If a target needs .got.plt section, relocations in rela.plt/rel.plt
  3319.      section apply to .got.plt section.  */
  3320.   abfd = reloc_sec->owner;
  3321.   if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->want_got_plt
  3322.       && strcmp (name, ".plt") == 0)
  3323.     {
  3324.       /* .got.plt is a linker created input section.  It may be mapped
  3325.          to some other output section.  Try two likely sections.  */
  3326.       name = ".got.plt";
  3327.       reloc_sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, name);
  3328.       if (reloc_sec != NULL)
  3329.         return reloc_sec;
  3330.       name = ".got";
  3331.     }
  3332.  
  3333.   reloc_sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, name);
  3334.   return reloc_sec;
  3335. }
  3336.  
  3337. /* Assign all ELF section numbers.  The dummy first section is handled here
  3338.    too.  The link/info pointers for the standard section types are filled
  3339.    in here too, while we're at it.  */
  3340.  
  3341. static bfd_boolean
  3342. assign_section_numbers (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *link_info)
  3343. {
  3344.   struct elf_obj_tdata *t = elf_tdata (abfd);
  3345.   asection *sec;
  3346.   unsigned int section_number;
  3347.   Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrp;
  3348.   struct bfd_elf_section_data *d;
  3349.   bfd_boolean need_symtab;
  3350.  
  3351.   section_number = 1;
  3352.  
  3353.   _bfd_elf_strtab_clear_all_refs (elf_shstrtab (abfd));
  3354.  
  3355.   /* SHT_GROUP sections are in relocatable files only.  */
  3356.   if (link_info == NULL || bfd_link_relocatable (link_info))
  3357.     {
  3358.       /* Put SHT_GROUP sections first.  */
  3359.       for (sec = abfd->sections; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
  3360.         {
  3361.           d = elf_section_data (sec);
  3362.  
  3363.           if (d->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_GROUP)
  3364.             {
  3365.               if (sec->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED)
  3366.                 {
  3367.                   /* Remove the linker created SHT_GROUP sections.  */
  3368.                   bfd_section_list_remove (abfd, sec);
  3369.                   abfd->section_count--;
  3370.                 }
  3371.               else
  3372.                 d->this_idx = section_number++;
  3373.             }
  3374.         }
  3375.     }
  3376.  
  3377.   for (sec = abfd->sections; sec; sec = sec->next)
  3378.     {
  3379.       d = elf_section_data (sec);
  3380.  
  3381.       if (d->this_hdr.sh_type != SHT_GROUP)
  3382.         d->this_idx = section_number++;
  3383.       if (d->this_hdr.sh_name != (unsigned int) -1)
  3384.         _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), d->this_hdr.sh_name);
  3385.       if (d->rel.hdr)
  3386.         {
  3387.           d->rel.idx = section_number++;
  3388.           if (d->rel.hdr->sh_name != (unsigned int) -1)
  3389.             _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), d->rel.hdr->sh_name);
  3390.         }
  3391.       else
  3392.         d->rel.idx = 0;
  3393.  
  3394.       if (d->rela.hdr)
  3395.         {
  3396.           d->rela.idx = section_number++;
  3397.           if (d->rela.hdr->sh_name != (unsigned int) -1)
  3398.             _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), d->rela.hdr->sh_name);
  3399.         }
  3400.       else
  3401.         d->rela.idx = 0;
  3402.     }
  3403.  
  3404.   elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd) = section_number++;
  3405.   _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), t->shstrtab_hdr.sh_name);
  3406.   elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shstrndx = elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd);
  3407.  
  3408.   need_symtab = (bfd_get_symcount (abfd) > 0
  3409.                 || (link_info == NULL
  3410.                     && ((abfd->flags & (EXEC_P | DYNAMIC | HAS_RELOC))
  3411.                         == HAS_RELOC)));
  3412.   if (need_symtab)
  3413.     {
  3414.       elf_onesymtab (abfd) = section_number++;
  3415.       _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), t->symtab_hdr.sh_name);
  3416.       if (section_number > ((SHN_LORESERVE - 2) & 0xFFFF))
  3417.         {
  3418.           elf_section_list * entry;
  3419.  
  3420.           BFD_ASSERT (elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd) == NULL);
  3421.  
  3422.           entry = bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof * entry);
  3423.           entry->ndx = section_number++;
  3424.           elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd) = entry;
  3425.           entry->hdr.sh_name
  3426.             = (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd),
  3427.                                                   ".symtab_shndx", FALSE);
  3428.           if (entry->hdr.sh_name == (unsigned int) -1)
  3429.             return FALSE;
  3430.         }
  3431.       elf_strtab_sec (abfd) = section_number++;
  3432.       _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), t->strtab_hdr.sh_name);
  3433.     }
  3434.  
  3435.   if (section_number >= SHN_LORESERVE)
  3436.     {
  3437.       _bfd_error_handler (_("%B: too many sections: %u"),
  3438.                           abfd, section_number);
  3439.       return FALSE;
  3440.     }
  3441.  
  3442.   elf_numsections (abfd) = section_number;
  3443.   elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shnum = section_number;
  3444.  
  3445.   /* Set up the list of section header pointers, in agreement with the
  3446.      indices.  */
  3447.   i_shdrp = (Elf_Internal_Shdr **) bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, section_number,
  3448.                                                 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr *));
  3449.   if (i_shdrp == NULL)
  3450.     return FALSE;
  3451.  
  3452.   i_shdrp[0] = (Elf_Internal_Shdr *) bfd_zalloc (abfd,
  3453.                                                  sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr));
  3454.   if (i_shdrp[0] == NULL)
  3455.     {
  3456.       bfd_release (abfd, i_shdrp);
  3457.       return FALSE;
  3458.     }
  3459.  
  3460.   elf_elfsections (abfd) = i_shdrp;
  3461.  
  3462.   i_shdrp[elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd)] = &t->shstrtab_hdr;
  3463.   if (need_symtab)
  3464.     {
  3465.       i_shdrp[elf_onesymtab (abfd)] = &t->symtab_hdr;
  3466.       if (elf_numsections (abfd) > (SHN_LORESERVE & 0xFFFF))
  3467.         {
  3468.           elf_section_list * entry = elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd);
  3469.           BFD_ASSERT (entry != NULL);
  3470.           i_shdrp[entry->ndx] = & entry->hdr;
  3471.           entry->hdr.sh_link = elf_onesymtab (abfd);
  3472.         }
  3473.       i_shdrp[elf_strtab_sec (abfd)] = &t->strtab_hdr;
  3474.       t->symtab_hdr.sh_link = elf_strtab_sec (abfd);
  3475.     }
  3476.  
  3477.   for (sec = abfd->sections; sec; sec = sec->next)
  3478.     {
  3479.       asection *s;
  3480.  
  3481.       d = elf_section_data (sec);
  3482.  
  3483.       i_shdrp[d->this_idx] = &d->this_hdr;
  3484.       if (d->rel.idx != 0)
  3485.         i_shdrp[d->rel.idx] = d->rel.hdr;
  3486.       if (d->rela.idx != 0)
  3487.         i_shdrp[d->rela.idx] = d->rela.hdr;
  3488.  
  3489.       /* Fill in the sh_link and sh_info fields while we're at it.  */
  3490.  
  3491.       /* sh_link of a reloc section is the section index of the symbol
  3492.          table.  sh_info is the section index of the section to which
  3493.          the relocation entries apply.  */
  3494.       if (d->rel.idx != 0)
  3495.         {
  3496.           d->rel.hdr->sh_link = elf_onesymtab (abfd);
  3497.           d->rel.hdr->sh_info = d->this_idx;
  3498.           d->rel.hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_INFO_LINK;
  3499.         }
  3500.       if (d->rela.idx != 0)
  3501.         {
  3502.           d->rela.hdr->sh_link = elf_onesymtab (abfd);
  3503.           d->rela.hdr->sh_info = d->this_idx;
  3504.           d->rela.hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_INFO_LINK;
  3505.         }
  3506.  
  3507.       /* We need to set up sh_link for SHF_LINK_ORDER.  */
  3508.       if ((d->this_hdr.sh_flags & SHF_LINK_ORDER) != 0)
  3509.         {
  3510.           s = elf_linked_to_section (sec);
  3511.           if (s)
  3512.             {
  3513.               /* elf_linked_to_section points to the input section.  */
  3514.               if (link_info != NULL)
  3515.                 {
  3516.                   /* Check discarded linkonce section.  */
  3517.                   if (discarded_section (s))
  3518.                     {
  3519.                       asection *kept;
  3520.                       (*_bfd_error_handler)
  3521.                         (_("%B: sh_link of section `%A' points to discarded section `%A' of `%B'"),
  3522.                          abfd, d->this_hdr.bfd_section,
  3523.                          s, s->owner);
  3524.                       /* Point to the kept section if it has the same
  3525.                          size as the discarded one.  */
  3526.                       kept = _bfd_elf_check_kept_section (s, link_info);
  3527.                       if (kept == NULL)
  3528.                         {
  3529.                           bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
  3530.                           return FALSE;
  3531.                         }
  3532.                       s = kept;
  3533.                     }
  3534.  
  3535.                   s = s->output_section;
  3536.                   BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
  3537.                 }
  3538.               else
  3539.                 {
  3540.                   /* Handle objcopy. */
  3541.                   if (s->output_section == NULL)
  3542.                     {
  3543.                       (*_bfd_error_handler)
  3544.                         (_("%B: sh_link of section `%A' points to removed section `%A' of `%B'"),
  3545.                          abfd, d->this_hdr.bfd_section, s, s->owner);
  3546.                       bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
  3547.                       return FALSE;
  3548.                     }
  3549.                   s = s->output_section;
  3550.                 }
  3551.               d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
  3552.             }
  3553.           else
  3554.             {
  3555.               /* PR 290:
  3556.                  The Intel C compiler generates SHT_IA_64_UNWIND with
  3557.                  SHF_LINK_ORDER.  But it doesn't set the sh_link or
  3558.                  sh_info fields.  Hence we could get the situation
  3559.                  where s is NULL.  */
  3560.               const struct elf_backend_data *bed
  3561.                 = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
  3562.               if (bed->link_order_error_handler)
  3563.                 bed->link_order_error_handler
  3564.                   (_("%B: warning: sh_link not set for section `%A'"),
  3565.                    abfd, sec);
  3566.             }
  3567.         }
  3568.  
  3569.       switch (d->this_hdr.sh_type)
  3570.         {
  3571.         case SHT_REL:
  3572.         case SHT_RELA:
  3573.           /* A reloc section which we are treating as a normal BFD
  3574.              section.  sh_link is the section index of the symbol
  3575.              table.  sh_info is the section index of the section to
  3576.              which the relocation entries apply.  We assume that an
  3577.              allocated reloc section uses the dynamic symbol table.
  3578.              FIXME: How can we be sure?  */
  3579.           s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynsym");
  3580.           if (s != NULL)
  3581.             d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
  3582.  
  3583.           s = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->get_reloc_section (sec);
  3584.           if (s != NULL)
  3585.             {
  3586.               d->this_hdr.sh_info = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
  3587.               d->this_hdr.sh_flags |= SHF_INFO_LINK;
  3588.             }
  3589.           break;
  3590.  
  3591.         case SHT_STRTAB:
  3592.           /* We assume that a section named .stab*str is a stabs
  3593.              string section.  We look for a section with the same name
  3594.              but without the trailing ``str'', and set its sh_link
  3595.              field to point to this section.  */
  3596.           if (CONST_STRNEQ (sec->name, ".stab")
  3597.               && strcmp (sec->name + strlen (sec->name) - 3, "str") == 0)
  3598.             {
  3599.               size_t len;
  3600.               char *alc;
  3601.  
  3602.               len = strlen (sec->name);
  3603.               alc = (char *) bfd_malloc (len - 2);
  3604.               if (alc == NULL)
  3605.                 return FALSE;
  3606.               memcpy (alc, sec->name, len - 3);
  3607.               alc[len - 3] = '\0';
  3608.               s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, alc);
  3609.               free (alc);
  3610.               if (s != NULL)
  3611.                 {
  3612.                   elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_link = d->this_idx;
  3613.  
  3614.                   /* This is a .stab section.  */
  3615.                   if (elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_entsize == 0)
  3616.                     elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_entsize
  3617.                       = 4 + 2 * bfd_get_arch_size (abfd) / 8;
  3618.                 }
  3619.             }
  3620.           break;
  3621.  
  3622.         case SHT_DYNAMIC:
  3623.         case SHT_DYNSYM:
  3624.         case SHT_GNU_verneed:
  3625.         case SHT_GNU_verdef:
  3626.           /* sh_link is the section header index of the string table
  3627.              used for the dynamic entries, or the symbol table, or the
  3628.              version strings.  */
  3629.           s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynstr");
  3630.           if (s != NULL)
  3631.             d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
  3632.           break;
  3633.  
  3634.         case SHT_GNU_LIBLIST:
  3635.           /* sh_link is the section header index of the prelink library
  3636.              list used for the dynamic entries, or the symbol table, or
  3637.              the version strings.  */
  3638.           s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC)
  3639.                                              ? ".dynstr" : ".gnu.libstr");
  3640.           if (s != NULL)
  3641.             d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
  3642.           break;
  3643.  
  3644.         case SHT_HASH:
  3645.         case SHT_GNU_HASH:
  3646.         case SHT_GNU_versym:
  3647.           /* sh_link is the section header index of the symbol table
  3648.              this hash table or version table is for.  */
  3649.           s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynsym");
  3650.           if (s != NULL)
  3651.             d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
  3652.           break;
  3653.  
  3654.         case SHT_GROUP:
  3655.           d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_onesymtab (abfd);
  3656.         }
  3657.     }
  3658.  
  3659.   /* Delay setting sh_name to _bfd_elf_write_object_contents so that
  3660.      _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load can convert DWARF
  3661.      debug section name from .debug_* to .zdebug_* if needed.  */
  3662.  
  3663.   return TRUE;
  3664. }
  3665.  
  3666. static bfd_boolean
  3667. sym_is_global (bfd *abfd, asymbol *sym)
  3668. {
  3669.   /* If the backend has a special mapping, use it.  */
  3670.   const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
  3671.   if (bed->elf_backend_sym_is_global)
  3672.     return (*bed->elf_backend_sym_is_global) (abfd, sym);
  3673.  
  3674.   return ((sym->flags & (BSF_GLOBAL | BSF_WEAK | BSF_GNU_UNIQUE)) != 0
  3675.           || bfd_is_und_section (bfd_get_section (sym))
  3676.           || bfd_is_com_section (bfd_get_section (sym)));
  3677. }
  3678.  
  3679. /* Don't output section symbols for sections that are not going to be
  3680.    output, that are duplicates or there is no BFD section.  */
  3681.  
  3682. static bfd_boolean
  3683. ignore_section_sym (bfd *abfd, asymbol *sym)
  3684. {
  3685.   elf_symbol_type *type_ptr;
  3686.  
  3687.   if ((sym->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) == 0)
  3688.     return FALSE;
  3689.  
  3690.   type_ptr = elf_symbol_from (abfd, sym);
  3691.   return ((type_ptr != NULL
  3692.            && type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx != 0
  3693.            && bfd_is_abs_section (sym->section))
  3694.           || !(sym->section->owner == abfd
  3695.                || (sym->section->output_section->owner == abfd
  3696.                    && sym->section->output_offset == 0)
  3697.                || bfd_is_abs_section (sym->section)));
  3698. }
  3699.  
  3700. /* Map symbol from it's internal number to the external number, moving
  3701.    all local symbols to be at the head of the list.  */
  3702.  
  3703. static bfd_boolean
  3704. elf_map_symbols (bfd *abfd, unsigned int *pnum_locals)
  3705. {
  3706.   unsigned int symcount = bfd_get_symcount (abfd);
  3707.   asymbol **syms = bfd_get_outsymbols (abfd);
  3708.   asymbol **sect_syms;
  3709.   unsigned int num_locals = 0;
  3710.   unsigned int num_globals = 0;
  3711.   unsigned int num_locals2 = 0;
  3712.   unsigned int num_globals2 = 0;
  3713.   unsigned int max_index = 0;
  3714.   unsigned int idx;
  3715.   asection *asect;
  3716.   asymbol **new_syms;
  3717.  
  3718. #ifdef DEBUG
  3719.   fprintf (stderr, "elf_map_symbols\n");
  3720.   fflush (stderr);
  3721. #endif
  3722.  
  3723.   for (asect = abfd->sections; asect; asect = asect->next)
  3724.     {
  3725.       if (max_index < asect->index)
  3726.         max_index = asect->index;
  3727.     }
  3728.  
  3729.   max_index++;
  3730.   sect_syms = (asymbol **) bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, max_index, sizeof (asymbol *));
  3731.   if (sect_syms == NULL)
  3732.     return FALSE;
  3733.   elf_section_syms (abfd) = sect_syms;
  3734.   elf_num_section_syms (abfd) = max_index;
  3735.  
  3736.   /* Init sect_syms entries for any section symbols we have already
  3737.      decided to output.  */
  3738.   for (idx = 0; idx < symcount; idx++)
  3739.     {
  3740.       asymbol *sym = syms[idx];
  3741.  
  3742.       if ((sym->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) != 0
  3743.           && sym->value == 0
  3744.           && !ignore_section_sym (abfd, sym)
  3745.           && !bfd_is_abs_section (sym->section))
  3746.         {
  3747.           asection *sec = sym->section;
  3748.  
  3749.           if (sec->owner != abfd)
  3750.             sec = sec->output_section;
  3751.  
  3752.           sect_syms[sec->index] = syms[idx];
  3753.         }
  3754.     }
  3755.  
  3756.   /* Classify all of the symbols.  */
  3757.   for (idx = 0; idx < symcount; idx++)
  3758.     {
  3759.       if (sym_is_global (abfd, syms[idx]))
  3760.         num_globals++;
  3761.       else if (!ignore_section_sym (abfd, syms[idx]))
  3762.         num_locals++;
  3763.     }
  3764.  
  3765.   /* We will be adding a section symbol for each normal BFD section.  Most
  3766.      sections will already have a section symbol in outsymbols, but
  3767.      eg. SHT_GROUP sections will not, and we need the section symbol mapped
  3768.      at least in that case.  */
  3769.   for (asect = abfd->sections; asect; asect = asect->next)
  3770.     {
  3771.       if (sect_syms[asect->index] == NULL)
  3772.         {
  3773.           if (!sym_is_global (abfd, asect->symbol))
  3774.             num_locals++;
  3775.           else
  3776.             num_globals++;
  3777.         }
  3778.     }
  3779.  
  3780.   /* Now sort the symbols so the local symbols are first.  */
  3781.   new_syms = (asymbol **) bfd_alloc2 (abfd, num_locals + num_globals,
  3782.                                       sizeof (asymbol *));
  3783.  
  3784.   if (new_syms == NULL)
  3785.     return FALSE;
  3786.  
  3787.   for (idx = 0; idx < symcount; idx++)
  3788.     {
  3789.       asymbol *sym = syms[idx];
  3790.       unsigned int i;
  3791.  
  3792.       if (sym_is_global (abfd, sym))
  3793.         i = num_locals + num_globals2++;
  3794.       else if (!ignore_section_sym (abfd, sym))
  3795.         i = num_locals2++;
  3796.       else
  3797.         continue;
  3798.       new_syms[i] = sym;
  3799.       sym->udata.i = i + 1;
  3800.     }
  3801.   for (asect = abfd->sections; asect; asect = asect->next)
  3802.     {
  3803.       if (sect_syms[asect->index] == NULL)
  3804.         {
  3805.           asymbol *sym = asect->symbol;
  3806.           unsigned int i;
  3807.  
  3808.           sect_syms[asect->index] = sym;
  3809.           if (!sym_is_global (abfd, sym))
  3810.             i = num_locals2++;
  3811.           else
  3812.             i = num_locals + num_globals2++;
  3813.           new_syms[i] = sym;
  3814.           sym->udata.i = i + 1;
  3815.         }
  3816.     }
  3817.  
  3818.   bfd_set_symtab (abfd, new_syms, num_locals + num_globals);
  3819.  
  3820.   *pnum_locals = num_locals;
  3821.   return TRUE;
  3822. }
  3823.  
  3824. /* Align to the maximum file alignment that could be required for any
  3825.    ELF data structure.  */
  3826.  
  3827. static inline file_ptr
  3828. align_file_position (file_ptr off, int align)
  3829. {
  3830.   return (off + align - 1) & ~(align - 1);
  3831. }
  3832.  
  3833. /* Assign a file position to a section, optionally aligning to the
  3834.    required section alignment.  */
  3835.  
  3836. file_ptr
  3837. _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (Elf_Internal_Shdr *i_shdrp,
  3838.                                            file_ptr offset,
  3839.                                            bfd_boolean align)
  3840. {
  3841.   if (align && i_shdrp->sh_addralign > 1)
  3842.     offset = BFD_ALIGN (offset, i_shdrp->sh_addralign);
  3843.   i_shdrp->sh_offset = offset;
  3844.   if (i_shdrp->bfd_section != NULL)
  3845.     i_shdrp->bfd_section->filepos = offset;
  3846.   if (i_shdrp->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS)
  3847.     offset += i_shdrp->sh_size;
  3848.   return offset;
  3849. }
  3850.  
  3851. /* Compute the file positions we are going to put the sections at, and
  3852.    otherwise prepare to begin writing out the ELF file.  If LINK_INFO
  3853.    is not NULL, this is being called by the ELF backend linker.  */
  3854.  
  3855. bfd_boolean
  3856. _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (bfd *abfd,
  3857.                                          struct bfd_link_info *link_info)
  3858. {
  3859.   const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
  3860.   struct fake_section_arg fsargs;
  3861.   bfd_boolean failed;
  3862.   struct elf_strtab_hash *strtab = NULL;
  3863.   Elf_Internal_Shdr *shstrtab_hdr;
  3864.   bfd_boolean need_symtab;
  3865.  
  3866.   if (abfd->output_has_begun)
  3867.     return TRUE;
  3868.  
  3869.   /* Do any elf backend specific processing first.  */
  3870.   if (bed->elf_backend_begin_write_processing)
  3871.     (*bed->elf_backend_begin_write_processing) (abfd, link_info);
  3872.  
  3873.   if (! prep_headers (abfd))
  3874.     return FALSE;
  3875.  
  3876.   /* Post process the headers if necessary.  */
  3877.   (*bed->elf_backend_post_process_headers) (abfd, link_info);
  3878.  
  3879.   fsargs.failed = FALSE;
  3880.   fsargs.link_info = link_info;
  3881.   bfd_map_over_sections (abfd, elf_fake_sections, &fsargs);
  3882.   if (fsargs.failed)
  3883.     return FALSE;
  3884.  
  3885.   if (!assign_section_numbers (abfd, link_info))
  3886.     return FALSE;
  3887.  
  3888.   /* The backend linker builds symbol table information itself.  */
  3889.   need_symtab = (link_info == NULL
  3890.                  && (bfd_get_symcount (abfd) > 0
  3891.                      || ((abfd->flags & (EXEC_P | DYNAMIC | HAS_RELOC))
  3892.                          == HAS_RELOC)));
  3893.   if (need_symtab)
  3894.     {
  3895.       /* Non-zero if doing a relocatable link.  */
  3896.       int relocatable_p = ! (abfd->flags & (EXEC_P | DYNAMIC));
  3897.  
  3898.       if (! swap_out_syms (abfd, &strtab, relocatable_p))
  3899.         return FALSE;
  3900.     }
  3901.  
  3902.   failed = FALSE;
  3903.   if (link_info == NULL)
  3904.     {
  3905.       bfd_map_over_sections (abfd, bfd_elf_set_group_contents, &failed);
  3906.       if (failed)
  3907.         return FALSE;
  3908.     }
  3909.  
  3910.   shstrtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr;
  3911.   /* sh_name was set in prep_headers.  */
  3912.   shstrtab_hdr->sh_type = SHT_STRTAB;
  3913.   shstrtab_hdr->sh_flags = 0;
  3914.   shstrtab_hdr->sh_addr = 0;
  3915.   /* sh_size is set in _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load.  */
  3916.   shstrtab_hdr->sh_entsize = 0;
  3917.   shstrtab_hdr->sh_link = 0;
  3918.   shstrtab_hdr->sh_info = 0;
  3919.   /* sh_offset is set in _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load.  */
  3920.   shstrtab_hdr->sh_addralign = 1;
  3921.  
  3922.   if (!assign_file_positions_except_relocs (abfd, link_info))
  3923.     return FALSE;
  3924.  
  3925.   if (need_symtab)
  3926.     {
  3927.       file_ptr off;
  3928.       Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
  3929.  
  3930.       off = elf_next_file_pos (abfd);
  3931.  
  3932.       hdr = & elf_symtab_hdr (abfd);
  3933.       off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, TRUE);
  3934.  
  3935.       if (elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd) != NULL)
  3936.         {
  3937.           hdr = & elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd)->hdr;
  3938.           if (hdr->sh_size != 0)
  3939.             off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, TRUE);
  3940.           /* FIXME: What about other symtab_shndx sections in the list ?  */
  3941.         }
  3942.  
  3943.       hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr;
  3944.       off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, TRUE);
  3945.  
  3946.       elf_next_file_pos (abfd) = off;
  3947.  
  3948.       /* Now that we know where the .strtab section goes, write it
  3949.          out.  */
  3950.       if (bfd_seek (abfd, hdr->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0
  3951.           || ! _bfd_elf_strtab_emit (abfd, strtab))
  3952.         return FALSE;
  3953.       _bfd_elf_strtab_free (strtab);
  3954.     }
  3955.  
  3956.   abfd->output_has_begun = TRUE;
  3957.  
  3958.   return TRUE;
  3959. }
  3960.  
  3961. /* Make an initial estimate of the size of the program header.  If we
  3962.    get the number wrong here, we'll redo section placement.  */
  3963.  
  3964. static bfd_size_type
  3965. get_program_header_size (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
  3966. {
  3967.   size_t segs;
  3968.   asection *s;
  3969.   const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
  3970.  
  3971.   /* Assume we will need exactly two PT_LOAD segments: one for text
  3972.      and one for data.  */
  3973.   segs = 2;
  3974.  
  3975.   s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".interp");
  3976.   if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
  3977.     {
  3978.       /* If we have a loadable interpreter section, we need a
  3979.          PT_INTERP segment.  In this case, assume we also need a
  3980.          PT_PHDR segment, although that may not be true for all
  3981.          targets.  */
  3982.       segs += 2;
  3983.     }
  3984.  
  3985.   if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic") != NULL)
  3986.     {
  3987.       /* We need a PT_DYNAMIC segment.  */
  3988.       ++segs;
  3989.     }
  3990.  
  3991.   if (info != NULL && info->relro)
  3992.     {
  3993.       /* We need a PT_GNU_RELRO segment.  */
  3994.       ++segs;
  3995.     }
  3996.  
  3997.   if (elf_eh_frame_hdr (abfd))
  3998.     {
  3999.       /* We need a PT_GNU_EH_FRAME segment.  */
  4000.       ++segs;
  4001.     }
  4002.  
  4003.   if (elf_stack_flags (abfd))
  4004.     {
  4005.       /* We need a PT_GNU_STACK segment.  */
  4006.       ++segs;
  4007.     }
  4008.  
  4009.   for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
  4010.     {
  4011.       if ((s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0
  4012.           && CONST_STRNEQ (s->name, ".note"))
  4013.         {
  4014.           /* We need a PT_NOTE segment.  */
  4015.           ++segs;
  4016.           /* Try to create just one PT_NOTE segment
  4017.              for all adjacent loadable .note* sections.
  4018.              gABI requires that within a PT_NOTE segment
  4019.              (and also inside of each SHT_NOTE section)
  4020.              each note is padded to a multiple of 4 size,
  4021.              so we check whether the sections are correctly
  4022.              aligned.  */
  4023.           if (s->alignment_power == 2)
  4024.             while (s->next != NULL
  4025.                    && s->next->alignment_power == 2
  4026.                    && (s->next->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0
  4027.                    && CONST_STRNEQ (s->next->name, ".note"))
  4028.               s = s->next;
  4029.         }
  4030.     }
  4031.  
  4032.   for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
  4033.     {
  4034.       if (s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)
  4035.         {
  4036.           /* We need a PT_TLS segment.  */
  4037.           ++segs;
  4038.           break;
  4039.         }
  4040.     }
  4041.  
  4042.   /* Let the backend count up any program headers it might need.  */
  4043.   bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
  4044.   if (bed->elf_backend_additional_program_headers)
  4045.     {
  4046.       int a;
  4047.  
  4048.       a = (*bed->elf_backend_additional_program_headers) (abfd, info);
  4049.       if (a == -1)
  4050.         abort ();
  4051.       segs += a;
  4052.     }
  4053.  
  4054.   return segs * bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
  4055. }
  4056.  
  4057. /* Find the segment that contains the output_section of section.  */
  4058.  
  4059. Elf_Internal_Phdr *
  4060. _bfd_elf_find_segment_containing_section (bfd * abfd, asection * section)
  4061. {
  4062.   struct elf_segment_map *m;
  4063.   Elf_Internal_Phdr *p;
  4064.  
  4065.   for (m = elf_seg_map (abfd), p = elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr;
  4066.        m != NULL;
  4067.        m = m->next, p++)
  4068.     {
  4069.       int i;
  4070.  
  4071.       for (i = m->count - 1; i >= 0; i--)
  4072.         if (m->sections[i] == section)
  4073.           return p;
  4074.     }
  4075.  
  4076.   return NULL;
  4077. }
  4078.  
  4079. /* Create a mapping from a set of sections to a program segment.  */
  4080.  
  4081. static struct elf_segment_map *
  4082. make_mapping (bfd *abfd,
  4083.               asection **sections,
  4084.               unsigned int from,
  4085.               unsigned int to,
  4086.               bfd_boolean phdr)
  4087. {
  4088.   struct elf_segment_map *m;
  4089.   unsigned int i;
  4090.   asection **hdrpp;
  4091.   bfd_size_type amt;
  4092.  
  4093.   amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
  4094.   amt += (to - from - 1) * sizeof (asection *);
  4095.   m = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
  4096.   if (m == NULL)
  4097.     return NULL;
  4098.   m->next = NULL;
  4099.   m->p_type = PT_LOAD;
  4100.   for (i = from, hdrpp = sections + from; i < to; i++, hdrpp++)
  4101.     m->sections[i - from] = *hdrpp;
  4102.   m->count = to - from;
  4103.  
  4104.   if (from == 0 && phdr)
  4105.     {
  4106.       /* Include the headers in the first PT_LOAD segment.  */
  4107.       m->includes_filehdr = 1;
  4108.       m->includes_phdrs = 1;
  4109.     }
  4110.  
  4111.   return m;
  4112. }
  4113.  
  4114. /* Create the PT_DYNAMIC segment, which includes DYNSEC.  Returns NULL
  4115.    on failure.  */
  4116.  
  4117. struct elf_segment_map *
  4118. _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_segment (bfd *abfd, asection *dynsec)
  4119. {
  4120.   struct elf_segment_map *m;
  4121.  
  4122.   m = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (abfd,
  4123.                                              sizeof (struct elf_segment_map));
  4124.   if (m == NULL)
  4125.     return NULL;
  4126.   m->next = NULL;
  4127.   m->p_type = PT_DYNAMIC;
  4128.   m->count = 1;
  4129.   m->sections[0] = dynsec;
  4130.  
  4131.   return m;
  4132. }
  4133.  
  4134. /* Possibly add or remove segments from the segment map.  */
  4135.  
  4136. static bfd_boolean
  4137. elf_modify_segment_map (bfd *abfd,
  4138.                         struct bfd_link_info *info,
  4139.                         bfd_boolean remove_empty_load)
  4140. {
  4141.   struct elf_segment_map **m;
  4142.   const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
  4143.  
  4144.   /* The placement algorithm assumes that non allocated sections are
  4145.      not in PT_LOAD segments.  We ensure this here by removing such
  4146.      sections from the segment map.  We also remove excluded
  4147.      sections.  Finally, any PT_LOAD segment without sections is
  4148.      removed.  */
  4149.   m = &elf_seg_map (abfd);
  4150.   while (*m)
  4151.     {
  4152.       unsigned int i, new_count;
  4153.  
  4154.       for (new_count = 0, i = 0; i < (*m)->count; i++)
  4155.         {
  4156.           if (((*m)->sections[i]->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) == 0
  4157.               && (((*m)->sections[i]->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
  4158.                   || (*m)->p_type != PT_LOAD))
  4159.             {
  4160.               (*m)->sections[new_count] = (*m)->sections[i];
  4161.               new_count++;
  4162.             }
  4163.         }
  4164.       (*m)->count = new_count;
  4165.  
  4166.       if (remove_empty_load && (*m)->p_type == PT_LOAD && (*m)->count == 0)
  4167.         *m = (*m)->next;
  4168.       else
  4169.         m = &(*m)->next;
  4170.     }
  4171.  
  4172.   bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
  4173.   if (bed->elf_backend_modify_segment_map != NULL)
  4174.     {
  4175.       if (!(*bed->elf_backend_modify_segment_map) (abfd, info))
  4176.         return FALSE;
  4177.     }
  4178.  
  4179.   return TRUE;
  4180. }
  4181.  
  4182. /* Set up a mapping from BFD sections to program segments.  */
  4183.  
  4184. bfd_boolean
  4185. _bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
  4186. {
  4187.   unsigned int count;
  4188.   struct elf_segment_map *m;
  4189.   asection **sections = NULL;
  4190.   const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
  4191.   bfd_boolean no_user_phdrs;
  4192.  
  4193.   no_user_phdrs = elf_seg_map (abfd) == NULL;
  4194.  
  4195.   if (info != NULL)
  4196.     info->user_phdrs = !no_user_phdrs;
  4197.  
  4198.   if (no_user_phdrs && bfd_count_sections (abfd) != 0)
  4199.     {
  4200.       asection *s;
  4201.       unsigned int i;
  4202.       struct elf_segment_map *mfirst;
  4203.       struct elf_segment_map **pm;
  4204.       asection *last_hdr;
  4205.       bfd_vma last_size;
  4206.       unsigned int phdr_index;
  4207.       bfd_vma maxpagesize;
  4208.       asection **hdrpp;
  4209.       bfd_boolean phdr_in_segment = TRUE;
  4210.       bfd_boolean writable;
  4211.       int tls_count = 0;
  4212.       asection *first_tls = NULL;
  4213.       asection *dynsec, *eh_frame_hdr;
  4214.       bfd_size_type amt;
  4215.       bfd_vma addr_mask, wrap_to = 0;
  4216.  
  4217.       /* Select the allocated sections, and sort them.  */
  4218.  
  4219.       sections = (asection **) bfd_malloc2 (bfd_count_sections (abfd),
  4220.                                             sizeof (asection *));
  4221.       if (sections == NULL)
  4222.         goto error_return;
  4223.  
  4224.       /* Calculate top address, avoiding undefined behaviour of shift
  4225.          left operator when shift count is equal to size of type
  4226.          being shifted.  */
  4227.       addr_mask = ((bfd_vma) 1 << (bfd_arch_bits_per_address (abfd) - 1)) - 1;
  4228.       addr_mask = (addr_mask << 1) + 1;
  4229.  
  4230.       i = 0;
  4231.       for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
  4232.         {
  4233.           if ((s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
  4234.             {
  4235.               sections[i] = s;
  4236.               ++i;
  4237.               /* A wrapping section potentially clashes with header.  */
  4238.               if (((s->lma + s->size) & addr_mask) < (s->lma & addr_mask))
  4239.                 wrap_to = (s->lma + s->size) & addr_mask;
  4240.             }
  4241.         }
  4242.       BFD_ASSERT (i <= bfd_count_sections (abfd));
  4243.       count = i;
  4244.  
  4245.       qsort (sections, (size_t) count, sizeof (asection *), elf_sort_sections);
  4246.  
  4247.       /* Build the mapping.  */
  4248.  
  4249.       mfirst = NULL;
  4250.       pm = &mfirst;
  4251.  
  4252.       /* If we have a .interp section, then create a PT_PHDR segment for
  4253.          the program headers and a PT_INTERP segment for the .interp
  4254.          section.  */
  4255.       s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".interp");
  4256.       if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
  4257.         {
  4258.           amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
  4259.           m = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
  4260.           if (m == NULL)
  4261.             goto error_return;
  4262.           m->next = NULL;
  4263.           m->p_type = PT_PHDR;
  4264.           /* FIXME: UnixWare and Solaris set PF_X, Irix 5 does not.  */
  4265.           m->p_flags = PF_R | PF_X;
  4266.           m->p_flags_valid = 1;
  4267.           m->includes_phdrs = 1;
  4268.  
  4269.           *pm = m;
  4270.           pm = &m->next;
  4271.  
  4272.           amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
  4273.           m = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
  4274.           if (m == NULL)
  4275.             goto error_return;
  4276.           m->next = NULL;
  4277.           m->p_type = PT_INTERP;
  4278.           m->count = 1;
  4279.           m->sections[0] = s;
  4280.  
  4281.           *pm = m;
  4282.           pm = &m->next;
  4283.         }
  4284.  
  4285.       /* Look through the sections.  We put sections in the same program
  4286.          segment when the start of the second section can be placed within
  4287.          a few bytes of the end of the first section.  */
  4288.       last_hdr = NULL;
  4289.       last_size = 0;
  4290.       phdr_index = 0;
  4291.       maxpagesize = bed->maxpagesize;
  4292.       /* PR 17512: file: c8455299.
  4293.          Avoid divide-by-zero errors later on.
  4294.          FIXME: Should we abort if the maxpagesize is zero ?  */
  4295.       if (maxpagesize == 0)
  4296.         maxpagesize = 1;
  4297.       writable = FALSE;
  4298.       dynsec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic");
  4299.       if (dynsec != NULL
  4300.           && (dynsec->flags & SEC_LOAD) == 0)
  4301.         dynsec = NULL;
  4302.  
  4303.       /* Deal with -Ttext or something similar such that the first section
  4304.          is not adjacent to the program headers.  This is an
  4305.          approximation, since at this point we don't know exactly how many
  4306.          program headers we will need.  */
  4307.       if (count > 0)
  4308.         {
  4309.           bfd_size_type phdr_size = elf_program_header_size (abfd);
  4310.  
  4311.           if (phdr_size == (bfd_size_type) -1)
  4312.             phdr_size = get_program_header_size (abfd, info);
  4313.           phdr_size += bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
  4314.           if ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED) == 0
  4315.               || (sections[0]->lma & addr_mask) < phdr_size
  4316.               || ((sections[0]->lma & addr_mask) % maxpagesize
  4317.                   < phdr_size % maxpagesize)
  4318.               || (sections[0]->lma & addr_mask & -maxpagesize) < wrap_to)
  4319.             phdr_in_segment = FALSE;
  4320.         }
  4321.  
  4322.       for (i = 0, hdrpp = sections; i < count; i++, hdrpp++)
  4323.         {
  4324.           asection *hdr;
  4325.           bfd_boolean new_segment;
  4326.  
  4327.           hdr = *hdrpp;
  4328.  
  4329.           /* See if this section and the last one will fit in the same
  4330.              segment.  */
  4331.  
  4332.           if (last_hdr == NULL)
  4333.             {
  4334.               /* If we don't have a segment yet, then we don't need a new
  4335.                  one (we build the last one after this loop).  */
  4336.               new_segment = FALSE;
  4337.             }
  4338.           else if (last_hdr->lma - last_hdr->vma != hdr->lma - hdr->vma)
  4339.             {
  4340.               /* If this section has a different relation between the
  4341.                  virtual address and the load address, then we need a new
  4342.                  segment.  */
  4343.               new_segment = TRUE;
  4344.             }
  4345.           else if (hdr->lma < last_hdr->lma + last_size
  4346.                    || last_hdr->lma + last_size < last_hdr->lma)
  4347.             {
  4348.               /* If this section has a load address that makes it overlap
  4349.                  the previous section, then we need a new segment.  */
  4350.               new_segment = TRUE;
  4351.             }
  4352.           /* In the next test we have to be careful when last_hdr->lma is close
  4353.              to the end of the address space.  If the aligned address wraps
  4354.              around to the start of the address space, then there are no more
  4355.              pages left in memory and it is OK to assume that the current
  4356.              section can be included in the current segment.  */
  4357.           else if ((BFD_ALIGN (last_hdr->lma + last_size, maxpagesize) + maxpagesize
  4358.                     > last_hdr->lma)
  4359.                    && (BFD_ALIGN (last_hdr->lma + last_size, maxpagesize) + maxpagesize
  4360.                        <= hdr->lma))
  4361.             {
  4362.               /* If putting this section in this segment would force us to
  4363.                  skip a page in the segment, then we need a new segment.  */
  4364.               new_segment = TRUE;
  4365.             }
  4366.           else if ((last_hdr->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) == 0
  4367.                    && (hdr->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) != 0
  4368.                    && ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED) == 0
  4369.                        || (((last_hdr->lma + last_size - 1) & -maxpagesize)
  4370.                            != (hdr->lma & -maxpagesize))))
  4371.             {
  4372.               /* We don't want to put a loaded section after a
  4373.                  nonloaded (ie. bss style) section in the same segment
  4374.                  as that will force the non-loaded section to be loaded.
  4375.                  Consider .tbss sections as loaded for this purpose.
  4376.                  However, like the writable/non-writable case below,
  4377.                  if they are on the same page then they must be put
  4378.                  in the same segment.  */
  4379.               new_segment = TRUE;
  4380.             }
  4381.           else if ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED) == 0)
  4382.             {
  4383.               /* If the file is not demand paged, which means that we
  4384.                  don't require the sections to be correctly aligned in the
  4385.                  file, then there is no other reason for a new segment.  */
  4386.               new_segment = FALSE;
  4387.             }
  4388.           else if (! writable
  4389.                    && (hdr->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0
  4390.                    && (((last_hdr->lma + last_size - 1) & -maxpagesize)
  4391.                        != (hdr->lma & -maxpagesize)))
  4392.             {
  4393.               /* We don't want to put a writable section in a read only
  4394.                  segment, unless they are on the same page in memory
  4395.                  anyhow.  We already know that the last section does not
  4396.                  bring us past the current section on the page, so the
  4397.                  only case in which the new section is not on the same
  4398.                  page as the previous section is when the previous section
  4399.                  ends precisely on a page boundary.  */
  4400.               new_segment = TRUE;
  4401.             }
  4402.           else
  4403.             {
  4404.               /* Otherwise, we can use the same segment.  */
  4405.               new_segment = FALSE;
  4406.             }
  4407.  
  4408.           /* Allow interested parties a chance to override our decision.  */
  4409.           if (last_hdr != NULL
  4410.               && info != NULL
  4411.               && info->callbacks->override_segment_assignment != NULL)
  4412.             new_segment
  4413.               = info->callbacks->override_segment_assignment (info, abfd, hdr,
  4414.                                                               last_hdr,
  4415.                                                               new_segment);
  4416.  
  4417.           if (! new_segment)
  4418.             {
  4419.               if ((hdr->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0)
  4420.                 writable = TRUE;
  4421.               last_hdr = hdr;
  4422.               /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size.  */
  4423.               if ((hdr->flags & (SEC_THREAD_LOCAL | SEC_LOAD))
  4424.                   != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)
  4425.                 last_size = hdr->size;
  4426.               else
  4427.                 last_size = 0;
  4428.               continue;
  4429.             }
  4430.  
  4431.           /* We need a new program segment.  We must create a new program
  4432.              header holding all the sections from phdr_index until hdr.  */
  4433.  
  4434.           m = make_mapping (abfd, sections, phdr_index, i, phdr_in_segment);
  4435.           if (m == NULL)
  4436.             goto error_return;
  4437.  
  4438.           *pm = m;
  4439.           pm = &m->next;
  4440.  
  4441.           if ((hdr->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0)
  4442.             writable = TRUE;
  4443.           else
  4444.             writable = FALSE;
  4445.  
  4446.           last_hdr = hdr;
  4447.           /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size.  */
  4448.           if ((hdr->flags & (SEC_THREAD_LOCAL | SEC_LOAD)) != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)
  4449.             last_size = hdr->size;
  4450.           else
  4451.             last_size = 0;
  4452.           phdr_index = i;
  4453.           phdr_in_segment = FALSE;
  4454.         }
  4455.  
  4456.       /* Create a final PT_LOAD program segment, but not if it's just
  4457.          for .tbss.  */
  4458.       if (last_hdr != NULL
  4459.           && (i - phdr_index != 1
  4460.               || ((last_hdr->flags & (SEC_THREAD_LOCAL | SEC_LOAD))
  4461.                   != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)))
  4462.         {
  4463.           m = make_mapping (abfd, sections, phdr_index, i, phdr_in_segment);
  4464.           if (m == NULL)
  4465.             goto error_return;
  4466.  
  4467.           *pm = m;
  4468.           pm = &m->next;
  4469.         }
  4470.  
  4471.       /* If there is a .dynamic section, throw in a PT_DYNAMIC segment.  */
  4472.       if (dynsec != NULL)
  4473.         {
  4474.           m = _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_segment (abfd, dynsec);
  4475.           if (m == NULL)
  4476.             goto error_return;
  4477.           *pm = m;
  4478.           pm = &m->next;
  4479.         }
  4480.  
  4481.       /* For each batch of consecutive loadable .note sections,
  4482.          add a PT_NOTE segment.  We don't use bfd_get_section_by_name,
  4483.          because if we link together nonloadable .note sections and
  4484.          loadable .note sections, we will generate two .note sections
  4485.          in the output file.  FIXME: Using names for section types is
  4486.          bogus anyhow.  */
  4487.       for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
  4488.         {
  4489.           if ((s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0
  4490.               && CONST_STRNEQ (s->name, ".note"))
  4491.             {
  4492.               asection *s2;
  4493.  
  4494.               count = 1;
  4495.               amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
  4496.               if (s->alignment_power == 2)
  4497.                 for (s2 = s; s2->next != NULL; s2 = s2->next)
  4498.                   {
  4499.                     if (s2->next->alignment_power == 2
  4500.                         && (s2->next->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0
  4501.                         && CONST_STRNEQ (s2->next->name, ".note")
  4502.                         && align_power (s2->lma + s2->size, 2)
  4503.                            == s2->next->lma)
  4504.                       count++;
  4505.                     else
  4506.                       break;
  4507.                   }
  4508.               amt += (count - 1) * sizeof (asection *);
  4509.               m = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
  4510.               if (m == NULL)
  4511.                 goto error_return;
  4512.               m->next = NULL;
  4513.               m->p_type = PT_NOTE;
  4514.               m->count = count;
  4515.               while (count > 1)
  4516.                 {
  4517.                   m->sections[m->count - count--] = s;
  4518.                   BFD_ASSERT ((s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) == 0);
  4519.                   s = s->next;
  4520.                 }
  4521.               m->sections[m->count - 1] = s;
  4522.               BFD_ASSERT ((s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) == 0);
  4523.               *pm = m;
  4524.               pm = &m->next;
  4525.             }
  4526.           if (s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)
  4527.             {
  4528.               if (! tls_count)
  4529.                 first_tls = s;
  4530.               tls_count++;
  4531.             }
  4532.         }
  4533.  
  4534.       /* If there are any SHF_TLS output sections, add PT_TLS segment.  */
  4535.       if (tls_count > 0)
  4536.         {
  4537.           amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
  4538.           amt += (tls_count - 1) * sizeof (asection *);
  4539.           m = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
  4540.           if (m == NULL)
  4541.             goto error_return;
  4542.           m->next = NULL;
  4543.           m->p_type = PT_TLS;
  4544.           m->count = tls_count;
  4545.           /* Mandated PF_R.  */
  4546.           m->p_flags = PF_R;
  4547.           m->p_flags_valid = 1;
  4548.           s = first_tls;
  4549.           for (i = 0; i < (unsigned int) tls_count; ++i)
  4550.             {
  4551.               if ((s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) == 0)
  4552.                 {
  4553.                   _bfd_error_handler
  4554.                     (_("%B: TLS sections are not adjacent:"), abfd);
  4555.                   s = first_tls;
  4556.                   i = 0;
  4557.                   while (i < (unsigned int) tls_count)
  4558.                     {
  4559.                       if ((s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) != 0)
  4560.                         {
  4561.                           _bfd_error_handler (_("           TLS: %A"), s);
  4562.                           i++;
  4563.                         }
  4564.                       else
  4565.                         _bfd_error_handler (_(" non-TLS: %A"), s);
  4566.                       s = s->next;
  4567.                     }
  4568.                   bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
  4569.                   goto error_return;
  4570.                 }
  4571.               m->sections[i] = s;
  4572.               s = s->next;
  4573.             }
  4574.  
  4575.           *pm = m;
  4576.           pm = &m->next;
  4577.         }
  4578.  
  4579.       /* If there is a .eh_frame_hdr section, throw in a PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
  4580.          segment.  */
  4581.       eh_frame_hdr = elf_eh_frame_hdr (abfd);
  4582.       if (eh_frame_hdr != NULL
  4583.           && (eh_frame_hdr->output_section->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
  4584.         {
  4585.           amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
  4586.           m = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
  4587.           if (m == NULL)
  4588.             goto error_return;
  4589.           m->next = NULL;
  4590.           m->p_type = PT_GNU_EH_FRAME;
  4591.           m->count = 1;
  4592.           m->sections[0] = eh_frame_hdr->output_section;
  4593.  
  4594.           *pm = m;
  4595.           pm = &m->next;
  4596.         }
  4597.  
  4598.       if (elf_stack_flags (abfd))
  4599.         {
  4600.           amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
  4601.           m = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
  4602.           if (m == NULL)
  4603.             goto error_return;
  4604.           m->next = NULL;
  4605.           m->p_type = PT_GNU_STACK;
  4606.           m->p_flags = elf_stack_flags (abfd);
  4607.           m->p_align = bed->stack_align;
  4608.           m->p_flags_valid = 1;
  4609.           m->p_align_valid = m->p_align != 0;
  4610.           if (info->stacksize > 0)
  4611.             {
  4612.               m->p_size = info->stacksize;
  4613.               m->p_size_valid = 1;
  4614.             }
  4615.  
  4616.           *pm = m;
  4617.           pm = &m->next;
  4618.         }
  4619.  
  4620.       if (info != NULL && info->relro)
  4621.         {
  4622.           for (m = mfirst; m != NULL; m = m->next)
  4623.             {
  4624.               if (m->p_type == PT_LOAD
  4625.                   && m->count != 0
  4626.                   && m->sections[0]->vma >= info->relro_start
  4627.                   && m->sections[0]->vma < info->relro_end)
  4628.                 {
  4629.                   i = m->count;
  4630.                   while (--i != (unsigned) -1)
  4631.                     if ((m->sections[i]->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS))
  4632.                         == (SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS))
  4633.                       break;
  4634.  
  4635.                   if (i != (unsigned) -1)
  4636.                     break;
  4637.                 }
  4638.             }
  4639.  
  4640.           /* Make a PT_GNU_RELRO segment only when it isn't empty.  */
  4641.           if (m != NULL)
  4642.             {
  4643.               amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
  4644.               m = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
  4645.               if (m == NULL)
  4646.                 goto error_return;
  4647.               m->next = NULL;
  4648.               m->p_type = PT_GNU_RELRO;
  4649.               *pm = m;
  4650.               pm = &m->next;
  4651.             }
  4652.         }
  4653.  
  4654.       free (sections);
  4655.       elf_seg_map (abfd) = mfirst;
  4656.     }
  4657.  
  4658.   if (!elf_modify_segment_map (abfd, info, no_user_phdrs))
  4659.     return FALSE;
  4660.  
  4661.   for (count = 0, m = elf_seg_map (abfd); m != NULL; m = m->next)
  4662.     ++count;
  4663.   elf_program_header_size (abfd) = count * bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
  4664.  
  4665.   return TRUE;
  4666.  
  4667.  error_return:
  4668.   if (sections != NULL)
  4669.     free (sections);
  4670.   return FALSE;
  4671. }
  4672.  
  4673. /* Sort sections by address.  */
  4674.  
  4675. static int
  4676. elf_sort_sections (const void *arg1, const void *arg2)
  4677. {
  4678.   const asection *sec1 = *(const asection **) arg1;
  4679.   const asection *sec2 = *(const asection **) arg2;
  4680.   bfd_size_type size1, size2;
  4681.  
  4682.   /* Sort by LMA first, since this is the address used to
  4683.      place the section into a segment.  */
  4684.   if (sec1->lma < sec2->lma)
  4685.     return -1;
  4686.   else if (sec1->lma > sec2->lma)
  4687.     return 1;
  4688.  
  4689.   /* Then sort by VMA.  Normally the LMA and the VMA will be
  4690.      the same, and this will do nothing.  */
  4691.   if (sec1->vma < sec2->vma)
  4692.     return -1;
  4693.   else if (sec1->vma > sec2->vma)
  4694.     return 1;
  4695.  
  4696.   /* Put !SEC_LOAD sections after SEC_LOAD ones.  */
  4697.  
  4698. #define TOEND(x) (((x)->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) == 0)
  4699.  
  4700.   if (TOEND (sec1))
  4701.     {
  4702.       if (TOEND (sec2))
  4703.         {
  4704.           /* If the indicies are the same, do not return 0
  4705.              here, but continue to try the next comparison.  */
  4706.           if (sec1->target_index - sec2->target_index != 0)
  4707.             return sec1->target_index - sec2->target_index;
  4708.         }
  4709.       else
  4710.         return 1;
  4711.     }
  4712.   else if (TOEND (sec2))
  4713.     return -1;
  4714.  
  4715. #undef TOEND
  4716.  
  4717.   /* Sort by size, to put zero sized sections
  4718.      before others at the same address.  */
  4719.  
  4720.   size1 = (sec1->flags & SEC_LOAD) ? sec1->size : 0;
  4721.   size2 = (sec2->flags & SEC_LOAD) ? sec2->size : 0;
  4722.  
  4723.   if (size1 < size2)
  4724.     return -1;
  4725.   if (size1 > size2)
  4726.     return 1;
  4727.  
  4728.   return sec1->target_index - sec2->target_index;
  4729. }
  4730.  
  4731. /* Ian Lance Taylor writes:
  4732.  
  4733.    We shouldn't be using % with a negative signed number.  That's just
  4734.    not good.  We have to make sure either that the number is not
  4735.    negative, or that the number has an unsigned type.  When the types
  4736.    are all the same size they wind up as unsigned.  When file_ptr is a
  4737.    larger signed type, the arithmetic winds up as signed long long,
  4738.    which is wrong.
  4739.  
  4740.    What we're trying to say here is something like ``increase OFF by
  4741.    the least amount that will cause it to be equal to the VMA modulo
  4742.    the page size.''  */
  4743. /* In other words, something like:
  4744.  
  4745.    vma_offset = m->sections[0]->vma % bed->maxpagesize;
  4746.    off_offset = off % bed->maxpagesize;
  4747.    if (vma_offset < off_offset)
  4748.      adjustment = vma_offset + bed->maxpagesize - off_offset;
  4749.    else
  4750.      adjustment = vma_offset - off_offset;
  4751.  
  4752.    which can can be collapsed into the expression below.  */
  4753.  
  4754. static file_ptr
  4755. vma_page_aligned_bias (bfd_vma vma, ufile_ptr off, bfd_vma maxpagesize)
  4756. {
  4757.   /* PR binutils/16199: Handle an alignment of zero.  */
  4758.   if (maxpagesize == 0)
  4759.     maxpagesize = 1;
  4760.   return ((vma - off) % maxpagesize);
  4761. }
  4762.  
  4763. static void
  4764. print_segment_map (const struct elf_segment_map *m)
  4765. {
  4766.   unsigned int j;
  4767.   const char *pt = get_segment_type (m->p_type);
  4768.   char buf[32];
  4769.  
  4770.   if (pt == NULL)
  4771.     {
  4772.       if (m->p_type >= PT_LOPROC && m->p_type <= PT_HIPROC)
  4773.         sprintf (buf, "LOPROC+%7.7x",
  4774.                  (unsigned int) (m->p_type - PT_LOPROC));
  4775.       else if (m->p_type >= PT_LOOS && m->p_type <= PT_HIOS)
  4776.         sprintf (buf, "LOOS+%7.7x",
  4777.                  (unsigned int) (m->p_type - PT_LOOS));
  4778.       else
  4779.         snprintf (buf, sizeof (buf), "%8.8x",
  4780.                   (unsigned int) m->p_type);
  4781.       pt = buf;
  4782.     }
  4783.   fflush (stdout);
  4784.   fprintf (stderr, "%s:", pt);
  4785.   for (j = 0; j < m->count; j++)
  4786.     fprintf (stderr, " %s", m->sections [j]->name);
  4787.   putc ('\n',stderr);
  4788.   fflush (stderr);
  4789. }
  4790.  
  4791. static bfd_boolean
  4792. write_zeros (bfd *abfd, file_ptr pos, bfd_size_type len)
  4793. {
  4794.   void *buf;
  4795.   bfd_boolean ret;
  4796.  
  4797.   if (bfd_seek (abfd, pos, SEEK_SET) != 0)
  4798.     return FALSE;
  4799.   buf = bfd_zmalloc (len);
  4800.   if (buf == NULL)
  4801.     return FALSE;
  4802.   ret = bfd_bwrite (buf, len, abfd) == len;
  4803.   free (buf);
  4804.   return ret;
  4805. }
  4806.  
  4807. /* Assign file positions to the sections based on the mapping from
  4808.    sections to segments.  This function also sets up some fields in
  4809.    the file header.  */
  4810.  
  4811. static bfd_boolean
  4812. assign_file_positions_for_load_sections (bfd *abfd,
  4813.                                          struct bfd_link_info *link_info)
  4814. {
  4815.   const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
  4816.   struct elf_segment_map *m;
  4817.   Elf_Internal_Phdr *phdrs;
  4818.   Elf_Internal_Phdr *p;
  4819.   file_ptr off;
  4820.   bfd_size_type maxpagesize;
  4821.   unsigned int alloc;
  4822.   unsigned int i, j;
  4823.   bfd_vma header_pad = 0;
  4824.  
  4825.   if (link_info == NULL
  4826.       && !_bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments (abfd, link_info))
  4827.     return FALSE;
  4828.  
  4829.   alloc = 0;
  4830.   for (m = elf_seg_map (abfd); m != NULL; m = m->next)
  4831.     {
  4832.       ++alloc;
  4833.       if (m->header_size)
  4834.         header_pad = m->header_size;
  4835.     }
  4836.  
  4837.   if (alloc)
  4838.     {
  4839.       elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phoff = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
  4840.       elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phentsize = bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
  4841.     }
  4842.   else
  4843.     {
  4844.       /* PR binutils/12467.  */
  4845.       elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phoff = 0;
  4846.       elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phentsize = 0;
  4847.     }
  4848.  
  4849.   elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum = alloc;
  4850.  
  4851.   if (elf_program_header_size (abfd) == (bfd_size_type) -1)
  4852.     elf_program_header_size (abfd) = alloc * bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
  4853.   else
  4854.     BFD_ASSERT (elf_program_header_size (abfd)
  4855.                 >= alloc * bed->s->sizeof_phdr);
  4856.  
  4857.   if (alloc == 0)
  4858.     {
  4859.       elf_next_file_pos (abfd) = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
  4860.       return TRUE;
  4861.     }
  4862.  
  4863.   /* We're writing the size in elf_program_header_size (abfd),
  4864.      see assign_file_positions_except_relocs, so make sure we have
  4865.      that amount allocated, with trailing space cleared.
  4866.      The variable alloc contains the computed need, while
  4867.      elf_program_header_size (abfd) contains the size used for the
  4868.      layout.
  4869.      See ld/emultempl/elf-generic.em:gld${EMULATION_NAME}_map_segments
  4870.      where the layout is forced to according to a larger size in the
  4871.      last iterations for the testcase ld-elf/header.  */
  4872.   BFD_ASSERT (elf_program_header_size (abfd) % bed->s->sizeof_phdr
  4873.               == 0);
  4874.   phdrs = (Elf_Internal_Phdr *)
  4875.      bfd_zalloc2 (abfd,
  4876.                   (elf_program_header_size (abfd) / bed->s->sizeof_phdr),
  4877.                   sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr));
  4878.   elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr = phdrs;
  4879.   if (phdrs == NULL)
  4880.     return FALSE;
  4881.  
  4882.   maxpagesize = 1;
  4883.   if ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED) != 0)
  4884.     maxpagesize = bed->maxpagesize;
  4885.  
  4886.   off = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
  4887.   off += alloc * bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
  4888.   if (header_pad < (bfd_vma) off)
  4889.     header_pad = 0;
  4890.   else
  4891.     header_pad -= off;
  4892.   off += header_pad;
  4893.  
  4894.   for (m = elf_seg_map (abfd), p = phdrs, j = 0;
  4895.        m != NULL;
  4896.        m = m->next, p++, j++)
  4897.     {
  4898.       asection **secpp;
  4899.       bfd_vma off_adjust;
  4900.       bfd_boolean no_contents;
  4901.  
  4902.       /* If elf_segment_map is not from map_sections_to_segments, the
  4903.          sections may not be correctly ordered.  NOTE: sorting should
  4904.          not be done to the PT_NOTE section of a corefile, which may
  4905.          contain several pseudo-sections artificially created by bfd.
  4906.          Sorting these pseudo-sections breaks things badly.  */
  4907.       if (m->count > 1
  4908.           && !(elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_type == ET_CORE
  4909.                && m->p_type == PT_NOTE))
  4910.         qsort (m->sections, (size_t) m->count, sizeof (asection *),
  4911.                elf_sort_sections);
  4912.  
  4913.       /* An ELF segment (described by Elf_Internal_Phdr) may contain a
  4914.          number of sections with contents contributing to both p_filesz
  4915.          and p_memsz, followed by a number of sections with no contents
  4916.          that just contribute to p_memsz.  In this loop, OFF tracks next
  4917.          available file offset for PT_LOAD and PT_NOTE segments.  */
  4918.       p->p_type = m->p_type;
  4919.       p->p_flags = m->p_flags;
  4920.  
  4921.       if (m->count == 0)
  4922.         p->p_vaddr = 0;
  4923.       else
  4924.         p->p_vaddr = m->sections[0]->vma - m->p_vaddr_offset;
  4925.  
  4926.       if (m->p_paddr_valid)
  4927.         p->p_paddr = m->p_paddr;
  4928.       else if (m->count == 0)
  4929.         p->p_paddr = 0;
  4930.       else
  4931.         p->p_paddr = m->sections[0]->lma - m->p_vaddr_offset;
  4932.  
  4933.       if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD
  4934.           && (abfd->flags & D_PAGED) != 0)
  4935.         {
  4936.           /* p_align in demand paged PT_LOAD segments effectively stores
  4937.              the maximum page size.  When copying an executable with
  4938.              objcopy, we set m->p_align from the input file.  Use this
  4939.              value for maxpagesize rather than bed->maxpagesize, which
  4940.              may be different.  Note that we use maxpagesize for PT_TLS
  4941.              segment alignment later in this function, so we are relying
  4942.              on at least one PT_LOAD segment appearing before a PT_TLS
  4943.              segment.  */
  4944.           if (m->p_align_valid)
  4945.             maxpagesize = m->p_align;
  4946.  
  4947.           p->p_align = maxpagesize;
  4948.         }
  4949.       else if (m->p_align_valid)
  4950.         p->p_align = m->p_align;
  4951.       else if (m->count == 0)
  4952.         p->p_align = 1 << bed->s->log_file_align;
  4953.       else
  4954.         p->p_align = 0;
  4955.  
  4956.       no_contents = FALSE;
  4957.       off_adjust = 0;
  4958.       if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD
  4959.           && m->count > 0)
  4960.         {
  4961.           bfd_size_type align;
  4962.           unsigned int align_power = 0;
  4963.  
  4964.           if (m->p_align_valid)
  4965.             align = p->p_align;
  4966.           else
  4967.             {
  4968.               for (i = 0, secpp = m->sections; i < m->count; i++, secpp++)
  4969.                 {
  4970.                   unsigned int secalign;
  4971.  
  4972.                   secalign = bfd_get_section_alignment (abfd, *secpp);
  4973.                   if (secalign > align_power)
  4974.                     align_power = secalign;
  4975.                 }
  4976.               align = (bfd_size_type) 1 << align_power;
  4977.               if (align < maxpagesize)
  4978.                 align = maxpagesize;
  4979.             }
  4980.  
  4981.           for (i = 0; i < m->count; i++)
  4982.             if ((m->sections[i]->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS)) == 0)
  4983.               /* If we aren't making room for this section, then
  4984.                  it must be SHT_NOBITS regardless of what we've
  4985.                  set via struct bfd_elf_special_section.  */
  4986.               elf_section_type (m->sections[i]) = SHT_NOBITS;
  4987.  
  4988.           /* Find out whether this segment contains any loadable
  4989.              sections.  */
  4990.           no_contents = TRUE;
  4991.           for (i = 0; i < m->count; i++)
  4992.             if (elf_section_type (m->sections[i]) != SHT_NOBITS)
  4993.               {
  4994.                 no_contents = FALSE;
  4995.                 break;
  4996.               }
  4997.  
  4998.           off_adjust = vma_page_aligned_bias (p->p_vaddr, off, align);
  4999.           off += off_adjust;
  5000.           if (no_contents)
  5001.             {
  5002.               /* We shouldn't need to align the segment on disk since
  5003.                  the segment doesn't need file space, but the gABI
  5004.                  arguably requires the alignment and glibc ld.so
  5005.                  checks it.  So to comply with the alignment
  5006.                  requirement but not waste file space, we adjust
  5007.                  p_offset for just this segment.  (OFF_ADJUST is
  5008.                  subtracted from OFF later.)  This may put p_offset
  5009.                  past the end of file, but that shouldn't matter.  */
  5010.             }
  5011.           else
  5012.             off_adjust = 0;
  5013.         }
  5014.       /* Make sure the .dynamic section is the first section in the
  5015.          PT_DYNAMIC segment.  */
  5016.       else if (p->p_type == PT_DYNAMIC
  5017.                && m->count > 1
  5018.                && strcmp (m->sections[0]->name, ".dynamic") != 0)
  5019.         {
  5020.           _bfd_error_handler
  5021.             (_("%B: The first section in the PT_DYNAMIC segment is not the .dynamic section"),
  5022.              abfd);
  5023.           bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
  5024.           return FALSE;
  5025.         }
  5026.       /* Set the note section type to SHT_NOTE.  */
  5027.       else if (p->p_type == PT_NOTE)
  5028.         for (i = 0; i < m->count; i++)
  5029.           elf_section_type (m->sections[i]) = SHT_NOTE;
  5030.  
  5031.       p->p_offset = 0;
  5032.       p->p_filesz = 0;
  5033.       p->p_memsz = 0;
  5034.  
  5035.       if (m->includes_filehdr)
  5036.         {
  5037.           if (!m->p_flags_valid)
  5038.             p->p_flags |= PF_R;
  5039.           p->p_filesz = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
  5040.           p->p_memsz = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
  5041.           if (m->count > 0)
  5042.             {
  5043.               if (p->p_vaddr < (bfd_vma) off)
  5044.                 {
  5045.                   (*_bfd_error_handler)
  5046.                     (_("%B: Not enough room for program headers, try linking with -N"),
  5047.                      abfd);
  5048.                   bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
  5049.                   return FALSE;
  5050.                 }
  5051.  
  5052.               p->p_vaddr -= off;
  5053.               if (!m->p_paddr_valid)
  5054.                 p->p_paddr -= off;
  5055.             }
  5056.         }
  5057.  
  5058.       if (m->includes_phdrs)
  5059.         {
  5060.           if (!m->p_flags_valid)
  5061.             p->p_flags |= PF_R;
  5062.  
  5063.           if (!m->includes_filehdr)
  5064.             {
  5065.               p->p_offset = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
  5066.  
  5067.               if (m->count > 0)
  5068.                 {
  5069.                   p->p_vaddr -= off - p->p_offset;
  5070.                   if (!m->p_paddr_valid)
  5071.                     p->p_paddr -= off - p->p_offset;
  5072.                 }
  5073.             }
  5074.  
  5075.           p->p_filesz += alloc * bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
  5076.           p->p_memsz += alloc * bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
  5077.           if (m->count)
  5078.             {
  5079.               p->p_filesz += header_pad;
  5080.               p->p_memsz += header_pad;
  5081.             }
  5082.         }
  5083.  
  5084.       if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD
  5085.           || (p->p_type == PT_NOTE && bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_core))
  5086.         {
  5087.           if (!m->includes_filehdr && !m->includes_phdrs)
  5088.             p->p_offset = off;
  5089.           else
  5090.             {
  5091.               file_ptr adjust;
  5092.  
  5093.               adjust = off - (p->p_offset + p->p_filesz);
  5094.               if (!no_contents)
  5095.                 p->p_filesz += adjust;
  5096.               p->p_memsz += adjust;
  5097.             }
  5098.         }
  5099.  
  5100.       /* Set up p_filesz, p_memsz, p_align and p_flags from the section
  5101.          maps.  Set filepos for sections in PT_LOAD segments, and in
  5102.          core files, for sections in PT_NOTE segments.
  5103.          assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections will set filepos
  5104.          for other sections and update p_filesz for other segments.  */
  5105.       for (i = 0, secpp = m->sections; i < m->count; i++, secpp++)
  5106.         {
  5107.           asection *sec;
  5108.           bfd_size_type align;
  5109.           Elf_Internal_Shdr *this_hdr;
  5110.  
  5111.           sec = *secpp;
  5112.           this_hdr = &elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr;
  5113.           align = (bfd_size_type) 1 << bfd_get_section_alignment (abfd, sec);
  5114.  
  5115.           if ((p->p_type == PT_LOAD
  5116.                || p->p_type == PT_TLS)
  5117.               && (this_hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS
  5118.                   || ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0
  5119.                       && ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_TLS) == 0
  5120.                           || p->p_type == PT_TLS))))
  5121.             {
  5122.               bfd_vma p_start = p->p_paddr;
  5123.               bfd_vma p_end = p_start + p->p_memsz;
  5124.               bfd_vma s_start = sec->lma;
  5125.               bfd_vma adjust = s_start - p_end;
  5126.  
  5127.               if (adjust != 0
  5128.                   && (s_start < p_end
  5129.                       || p_end < p_start))
  5130.                 {
  5131.                   (*_bfd_error_handler)
  5132.                     (_("%B: section %A lma %#lx adjusted to %#lx"), abfd, sec,
  5133.                      (unsigned long) s_start, (unsigned long) p_end);
  5134.                   adjust = 0;
  5135.                   sec->lma = p_end;
  5136.                 }
  5137.               p->p_memsz += adjust;
  5138.  
  5139.               if (this_hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS)
  5140.                 {
  5141.                   if (p->p_filesz + adjust < p->p_memsz)
  5142.                     {
  5143.                       /* We have a PROGBITS section following NOBITS ones.
  5144.                          Allocate file space for the NOBITS section(s) and
  5145.                          zero it.  */
  5146.                       adjust = p->p_memsz - p->p_filesz;
  5147.                       if (!write_zeros (abfd, off, adjust))
  5148.                         return FALSE;
  5149.                     }
  5150.                   off += adjust;
  5151.                   p->p_filesz += adjust;
  5152.                 }
  5153.             }
  5154.  
  5155.           if (p->p_type == PT_NOTE && bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_core)
  5156.             {
  5157.               /* The section at i == 0 is the one that actually contains
  5158.                  everything.  */
  5159.               if (i == 0)
  5160.                 {
  5161.                   this_hdr->sh_offset = sec->filepos = off;
  5162.                   off += this_hdr->sh_size;
  5163.                   p->p_filesz = this_hdr->sh_size;
  5164.                   p->p_memsz = 0;
  5165.                   p->p_align = 1;
  5166.                 }
  5167.               else
  5168.                 {
  5169.                   /* The rest are fake sections that shouldn't be written.  */
  5170.                   sec->filepos = 0;
  5171.                   sec->size = 0;
  5172.                   sec->flags = 0;
  5173.                   continue;
  5174.                 }
  5175.             }
  5176.           else
  5177.             {
  5178.               if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD)
  5179.                 {
  5180.                   this_hdr->sh_offset = sec->filepos = off;
  5181.                   if (this_hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS)
  5182.                     off += this_hdr->sh_size;
  5183.                 }
  5184.               else if (this_hdr->sh_type == SHT_NOBITS
  5185.                        && (this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_TLS) != 0
  5186.                        && this_hdr->sh_offset == 0)
  5187.                 {
  5188.                   /* This is a .tbss section that didn't get a PT_LOAD.
  5189.                      (See _bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments "Create a
  5190.                      final PT_LOAD".)  Set sh_offset to the value it
  5191.                      would have if we had created a zero p_filesz and
  5192.                      p_memsz PT_LOAD header for the section.  This
  5193.                      also makes the PT_TLS header have the same
  5194.                      p_offset value.  */
  5195.                   bfd_vma adjust = vma_page_aligned_bias (this_hdr->sh_addr,
  5196.                                                           off, align);
  5197.                   this_hdr->sh_offset = sec->filepos = off + adjust;
  5198.                 }
  5199.  
  5200.               if (this_hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS)
  5201.                 {
  5202.                   p->p_filesz += this_hdr->sh_size;
  5203.                   /* A load section without SHF_ALLOC is something like
  5204.                      a note section in a PT_NOTE segment.  These take
  5205.                      file space but are not loaded into memory.  */
  5206.                   if ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0)
  5207.                     p->p_memsz += this_hdr->sh_size;
  5208.                 }
  5209.               else if ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0)
  5210.                 {
  5211.                   if (p->p_type == PT_TLS)
  5212.                     p->p_memsz += this_hdr->sh_size;
  5213.  
  5214.                   /* .tbss is special.  It doesn't contribute to p_memsz of
  5215.                      normal segments.  */
  5216.                   else if ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_TLS) == 0)
  5217.                     p->p_memsz += this_hdr->sh_size;
  5218.                 }
  5219.  
  5220.               if (align > p->p_align
  5221.                   && !m->p_align_valid
  5222.                   && (p->p_type != PT_LOAD
  5223.                       || (abfd->flags & D_PAGED) == 0))
  5224.                 p->p_align = align;
  5225.             }
  5226.  
  5227.           if (!m->p_flags_valid)
  5228.             {
  5229.               p->p_flags |= PF_R;
  5230.               if ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_EXECINSTR) != 0)
  5231.                 p->p_flags |= PF_X;
  5232.               if ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_WRITE) != 0)
  5233.                 p->p_flags |= PF_W;
  5234.             }
  5235.         }
  5236.  
  5237.       off -= off_adjust;
  5238.  
  5239.       /* Check that all sections are in a PT_LOAD segment.
  5240.          Don't check funky gdb generated core files.  */
  5241.       if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD && bfd_get_format (abfd) != bfd_core)
  5242.         {
  5243.           bfd_boolean check_vma = TRUE;
  5244.  
  5245.           for (i = 1; i < m->count; i++)
  5246.             if (m->sections[i]->vma == m->sections[i - 1]->vma
  5247.                 && ELF_SECTION_SIZE (&(elf_section_data (m->sections[i])
  5248.                                        ->this_hdr), p) != 0
  5249.                 && ELF_SECTION_SIZE (&(elf_section_data (m->sections[i - 1])
  5250.                                        ->this_hdr), p) != 0)
  5251.               {
  5252.                 /* Looks like we have overlays packed into the segment.  */
  5253.                 check_vma = FALSE;
  5254.                 break;
  5255.               }
  5256.  
  5257.           for (i = 0; i < m->count; i++)
  5258.             {
  5259.               Elf_Internal_Shdr *this_hdr;
  5260.               asection *sec;
  5261.  
  5262.               sec = m->sections[i];
  5263.               this_hdr = &(elf_section_data(sec)->this_hdr);
  5264.               if (!ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT_1 (this_hdr, p, check_vma, 0)
  5265.                   && !ELF_TBSS_SPECIAL (this_hdr, p))
  5266.                 {
  5267.                   (*_bfd_error_handler)
  5268.                     (_("%B: section `%A' can't be allocated in segment %d"),
  5269.                      abfd, sec, j);
  5270.                   print_segment_map (m);
  5271.                 }
  5272.             }
  5273.         }
  5274.     }
  5275.  
  5276.   elf_next_file_pos (abfd) = off;
  5277.   return TRUE;
  5278. }
  5279.  
  5280. /* Assign file positions for the other sections.  */
  5281.  
  5282. static bfd_boolean
  5283. assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections (bfd *abfd,
  5284.                                              struct bfd_link_info *link_info)
  5285. {
  5286.   const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
  5287.   Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrpp;
  5288.   Elf_Internal_Shdr **hdrpp, **end_hdrpp;
  5289.   Elf_Internal_Phdr *phdrs;
  5290.   Elf_Internal_Phdr *p;
  5291.   struct elf_segment_map *m;
  5292.   struct elf_segment_map *hdrs_segment;
  5293.   bfd_vma filehdr_vaddr, filehdr_paddr;
  5294.   bfd_vma phdrs_vaddr, phdrs_paddr;
  5295.   file_ptr off;
  5296.   unsigned int count;
  5297.  
  5298.   i_shdrpp = elf_elfsections (abfd);
  5299.   end_hdrpp = i_shdrpp + elf_numsections (abfd);
  5300.   off = elf_next_file_pos (abfd);
  5301.   for (hdrpp = i_shdrpp + 1; hdrpp < end_hdrpp; hdrpp++)
  5302.     {
  5303.       Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
  5304.  
  5305.       hdr = *hdrpp;
  5306.       if (hdr->bfd_section != NULL
  5307.           && (hdr->bfd_section->filepos != 0
  5308.               || (hdr->sh_type == SHT_NOBITS
  5309.                   && hdr->contents == NULL)))
  5310.         BFD_ASSERT (hdr->sh_offset == hdr->bfd_section->filepos);
  5311.       else if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0)
  5312.         {
  5313.           if (hdr->sh_size != 0)
  5314.             (*_bfd_error_handler)
  5315.               (_("%B: warning: allocated section `%s' not in segment"),
  5316.                abfd,
  5317.                (hdr->bfd_section == NULL
  5318.                 ? "*unknown*"
  5319.                 : hdr->bfd_section->name));
  5320.           /* We don't need to page align empty sections.  */
  5321.           if ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED) != 0 && hdr->sh_size != 0)
  5322.             off += vma_page_aligned_bias (hdr->sh_addr, off,
  5323.                                           bed->maxpagesize);
  5324.           else
  5325.             off += vma_page_aligned_bias (hdr->sh_addr, off,
  5326.                                           hdr->sh_addralign);
  5327.           off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off,
  5328.                                                            FALSE);
  5329.         }
  5330.       else if (((hdr->sh_type == SHT_REL || hdr->sh_type == SHT_RELA)
  5331.                 && hdr->bfd_section == NULL)
  5332.                || (hdr->bfd_section != NULL
  5333.                    && (hdr->bfd_section->flags & SEC_ELF_COMPRESS))
  5334.                    /* Compress DWARF debug sections.  */
  5335.                || hdr == i_shdrpp[elf_onesymtab (abfd)]
  5336.                || (elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd) != NULL
  5337.                    && hdr == i_shdrpp[elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd)->ndx])
  5338.                || hdr == i_shdrpp[elf_strtab_sec (abfd)]
  5339.                || hdr == i_shdrpp[elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd)])
  5340.         hdr->sh_offset = -1;
  5341.       else
  5342.         off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, TRUE);
  5343.     }
  5344.  
  5345.   /* Now that we have set the section file positions, we can set up
  5346.      the file positions for the non PT_LOAD segments.  */
  5347.   count = 0;
  5348.   filehdr_vaddr = 0;
  5349.   filehdr_paddr = 0;
  5350.   phdrs_vaddr = bed->maxpagesize + bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
  5351.   phdrs_paddr = 0;
  5352.   hdrs_segment = NULL;
  5353.   phdrs = elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr;
  5354.   for (m = elf_seg_map (abfd), p = phdrs; m != NULL; m = m->next, p++)
  5355.     {
  5356.       ++count;
  5357.       if (p->p_type != PT_LOAD)
  5358.         continue;
  5359.  
  5360.       if (m->includes_filehdr)
  5361.         {
  5362.           filehdr_vaddr = p->p_vaddr;
  5363.           filehdr_paddr = p->p_paddr;
  5364.         }
  5365.       if (m->includes_phdrs)
  5366.         {
  5367.           phdrs_vaddr = p->p_vaddr;
  5368.           phdrs_paddr = p->p_paddr;
  5369.           if (m->includes_filehdr)
  5370.             {
  5371.               hdrs_segment = m;
  5372.               phdrs_vaddr += bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
  5373.               phdrs_paddr += bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
  5374.             }
  5375.         }
  5376.     }
  5377.  
  5378.   if (hdrs_segment != NULL && link_info != NULL)
  5379.     {
  5380.       /* There is a segment that contains both the file headers and the
  5381.          program headers, so provide a symbol __ehdr_start pointing there.
  5382.          A program can use this to examine itself robustly.  */
  5383.  
  5384.       struct elf_link_hash_entry *hash
  5385.         = elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (link_info), "__ehdr_start",
  5386.                                 FALSE, FALSE, TRUE);
  5387.       /* If the symbol was referenced and not defined, define it.  */
  5388.       if (hash != NULL
  5389.           && (hash->root.type == bfd_link_hash_new
  5390.               || hash->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined
  5391.               || hash->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak
  5392.               || hash->root.type == bfd_link_hash_common))
  5393.         {
  5394.           asection *s = NULL;
  5395.           if (hdrs_segment->count != 0)
  5396.             /* The segment contains sections, so use the first one.  */
  5397.             s = hdrs_segment->sections[0];
  5398.           else
  5399.             /* Use the first (i.e. lowest-addressed) section in any segment.  */
  5400.             for (m = elf_seg_map (abfd); m != NULL; m = m->next)
  5401.               if (m->count != 0)
  5402.                 {
  5403.                   s = m->sections[0];
  5404.                   break;
  5405.                 }
  5406.  
  5407.           if (s != NULL)
  5408.             {
  5409.               hash->root.u.def.value = filehdr_vaddr - s->vma;
  5410.               hash->root.u.def.section = s;
  5411.             }
  5412.           else
  5413.             {
  5414.               hash->root.u.def.value = filehdr_vaddr;
  5415.               hash->root.u.def.section = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
  5416.             }
  5417.  
  5418.           hash->root.type = bfd_link_hash_defined;
  5419.           hash->def_regular = 1;
  5420.           hash->non_elf = 0;
  5421.         }
  5422.     }
  5423.  
  5424.   for (m = elf_seg_map (abfd), p = phdrs; m != NULL; m = m->next, p++)
  5425.     {
  5426.       if (p->p_type == PT_GNU_RELRO)
  5427.         {
  5428.           const Elf_Internal_Phdr *lp;
  5429.           struct elf_segment_map *lm;
  5430.  
  5431.           if (link_info != NULL)
  5432.             {
  5433.               /* During linking the range of the RELRO segment is passed
  5434.                  in link_info.  */
  5435.               for (lm = elf_seg_map (abfd), lp = phdrs;
  5436.                    lm != NULL;
  5437.                    lm = lm->next, lp++)
  5438.                 {
  5439.                   if (lp->p_type == PT_LOAD
  5440.                       && lp->p_vaddr < link_info->relro_end
  5441.                       && lm->count != 0
  5442.                       && lm->sections[0]->vma >= link_info->relro_start)
  5443.                     break;
  5444.                 }
  5445.  
  5446.               BFD_ASSERT (lm != NULL);
  5447.             }
  5448.           else
  5449.             {
  5450.               /* Otherwise we are copying an executable or shared
  5451.                  library, but we need to use the same linker logic.  */
  5452.               for (lp = phdrs; lp < phdrs + count; ++lp)
  5453.                 {
  5454.                   if (lp->p_type == PT_LOAD
  5455.                       && lp->p_paddr == p->p_paddr)
  5456.                     break;
  5457.                 }
  5458.             }
  5459.  
  5460.           if (lp < phdrs + count)
  5461.             {
  5462.               p->p_vaddr = lp->p_vaddr;
  5463.               p->p_paddr = lp->p_paddr;
  5464.               p->p_offset = lp->p_offset;
  5465.               if (link_info != NULL)
  5466.                 p->p_filesz = link_info->relro_end - lp->p_vaddr;
  5467.               else if (m->p_size_valid)
  5468.                 p->p_filesz = m->p_size;
  5469.               else
  5470.                 abort ();
  5471.               p->p_memsz = p->p_filesz;
  5472.               /* Preserve the alignment and flags if they are valid. The
  5473.                  gold linker generates RW/4 for the PT_GNU_RELRO section.
  5474.                  It is better for objcopy/strip to honor these attributes
  5475.                  otherwise gdb will choke when using separate debug files.
  5476.                */
  5477.               if (!m->p_align_valid)
  5478.                 p->p_align = 1;
  5479.               if (!m->p_flags_valid)
  5480.                 p->p_flags = PF_R;
  5481.             }
  5482.           else
  5483.             {
  5484.               memset (p, 0, sizeof *p);
  5485.               p->p_type = PT_NULL;
  5486.             }
  5487.         }
  5488.       else if (p->p_type == PT_GNU_STACK)
  5489.         {
  5490.           if (m->p_size_valid)
  5491.             p->p_memsz = m->p_size;
  5492.         }
  5493.       else if (m->count != 0)
  5494.         {
  5495.           unsigned int i;
  5496.           if (p->p_type != PT_LOAD
  5497.               && (p->p_type != PT_NOTE
  5498.                   || bfd_get_format (abfd) != bfd_core))
  5499.             {
  5500.               if (m->includes_filehdr || m->includes_phdrs)
  5501.                 {
  5502.                   /* PR 17512: file: 2195325e.  */
  5503.                   (*_bfd_error_handler)
  5504.                     (_("%B: warning: non-load segment includes file header and/or program header"),
  5505.                      abfd);
  5506.                   return FALSE;
  5507.                 }
  5508.  
  5509.               p->p_filesz = 0;
  5510.               p->p_offset = m->sections[0]->filepos;
  5511.               for (i = m->count; i-- != 0;)
  5512.                 {
  5513.                   asection *sect = m->sections[i];
  5514.                   Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr = &elf_section_data (sect)->this_hdr;
  5515.                   if (hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS)
  5516.                     {
  5517.                       p->p_filesz = (sect->filepos - m->sections[0]->filepos
  5518.                                      + hdr->sh_size);
  5519.                       break;
  5520.                     }
  5521.                 }
  5522.             }
  5523.         }
  5524.       else if (m->includes_filehdr)
  5525.         {
  5526.           p->p_vaddr = filehdr_vaddr;
  5527.           if (! m->p_paddr_valid)
  5528.             p->p_paddr = filehdr_paddr;
  5529.         }
  5530.       else if (m->includes_phdrs)
  5531.         {
  5532.           p->p_vaddr = phdrs_vaddr;
  5533.           if (! m->p_paddr_valid)
  5534.             p->p_paddr = phdrs_paddr;
  5535.         }
  5536.     }
  5537.  
  5538.   elf_next_file_pos (abfd) = off;
  5539.  
  5540.   return TRUE;
  5541. }
  5542.  
  5543. static elf_section_list *
  5544. find_section_in_list (unsigned int i, elf_section_list * list)
  5545. {
  5546.   for (;list != NULL; list = list->next)
  5547.     if (list->ndx == i)
  5548.       break;
  5549.   return list;
  5550. }
  5551.  
  5552. /* Work out the file positions of all the sections.  This is called by
  5553.    _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions.  All the section sizes and
  5554.    VMAs must be known before this is called.
  5555.  
  5556.    Reloc sections come in two flavours: Those processed specially as
  5557.    "side-channel" data attached to a section to which they apply, and
  5558.    those that bfd doesn't process as relocations.  The latter sort are
  5559.    stored in a normal bfd section by bfd_section_from_shdr.   We don't
  5560.    consider the former sort here, unless they form part of the loadable
  5561.    image.  Reloc sections not assigned here will be handled later by
  5562.    assign_file_positions_for_relocs.
  5563.  
  5564.    We also don't set the positions of the .symtab and .strtab here.  */
  5565.  
  5566. static bfd_boolean
  5567. assign_file_positions_except_relocs (bfd *abfd,
  5568.                                      struct bfd_link_info *link_info)
  5569. {
  5570.   struct elf_obj_tdata *tdata = elf_tdata (abfd);
  5571.   Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd);
  5572.   const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
  5573.  
  5574.   if ((abfd->flags & (EXEC_P | DYNAMIC)) == 0
  5575.       && bfd_get_format (abfd) != bfd_core)
  5576.     {
  5577.       Elf_Internal_Shdr ** const i_shdrpp = elf_elfsections (abfd);
  5578.       unsigned int num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd);
  5579.       Elf_Internal_Shdr **hdrpp;
  5580.       unsigned int i;
  5581.       file_ptr off;
  5582.  
  5583.       /* Start after the ELF header.  */
  5584.       off = i_ehdrp->e_ehsize;
  5585.  
  5586.       /* We are not creating an executable, which means that we are
  5587.          not creating a program header, and that the actual order of
  5588.          the sections in the file is unimportant.  */
  5589.       for (i = 1, hdrpp = i_shdrpp + 1; i < num_sec; i++, hdrpp++)
  5590.         {
  5591.           Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
  5592.  
  5593.           hdr = *hdrpp;
  5594.           if (((hdr->sh_type == SHT_REL || hdr->sh_type == SHT_RELA)
  5595.                && hdr->bfd_section == NULL)
  5596.               || (hdr->bfd_section != NULL
  5597.                   && (hdr->bfd_section->flags & SEC_ELF_COMPRESS))
  5598.                   /* Compress DWARF debug sections.  */
  5599.               || i == elf_onesymtab (abfd)
  5600.               || (elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd) != NULL
  5601.                   && hdr == i_shdrpp[elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd)->ndx])
  5602.               || i == elf_strtab_sec (abfd)
  5603.               || i == elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd))
  5604.             {
  5605.               hdr->sh_offset = -1;
  5606.             }
  5607.           else
  5608.             off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, TRUE);
  5609.         }
  5610.  
  5611.       elf_next_file_pos (abfd) = off;
  5612.     }
  5613.   else
  5614.     {
  5615.       unsigned int alloc;
  5616.  
  5617.       /* Assign file positions for the loaded sections based on the
  5618.          assignment of sections to segments.  */
  5619.       if (!assign_file_positions_for_load_sections (abfd, link_info))
  5620.         return FALSE;
  5621.  
  5622.       /* And for non-load sections.  */
  5623.       if (!assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections (abfd, link_info))
  5624.         return FALSE;
  5625.  
  5626.       if (bed->elf_backend_modify_program_headers != NULL)
  5627.         {
  5628.           if (!(*bed->elf_backend_modify_program_headers) (abfd, link_info))
  5629.             return FALSE;
  5630.         }
  5631.  
  5632.       /* Set e_type in ELF header to ET_EXEC for -pie -Ttext-segment=.  */
  5633.       if (link_info != NULL && bfd_link_pie (link_info))
  5634.         {
  5635.           unsigned int num_segments = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum;
  5636.           Elf_Internal_Phdr *segment = elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr;
  5637.           Elf_Internal_Phdr *end_segment = &segment[num_segments];
  5638.  
  5639.           /* Find the lowest p_vaddr in PT_LOAD segments.  */
  5640.           bfd_vma p_vaddr = (bfd_vma) -1;
  5641.           for (; segment < end_segment; segment++)
  5642.             if (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD && p_vaddr > segment->p_vaddr)
  5643.               p_vaddr = segment->p_vaddr;
  5644.  
  5645.           /* Set e_type to ET_EXEC if the lowest p_vaddr in PT_LOAD
  5646.              segments is non-zero.  */
  5647.           if (p_vaddr)
  5648.             i_ehdrp->e_type = ET_EXEC;
  5649.         }
  5650.  
  5651.       /* Write out the program headers.  */
  5652.       alloc = elf_program_header_size (abfd) / bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
  5653.       if (bfd_seek (abfd, (bfd_signed_vma) bed->s->sizeof_ehdr, SEEK_SET) != 0
  5654.           || bed->s->write_out_phdrs (abfd, tdata->phdr, alloc) != 0)
  5655.         return FALSE;
  5656.     }
  5657.  
  5658.   return TRUE;
  5659. }
  5660.  
  5661. static bfd_boolean
  5662. prep_headers (bfd *abfd)
  5663. {
  5664.   Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdrp;   /* Elf file header, internal form.  */
  5665.   struct elf_strtab_hash *shstrtab;
  5666.   const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
  5667.  
  5668.   i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd);
  5669.  
  5670.   shstrtab = _bfd_elf_strtab_init ();
  5671.   if (shstrtab == NULL)
  5672.     return FALSE;
  5673.  
  5674.   elf_shstrtab (abfd) = shstrtab;
  5675.  
  5676.   i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG0] = ELFMAG0;
  5677.   i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG1] = ELFMAG1;
  5678.   i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG2] = ELFMAG2;
  5679.   i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG3] = ELFMAG3;
  5680.  
  5681.   i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_CLASS] = bed->s->elfclass;
  5682.   i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_DATA] =
  5683.     bfd_big_endian (abfd) ? ELFDATA2MSB : ELFDATA2LSB;
  5684.   i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_VERSION] = bed->s->ev_current;
  5685.  
  5686.   if ((abfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0)
  5687.     i_ehdrp->e_type = ET_DYN;
  5688.   else if ((abfd->flags & EXEC_P) != 0)
  5689.     i_ehdrp->e_type = ET_EXEC;
  5690.   else if (bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_core)
  5691.     i_ehdrp->e_type = ET_CORE;
  5692.   else
  5693.     i_ehdrp->e_type = ET_REL;
  5694.  
  5695.   switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd))
  5696.     {
  5697.     case bfd_arch_unknown:
  5698.       i_ehdrp->e_machine = EM_NONE;
  5699.       break;
  5700.  
  5701.       /* There used to be a long list of cases here, each one setting
  5702.          e_machine to the same EM_* macro #defined as ELF_MACHINE_CODE
  5703.          in the corresponding bfd definition.  To avoid duplication,
  5704.          the switch was removed.  Machines that need special handling
  5705.          can generally do it in elf_backend_final_write_processing(),
  5706.          unless they need the information earlier than the final write.
  5707.          Such need can generally be supplied by replacing the tests for
  5708.          e_machine with the conditions used to determine it.  */
  5709.     default:
  5710.       i_ehdrp->e_machine = bed->elf_machine_code;
  5711.     }
  5712.  
  5713.   i_ehdrp->e_version = bed->s->ev_current;
  5714.   i_ehdrp->e_ehsize = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
  5715.  
  5716.   /* No program header, for now.  */
  5717.   i_ehdrp->e_phoff = 0;
  5718.   i_ehdrp->e_phentsize = 0;
  5719.   i_ehdrp->e_phnum = 0;
  5720.  
  5721.   /* Each bfd section is section header entry.  */
  5722.   i_ehdrp->e_entry = bfd_get_start_address (abfd);
  5723.   i_ehdrp->e_shentsize = bed->s->sizeof_shdr;
  5724.  
  5725.   /* If we're building an executable, we'll need a program header table.  */
  5726.   if (abfd->flags & EXEC_P)
  5727.     /* It all happens later.  */
  5728.     ;
  5729.   else
  5730.     {
  5731.       i_ehdrp->e_phentsize = 0;
  5732.       i_ehdrp->e_phoff = 0;
  5733.     }
  5734.  
  5735.   elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr.sh_name =
  5736.     (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab, ".symtab", FALSE);
  5737.   elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr.sh_name =
  5738.     (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab, ".strtab", FALSE);
  5739.   elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr.sh_name =
  5740.     (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab, ".shstrtab", FALSE);
  5741.   if (elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr.sh_name == (unsigned int) -1
  5742.       || elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr.sh_name == (unsigned int) -1
  5743.       || elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr.sh_name == (unsigned int) -1)
  5744.     return FALSE;
  5745.  
  5746.   return TRUE;
  5747. }
  5748.  
  5749. /* Assign file positions for all the reloc sections which are not part
  5750.    of the loadable file image, and the file position of section headers.  */
  5751.  
  5752. static bfd_boolean
  5753. _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load (bfd *abfd)
  5754. {
  5755.   file_ptr off;
  5756.   Elf_Internal_Shdr **shdrpp, **end_shdrpp;
  5757.   Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdrp;
  5758.   Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdrp;
  5759.   const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
  5760.  
  5761.   off = elf_next_file_pos (abfd);
  5762.  
  5763.   shdrpp = elf_elfsections (abfd);
  5764.   end_shdrpp = shdrpp + elf_numsections (abfd);
  5765.   for (shdrpp++; shdrpp < end_shdrpp; shdrpp++)
  5766.     {
  5767.       shdrp = *shdrpp;
  5768.       if (shdrp->sh_offset == -1)
  5769.         {
  5770.           asection *sec = shdrp->bfd_section;
  5771.           bfd_boolean is_rel = (shdrp->sh_type == SHT_REL
  5772.                                 || shdrp->sh_type == SHT_RELA);
  5773.           if (is_rel
  5774.               || (sec != NULL && (sec->flags & SEC_ELF_COMPRESS)))
  5775.             {
  5776.               if (!is_rel)
  5777.                 {
  5778.                   const char *name = sec->name;
  5779.                   struct bfd_elf_section_data *d;
  5780.  
  5781.                   /* Compress DWARF debug sections.  */
  5782.                   if (!bfd_compress_section (abfd, sec,
  5783.                                              shdrp->contents))
  5784.                     return FALSE;
  5785.  
  5786.                   if (sec->compress_status == COMPRESS_SECTION_DONE
  5787.                       && (abfd->flags & BFD_COMPRESS_GABI) == 0)
  5788.                     {
  5789.                       /* If section is compressed with zlib-gnu, convert
  5790.                          section name from .debug_* to .zdebug_*.  */
  5791.                       char *new_name
  5792.                         = convert_debug_to_zdebug (abfd, name);
  5793.                       if (new_name == NULL)
  5794.                         return FALSE;
  5795.                       name = new_name;
  5796.                     }
  5797.                   /* Add setion name to section name section.  */
  5798.                   if (shdrp->sh_name != (unsigned int) -1)
  5799.                     abort ();
  5800.                   shdrp->sh_name
  5801.                     = (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd),
  5802.                                                           name, FALSE);
  5803.                   d = elf_section_data (sec);
  5804.  
  5805.                   /* Add reloc setion name to section name section.  */
  5806.                   if (d->rel.hdr
  5807.                       && !_bfd_elf_set_reloc_sh_name (abfd,
  5808.                                                       d->rel.hdr,
  5809.                                                       name, FALSE))
  5810.                     return FALSE;
  5811.                   if (d->rela.hdr
  5812.                       && !_bfd_elf_set_reloc_sh_name (abfd,
  5813.                                                       d->rela.hdr,
  5814.                                                       name, TRUE))
  5815.                     return FALSE;
  5816.  
  5817.                   /* Update section size and contents.  */
  5818.                   shdrp->sh_size = sec->size;
  5819.                   shdrp->contents = sec->contents;
  5820.                   shdrp->bfd_section->contents = NULL;
  5821.                 }
  5822.               off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (shdrp,
  5823.                                                                off,
  5824.                                                                TRUE);
  5825.             }
  5826.         }
  5827.     }
  5828.  
  5829.   /* Place section name section after DWARF debug sections have been
  5830.      compressed.  */
  5831.   _bfd_elf_strtab_finalize (elf_shstrtab (abfd));
  5832.   shdrp = &elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr;
  5833.   shdrp->sh_size = _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_shstrtab (abfd));
  5834.   off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (shdrp, off, TRUE);
  5835.  
  5836.   /* Place the section headers.  */
  5837.   i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd);
  5838.   bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
  5839.   off = align_file_position (off, 1 << bed->s->log_file_align);
  5840.   i_ehdrp->e_shoff = off;
  5841.   off += i_ehdrp->e_shnum * i_ehdrp->e_shentsize;
  5842.   elf_next_file_pos (abfd) = off;
  5843.  
  5844.   return TRUE;
  5845. }
  5846.  
  5847. bfd_boolean
  5848. _bfd_elf_write_object_contents (bfd *abfd)
  5849. {
  5850.   const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
  5851.   Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrp;
  5852.   bfd_boolean failed;
  5853.   unsigned int count, num_sec;
  5854.   struct elf_obj_tdata *t;
  5855.  
  5856.   if (! abfd->output_has_begun
  5857.       && ! _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd, NULL))
  5858.     return FALSE;
  5859.  
  5860.   i_shdrp = elf_elfsections (abfd);
  5861.  
  5862.   failed = FALSE;
  5863.   bfd_map_over_sections (abfd, bed->s->write_relocs, &failed);
  5864.   if (failed)
  5865.     return FALSE;
  5866.  
  5867.   if (!_bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load (abfd))
  5868.     return FALSE;
  5869.  
  5870.   /* After writing the headers, we need to write the sections too...  */
  5871.   num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd);
  5872.   for (count = 1; count < num_sec; count++)
  5873.     {
  5874.       i_shdrp[count]->sh_name
  5875.         = _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (elf_shstrtab (abfd),
  5876.                                   i_shdrp[count]->sh_name);
  5877.       if (bed->elf_backend_section_processing)
  5878.         (*bed->elf_backend_section_processing) (abfd, i_shdrp[count]);
  5879.       if (i_shdrp[count]->contents)
  5880.         {
  5881.           bfd_size_type amt = i_shdrp[count]->sh_size;
  5882.  
  5883.           if (bfd_seek (abfd, i_shdrp[count]->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0
  5884.               || bfd_bwrite (i_shdrp[count]->contents, amt, abfd) != amt)
  5885.             return FALSE;
  5886.         }
  5887.     }
  5888.  
  5889.   /* Write out the section header names.  */
  5890.   t = elf_tdata (abfd);
  5891.   if (elf_shstrtab (abfd) != NULL
  5892.       && (bfd_seek (abfd, t->shstrtab_hdr.sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0
  5893.           || !_bfd_elf_strtab_emit (abfd, elf_shstrtab (abfd))))
  5894.     return FALSE;
  5895.  
  5896.   if (bed->elf_backend_final_write_processing)
  5897.     (*bed->elf_backend_final_write_processing) (abfd, elf_linker (abfd));
  5898.  
  5899.   if (!bed->s->write_shdrs_and_ehdr (abfd))
  5900.     return FALSE;
  5901.  
  5902.   /* This is last since write_shdrs_and_ehdr can touch i_shdrp[0].  */
  5903.   if (t->o->build_id.after_write_object_contents != NULL)
  5904.     return (*t->o->build_id.after_write_object_contents) (abfd);
  5905.  
  5906.   return TRUE;
  5907. }
  5908.  
  5909. bfd_boolean
  5910. _bfd_elf_write_corefile_contents (bfd *abfd)
  5911. {
  5912.   /* Hopefully this can be done just like an object file.  */
  5913.   return _bfd_elf_write_object_contents (abfd);
  5914. }
  5915.  
  5916. /* Given a section, search the header to find them.  */
  5917.  
  5918. unsigned int
  5919. _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_section *asect)
  5920. {
  5921.   const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
  5922.   unsigned int sec_index;
  5923.  
  5924.   if (elf_section_data (asect) != NULL
  5925.       && elf_section_data (asect)->this_idx != 0)
  5926.     return elf_section_data (asect)->this_idx;
  5927.  
  5928.   if (bfd_is_abs_section (asect))
  5929.     sec_index = SHN_ABS;
  5930.   else if (bfd_is_com_section (asect))
  5931.     sec_index = SHN_COMMON;
  5932.   else if (bfd_is_und_section (asect))
  5933.     sec_index = SHN_UNDEF;
  5934.   else
  5935.     sec_index = SHN_BAD;
  5936.  
  5937.   bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
  5938.   if (bed->elf_backend_section_from_bfd_section)
  5939.     {
  5940.       int retval = sec_index;
  5941.  
  5942.       if ((*bed->elf_backend_section_from_bfd_section) (abfd, asect, &retval))
  5943.         return retval;
  5944.     }
  5945.  
  5946.   if (sec_index == SHN_BAD)
  5947.     bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section);
  5948.  
  5949.   return sec_index;
  5950. }
  5951.  
  5952. /* Given a BFD symbol, return the index in the ELF symbol table, or -1
  5953.    on error.  */
  5954.  
  5955. int
  5956. _bfd_elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol (bfd *abfd, asymbol **asym_ptr_ptr)
  5957. {
  5958.   asymbol *asym_ptr = *asym_ptr_ptr;
  5959.   int idx;
  5960.   flagword flags = asym_ptr->flags;
  5961.  
  5962.   /* When gas creates relocations against local labels, it creates its
  5963.      own symbol for the section, but does put the symbol into the
  5964.      symbol chain, so udata is 0.  When the linker is generating
  5965.      relocatable output, this section symbol may be for one of the
  5966.      input sections rather than the output section.  */
  5967.   if (asym_ptr->udata.i == 0
  5968.       && (flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM)
  5969.       && asym_ptr->section)
  5970.     {
  5971.       asection *sec;
  5972.       int indx;
  5973.  
  5974.       sec = asym_ptr->section;
  5975.       if (sec->owner != abfd && sec->output_section != NULL)
  5976.         sec = sec->output_section;
  5977.       if (sec->owner == abfd
  5978.           && (indx = sec->index) < elf_num_section_syms (abfd)
  5979.           && elf_section_syms (abfd)[indx] != NULL)
  5980.         asym_ptr->udata.i = elf_section_syms (abfd)[indx]->udata.i;
  5981.     }
  5982.  
  5983.   idx = asym_ptr->udata.i;
  5984.  
  5985.   if (idx == 0)
  5986.     {
  5987.       /* This case can occur when using --strip-symbol on a symbol
  5988.          which is used in a relocation entry.  */
  5989.       (*_bfd_error_handler)
  5990.         (_("%B: symbol `%s' required but not present"),
  5991.          abfd, bfd_asymbol_name (asym_ptr));
  5992.       bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_symbols);
  5993.       return -1;
  5994.     }
  5995.  
  5996. #if DEBUG & 4
  5997.   {
  5998.     fprintf (stderr,
  5999.              "elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol 0x%.8lx, name = %s, sym num = %d, flags = 0x%.8lx\n",
  6000.              (long) asym_ptr, asym_ptr->name, idx, (long) flags);
  6001.     fflush (stderr);
  6002.   }
  6003. #endif
  6004.  
  6005.   return idx;
  6006. }
  6007.  
  6008. /* Rewrite program header information.  */
  6009.  
  6010. static bfd_boolean
  6011. rewrite_elf_program_header (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd)
  6012. {
  6013.   Elf_Internal_Ehdr *iehdr;
  6014.   struct elf_segment_map *map;
  6015.   struct elf_segment_map *map_first;
  6016.   struct elf_segment_map **pointer_to_map;
  6017.   Elf_Internal_Phdr *segment;
  6018.   asection *section;
  6019.   unsigned int i;
  6020.   unsigned int num_segments;
  6021.   bfd_boolean phdr_included = FALSE;
  6022.   bfd_boolean p_paddr_valid;
  6023.   bfd_vma maxpagesize;
  6024.   struct elf_segment_map *phdr_adjust_seg = NULL;
  6025.   unsigned int phdr_adjust_num = 0;
  6026.   const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
  6027.  
  6028.   bed = get_elf_backend_data (ibfd);
  6029.   iehdr = elf_elfheader (ibfd);
  6030.  
  6031.   map_first = NULL;
  6032.   pointer_to_map = &map_first;
  6033.  
  6034.   num_segments = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_phnum;
  6035.   maxpagesize = get_elf_backend_data (obfd)->maxpagesize;
  6036.  
  6037.   /* Returns the end address of the segment + 1.  */
  6038. #define SEGMENT_END(segment, start)                                     \
  6039.   (start + (segment->p_memsz > segment->p_filesz                        \
  6040.             ? segment->p_memsz : segment->p_filesz))
  6041.  
  6042. #define SECTION_SIZE(section, segment)                                  \
  6043.   (((section->flags & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL))            \
  6044.     != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL || segment->p_type == PT_TLS)                   \
  6045.    ? section->size : 0)
  6046.  
  6047.   /* Returns TRUE if the given section is contained within
  6048.      the given segment.  VMA addresses are compared.  */
  6049. #define IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA(section, segment)                           \
  6050.   (section->vma >= segment->p_vaddr                                     \
  6051.    && (section->vma + SECTION_SIZE (section, segment)                   \
  6052.        <= (SEGMENT_END (segment, segment->p_vaddr))))
  6053.  
  6054.   /* Returns TRUE if the given section is contained within
  6055.      the given segment.  LMA addresses are compared.  */
  6056. #define IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA(section, segment, base)                     \
  6057.   (section->lma >= base                                                 \
  6058.    && (section->lma + SECTION_SIZE (section, segment)                   \
  6059.        <= SEGMENT_END (segment, base)))
  6060.  
  6061.   /* Handle PT_NOTE segment.  */
  6062. #define IS_NOTE(p, s)                                                   \
  6063.   (p->p_type == PT_NOTE                                                 \
  6064.    && elf_section_type (s) == SHT_NOTE                                  \
  6065.    && (bfd_vma) s->filepos >= p->p_offset                               \
  6066.    && ((bfd_vma) s->filepos + s->size                                   \
  6067.        <= p->p_offset + p->p_filesz))
  6068.  
  6069.   /* Special case: corefile "NOTE" section containing regs, prpsinfo
  6070.      etc.  */
  6071. #define IS_COREFILE_NOTE(p, s)                                          \
  6072.   (IS_NOTE (p, s)                                                       \
  6073.    && bfd_get_format (ibfd) == bfd_core                                 \
  6074.    && s->vma == 0                                                       \
  6075.    && s->lma == 0)
  6076.  
  6077.   /* The complicated case when p_vaddr is 0 is to handle the Solaris
  6078.      linker, which generates a PT_INTERP section with p_vaddr and
  6079.      p_memsz set to 0.  */
  6080. #define IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP(p, s)                                      \
  6081.   (p->p_vaddr == 0                                                      \
  6082.    && p->p_paddr == 0                                                   \
  6083.    && p->p_memsz == 0                                                   \
  6084.    && p->p_filesz > 0                                                   \
  6085.    && (s->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) != 0                                \
  6086.    && s->size > 0                                                       \
  6087.    && (bfd_vma) s->filepos >= p->p_offset                               \
  6088.    && ((bfd_vma) s->filepos + s->size                                   \
  6089.        <= p->p_offset + p->p_filesz))
  6090.  
  6091.   /* Decide if the given section should be included in the given segment.
  6092.      A section will be included if:
  6093.        1. It is within the address space of the segment -- we use the LMA
  6094.           if that is set for the segment and the VMA otherwise,
  6095.        2. It is an allocated section or a NOTE section in a PT_NOTE
  6096.           segment.
  6097.        3. There is an output section associated with it,
  6098.        4. The section has not already been allocated to a previous segment.
  6099.        5. PT_GNU_STACK segments do not include any sections.
  6100.        6. PT_TLS segment includes only SHF_TLS sections.
  6101.        7. SHF_TLS sections are only in PT_TLS or PT_LOAD segments.
  6102.        8. PT_DYNAMIC should not contain empty sections at the beginning
  6103.           (with the possible exception of .dynamic).  */
  6104. #define IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT(section, segment, bed)              \
  6105.   ((((segment->p_paddr                                                  \
  6106.       ? IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (section, segment, segment->p_paddr)        \
  6107.       : IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA (section, segment))                         \
  6108.      && (section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)                              \
  6109.     || IS_NOTE (segment, section))                                      \
  6110.    && segment->p_type != PT_GNU_STACK                                   \
  6111.    && (segment->p_type != PT_TLS                                        \
  6112.        || (section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL))                          \
  6113.    && (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD                                       \
  6114.        || segment->p_type == PT_TLS                                     \
  6115.        || (section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) == 0)                     \
  6116.    && (segment->p_type != PT_DYNAMIC                                    \
  6117.        || SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) > 0                           \
  6118.        || (segment->p_paddr                                             \
  6119.            ? segment->p_paddr != section->lma                           \
  6120.            : segment->p_vaddr != section->vma)                          \
  6121.        || (strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (ibfd, section), ".dynamic")    \
  6122.            == 0))                                                       \
  6123.    && !section->segment_mark)
  6124.  
  6125. /* If the output section of a section in the input segment is NULL,
  6126.    it is removed from the corresponding output segment.   */
  6127. #define INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT(section, segment, bed)               \
  6128.   (IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT (section, segment, bed)          \
  6129.    && section->output_section != NULL)
  6130.  
  6131.   /* Returns TRUE iff seg1 starts after the end of seg2.  */
  6132. #define SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT(seg1, seg2, field)                        \
  6133.   (seg1->field >= SEGMENT_END (seg2, seg2->field))
  6134.  
  6135.   /* Returns TRUE iff seg1 and seg2 overlap. Segments overlap iff both
  6136.      their VMA address ranges and their LMA address ranges overlap.
  6137.      It is possible to have overlapping VMA ranges without overlapping LMA
  6138.      ranges.  RedBoot images for example can have both .data and .bss mapped
  6139.      to the same VMA range, but with the .data section mapped to a different
  6140.      LMA.  */
  6141. #define SEGMENT_OVERLAPS(seg1, seg2)                                    \
  6142.   (   !(SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg1, seg2, p_vaddr)                     \
  6143.         || SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg2, seg1, p_vaddr))                 \
  6144.    && !(SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg1, seg2, p_paddr)                     \
  6145.         || SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg2, seg1, p_paddr)))
  6146.  
  6147.   /* Initialise the segment mark field.  */
  6148.   for (section = ibfd->sections; section != NULL; section = section->next)
  6149.     section->segment_mark = FALSE;
  6150.  
  6151.   /* The Solaris linker creates program headers in which all the
  6152.      p_paddr fields are zero.  When we try to objcopy or strip such a
  6153.      file, we get confused.  Check for this case, and if we find it
  6154.      don't set the p_paddr_valid fields.  */
  6155.   p_paddr_valid = FALSE;
  6156.   for (i = 0, segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr;
  6157.        i < num_segments;
  6158.        i++, segment++)
  6159.     if (segment->p_paddr != 0)
  6160.       {
  6161.         p_paddr_valid = TRUE;
  6162.         break;
  6163.       }
  6164.  
  6165.   /* Scan through the segments specified in the program header
  6166.      of the input BFD.  For this first scan we look for overlaps
  6167.      in the loadable segments.  These can be created by weird
  6168.      parameters to objcopy.  Also, fix some solaris weirdness.  */
  6169.   for (i = 0, segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr;
  6170.        i < num_segments;
  6171.        i++, segment++)
  6172.     {
  6173.       unsigned int j;
  6174.       Elf_Internal_Phdr *segment2;
  6175.  
  6176.       if (segment->p_type == PT_INTERP)
  6177.         for (section = ibfd->sections; section; section = section->next)
  6178.           if (IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP (segment, section))
  6179.             {
  6180.               /* Mininal change so that the normal section to segment
  6181.                  assignment code will work.  */
  6182.               segment->p_vaddr = section->vma;
  6183.               break;
  6184.             }
  6185.  
  6186.       if (segment->p_type != PT_LOAD)
  6187.         {
  6188.           /* Remove PT_GNU_RELRO segment.  */
  6189.           if (segment->p_type == PT_GNU_RELRO)
  6190.             segment->p_type = PT_NULL;
  6191.           continue;
  6192.         }
  6193.  
  6194.       /* Determine if this segment overlaps any previous segments.  */
  6195.       for (j = 0, segment2 = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr; j < i; j++, segment2++)
  6196.         {
  6197.           bfd_signed_vma extra_length;
  6198.  
  6199.           if (segment2->p_type != PT_LOAD
  6200.               || !SEGMENT_OVERLAPS (segment, segment2))
  6201.             continue;
  6202.  
  6203.           /* Merge the two segments together.  */
  6204.           if (segment2->p_vaddr < segment->p_vaddr)
  6205.             {
  6206.               /* Extend SEGMENT2 to include SEGMENT and then delete
  6207.                  SEGMENT.  */
  6208.               extra_length = (SEGMENT_END (segment, segment->p_vaddr)
  6209.                               - SEGMENT_END (segment2, segment2->p_vaddr));
  6210.  
  6211.               if (extra_length > 0)
  6212.                 {
  6213.                   segment2->p_memsz += extra_length;
  6214.                   segment2->p_filesz += extra_length;
  6215.                 }
  6216.  
  6217.               segment->p_type = PT_NULL;
  6218.  
  6219.               /* Since we have deleted P we must restart the outer loop.  */
  6220.               i = 0;
  6221.               segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr;
  6222.               break;
  6223.             }
  6224.           else
  6225.             {
  6226.               /* Extend SEGMENT to include SEGMENT2 and then delete
  6227.                  SEGMENT2.  */
  6228.               extra_length = (SEGMENT_END (segment2, segment2->p_vaddr)
  6229.                               - SEGMENT_END (segment, segment->p_vaddr));
  6230.  
  6231.               if (extra_length > 0)
  6232.                 {
  6233.                   segment->p_memsz += extra_length;
  6234.                   segment->p_filesz += extra_length;
  6235.                 }
  6236.  
  6237.               segment2->p_type = PT_NULL;
  6238.             }
  6239.         }
  6240.     }
  6241.  
  6242.   /* The second scan attempts to assign sections to segments.  */
  6243.   for (i = 0, segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr;
  6244.        i < num_segments;
  6245.        i++, segment++)
  6246.     {
  6247.       unsigned int section_count;
  6248.       asection **sections;
  6249.       asection *output_section;
  6250.       unsigned int isec;
  6251.       bfd_vma matching_lma;
  6252.       bfd_vma suggested_lma;
  6253.       unsigned int j;
  6254.       bfd_size_type amt;
  6255.       asection *first_section;
  6256.       bfd_boolean first_matching_lma;
  6257.       bfd_boolean first_suggested_lma;
  6258.  
  6259.       if (segment->p_type == PT_NULL)
  6260.         continue;
  6261.  
  6262.       first_section = NULL;
  6263.       /* Compute how many sections might be placed into this segment.  */
  6264.       for (section = ibfd->sections, section_count = 0;
  6265.            section != NULL;
  6266.            section = section->next)
  6267.         {
  6268.           /* Find the first section in the input segment, which may be
  6269.              removed from the corresponding output segment.   */
  6270.           if (IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT (section, segment, bed))
  6271.             {
  6272.               if (first_section == NULL)
  6273.                 first_section = section;
  6274.               if (section->output_section != NULL)
  6275.                 ++section_count;
  6276.             }
  6277.         }
  6278.  
  6279.       /* Allocate a segment map big enough to contain
  6280.          all of the sections we have selected.  */
  6281.       amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
  6282.       amt += ((bfd_size_type) section_count - 1) * sizeof (asection *);
  6283.       map = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (obfd, amt);
  6284.       if (map == NULL)
  6285.         return FALSE;
  6286.  
  6287.       /* Initialise the fields of the segment map.  Default to
  6288.          using the physical address of the segment in the input BFD.  */
  6289.       map->next = NULL;
  6290.       map->p_type = segment->p_type;
  6291.       map->p_flags = segment->p_flags;
  6292.       map->p_flags_valid = 1;
  6293.  
  6294.       /* If the first section in the input segment is removed, there is
  6295.          no need to preserve segment physical address in the corresponding
  6296.          output segment.  */
  6297.       if (!first_section || first_section->output_section != NULL)
  6298.         {
  6299.           map->p_paddr = segment->p_paddr;
  6300.           map->p_paddr_valid = p_paddr_valid;
  6301.         }
  6302.  
  6303.       /* Determine if this segment contains the ELF file header
  6304.          and if it contains the program headers themselves.  */
  6305.       map->includes_filehdr = (segment->p_offset == 0
  6306.                                && segment->p_filesz >= iehdr->e_ehsize);
  6307.       map->includes_phdrs = 0;
  6308.  
  6309.       if (!phdr_included || segment->p_type != PT_LOAD)
  6310.         {
  6311.           map->includes_phdrs =
  6312.             (segment->p_offset <= (bfd_vma) iehdr->e_phoff
  6313.              && (segment->p_offset + segment->p_filesz
  6314.                  >= ((bfd_vma) iehdr->e_phoff
  6315.                      + iehdr->e_phnum * iehdr->e_phentsize)));
  6316.  
  6317.           if (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD && map->includes_phdrs)
  6318.             phdr_included = TRUE;
  6319.         }
  6320.  
  6321.       if (section_count == 0)
  6322.         {
  6323.           /* Special segments, such as the PT_PHDR segment, may contain
  6324.              no sections, but ordinary, loadable segments should contain
  6325.              something.  They are allowed by the ELF spec however, so only
  6326.              a warning is produced.  */
  6327.           if (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD)
  6328.             (*_bfd_error_handler) (_("\
  6329. %B: warning: Empty loadable segment detected, is this intentional ?"),
  6330.                                    ibfd);
  6331.  
  6332.           map->count = 0;
  6333.           *pointer_to_map = map;
  6334.           pointer_to_map = &map->next;
  6335.  
  6336.           continue;
  6337.         }
  6338.  
  6339.       /* Now scan the sections in the input BFD again and attempt
  6340.          to add their corresponding output sections to the segment map.
  6341.          The problem here is how to handle an output section which has
  6342.          been moved (ie had its LMA changed).  There are four possibilities:
  6343.  
  6344.          1. None of the sections have been moved.
  6345.             In this case we can continue to use the segment LMA from the
  6346.             input BFD.
  6347.  
  6348.          2. All of the sections have been moved by the same amount.
  6349.             In this case we can change the segment's LMA to match the LMA
  6350.             of the first section.
  6351.  
  6352.          3. Some of the sections have been moved, others have not.
  6353.             In this case those sections which have not been moved can be
  6354.             placed in the current segment which will have to have its size,
  6355.             and possibly its LMA changed, and a new segment or segments will
  6356.             have to be created to contain the other sections.
  6357.  
  6358.          4. The sections have been moved, but not by the same amount.
  6359.             In this case we can change the segment's LMA to match the LMA
  6360.             of the first section and we will have to create a new segment
  6361.             or segments to contain the other sections.
  6362.  
  6363.          In order to save time, we allocate an array to hold the section
  6364.          pointers that we are interested in.  As these sections get assigned
  6365.          to a segment, they are removed from this array.  */
  6366.  
  6367.       sections = (asection **) bfd_malloc2 (section_count, sizeof (asection *));
  6368.       if (sections == NULL)
  6369.         return FALSE;
  6370.  
  6371.       /* Step One: Scan for segment vs section LMA conflicts.
  6372.          Also add the sections to the section array allocated above.
  6373.          Also add the sections to the current segment.  In the common
  6374.          case, where the sections have not been moved, this means that
  6375.          we have completely filled the segment, and there is nothing
  6376.          more to do.  */
  6377.       isec = 0;
  6378.       matching_lma = 0;
  6379.       suggested_lma = 0;
  6380.       first_matching_lma = TRUE;
  6381.       first_suggested_lma = TRUE;
  6382.  
  6383.       for (section = ibfd->sections;
  6384.            section != NULL;
  6385.            section = section->next)
  6386.         if (section == first_section)
  6387.           break;
  6388.  
  6389.       for (j = 0; section != NULL; section = section->next)
  6390.         {
  6391.           if (INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (section, segment, bed))
  6392.             {
  6393.               output_section = section->output_section;
  6394.  
  6395.               sections[j++] = section;
  6396.  
  6397.               /* The Solaris native linker always sets p_paddr to 0.
  6398.                  We try to catch that case here, and set it to the
  6399.                  correct value.  Note - some backends require that
  6400.                  p_paddr be left as zero.  */
  6401.               if (!p_paddr_valid
  6402.                   && segment->p_vaddr != 0
  6403.                   && !bed->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
  6404.                   && isec == 0
  6405.                   && output_section->lma != 0
  6406.                   && output_section->vma == (segment->p_vaddr
  6407.                                              + (map->includes_filehdr
  6408.                                                 ? iehdr->e_ehsize
  6409.                                                 : 0)
  6410.                                              + (map->includes_phdrs
  6411.                                                 ? (iehdr->e_phnum
  6412.                                                    * iehdr->e_phentsize)
  6413.                                                 : 0)))
  6414.                 map->p_paddr = segment->p_vaddr;
  6415.  
  6416.               /* Match up the physical address of the segment with the
  6417.                  LMA address of the output section.  */
  6418.               if (IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (output_section, segment, map->p_paddr)
  6419.                   || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment, section)
  6420.                   || (bed->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
  6421.                       && IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA (output_section, segment)))
  6422.                 {
  6423.                   if (first_matching_lma || output_section->lma < matching_lma)
  6424.                     {
  6425.                       matching_lma = output_section->lma;
  6426.                       first_matching_lma = FALSE;
  6427.                     }
  6428.  
  6429.                   /* We assume that if the section fits within the segment
  6430.                      then it does not overlap any other section within that
  6431.                      segment.  */
  6432.                   map->sections[isec++] = output_section;
  6433.                 }
  6434.               else if (first_suggested_lma)
  6435.                 {
  6436.                   suggested_lma = output_section->lma;
  6437.                   first_suggested_lma = FALSE;
  6438.                 }
  6439.  
  6440.               if (j == section_count)
  6441.                 break;
  6442.             }
  6443.         }
  6444.  
  6445.       BFD_ASSERT (j == section_count);
  6446.  
  6447.       /* Step Two: Adjust the physical address of the current segment,
  6448.          if necessary.  */
  6449.       if (isec == section_count)
  6450.         {
  6451.           /* All of the sections fitted within the segment as currently
  6452.              specified.  This is the default case.  Add the segment to
  6453.              the list of built segments and carry on to process the next
  6454.              program header in the input BFD.  */
  6455.           map->count = section_count;
  6456.           *pointer_to_map = map;
  6457.           pointer_to_map = &map->next;
  6458.  
  6459.           if (p_paddr_valid
  6460.               && !bed->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
  6461.               && matching_lma != map->p_paddr
  6462.               && !map->includes_filehdr
  6463.               && !map->includes_phdrs)
  6464.             /* There is some padding before the first section in the
  6465.                segment.  So, we must account for that in the output
  6466.                segment's vma.  */
  6467.             map->p_vaddr_offset = matching_lma - map->p_paddr;
  6468.  
  6469.           free (sections);
  6470.           continue;
  6471.         }
  6472.       else
  6473.         {
  6474.           if (!first_matching_lma)
  6475.             {
  6476.               /* At least one section fits inside the current segment.
  6477.                  Keep it, but modify its physical address to match the
  6478.                  LMA of the first section that fitted.  */
  6479.               map->p_paddr = matching_lma;
  6480.             }
  6481.           else
  6482.             {
  6483.               /* None of the sections fitted inside the current segment.
  6484.                  Change the current segment's physical address to match
  6485.                  the LMA of the first section.  */
  6486.               map->p_paddr = suggested_lma;
  6487.             }
  6488.  
  6489.           /* Offset the segment physical address from the lma
  6490.              to allow for space taken up by elf headers.  */
  6491.           if (map->includes_filehdr)
  6492.             {
  6493.               if (map->p_paddr >= iehdr->e_ehsize)
  6494.                 map->p_paddr -= iehdr->e_ehsize;
  6495.               else
  6496.                 {
  6497.                   map->includes_filehdr = FALSE;
  6498.                   map->includes_phdrs = FALSE;
  6499.                 }
  6500.             }
  6501.  
  6502.           if (map->includes_phdrs)
  6503.             {
  6504.               if (map->p_paddr >= iehdr->e_phnum * iehdr->e_phentsize)
  6505.                 {
  6506.                   map->p_paddr -= iehdr->e_phnum * iehdr->e_phentsize;
  6507.  
  6508.                   /* iehdr->e_phnum is just an estimate of the number
  6509.                      of program headers that we will need.  Make a note
  6510.                      here of the number we used and the segment we chose
  6511.                      to hold these headers, so that we can adjust the
  6512.                      offset when we know the correct value.  */
  6513.                   phdr_adjust_num = iehdr->e_phnum;
  6514.                   phdr_adjust_seg = map;
  6515.                 }
  6516.               else
  6517.                 map->includes_phdrs = FALSE;
  6518.             }
  6519.         }
  6520.  
  6521.       /* Step Three: Loop over the sections again, this time assigning
  6522.          those that fit to the current segment and removing them from the
  6523.          sections array; but making sure not to leave large gaps.  Once all
  6524.          possible sections have been assigned to the current segment it is
  6525.          added to the list of built segments and if sections still remain
  6526.          to be assigned, a new segment is constructed before repeating
  6527.          the loop.  */
  6528.       isec = 0;
  6529.       do
  6530.         {
  6531.           map->count = 0;
  6532.           suggested_lma = 0;
  6533.           first_suggested_lma = TRUE;
  6534.  
  6535.           /* Fill the current segment with sections that fit.  */
  6536.           for (j = 0; j < section_count; j++)
  6537.             {
  6538.               section = sections[j];
  6539.  
  6540.               if (section == NULL)
  6541.                 continue;
  6542.  
  6543.               output_section = section->output_section;
  6544.  
  6545.               BFD_ASSERT (output_section != NULL);
  6546.  
  6547.               if (IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (output_section, segment, map->p_paddr)
  6548.                   || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment, section))
  6549.                 {
  6550.                   if (map->count == 0)
  6551.                     {
  6552.                       /* If the first section in a segment does not start at
  6553.                          the beginning of the segment, then something is
  6554.                          wrong.  */
  6555.                       if (output_section->lma
  6556.                           != (map->p_paddr
  6557.                               + (map->includes_filehdr ? iehdr->e_ehsize : 0)
  6558.                               + (map->includes_phdrs
  6559.                                  ? iehdr->e_phnum * iehdr->e_phentsize
  6560.                                  : 0)))
  6561.                         abort ();
  6562.                     }
  6563.                   else
  6564.                     {
  6565.                       asection *prev_sec;
  6566.  
  6567.                       prev_sec = map->sections[map->count - 1];
  6568.  
  6569.                       /* If the gap between the end of the previous section
  6570.                          and the start of this section is more than
  6571.                          maxpagesize then we need to start a new segment.  */
  6572.                       if ((BFD_ALIGN (prev_sec->lma + prev_sec->size,
  6573.                                       maxpagesize)
  6574.                            < BFD_ALIGN (output_section->lma, maxpagesize))
  6575.                           || (prev_sec->lma + prev_sec->size
  6576.                               > output_section->lma))
  6577.                         {
  6578.                           if (first_suggested_lma)
  6579.                             {
  6580.                               suggested_lma = output_section->lma;
  6581.                               first_suggested_lma = FALSE;
  6582.                             }
  6583.  
  6584.                           continue;
  6585.                         }
  6586.                     }
  6587.  
  6588.                   map->sections[map->count++] = output_section;
  6589.                   ++isec;
  6590.                   sections[j] = NULL;
  6591.                   section->segment_mark = TRUE;
  6592.                 }
  6593.               else if (first_suggested_lma)
  6594.                 {
  6595.                   suggested_lma = output_section->lma;
  6596.                   first_suggested_lma = FALSE;
  6597.                 }
  6598.             }
  6599.  
  6600.           BFD_ASSERT (map->count > 0);
  6601.  
  6602.           /* Add the current segment to the list of built segments.  */
  6603.           *pointer_to_map = map;
  6604.           pointer_to_map = &map->next;
  6605.  
  6606.           if (isec < section_count)
  6607.             {
  6608.               /* We still have not allocated all of the sections to
  6609.                  segments.  Create a new segment here, initialise it
  6610.                  and carry on looping.  */
  6611.               amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
  6612.               amt += ((bfd_size_type) section_count - 1) * sizeof (asection *);
  6613.               map = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (obfd, amt);
  6614.               if (map == NULL)
  6615.                 {
  6616.                   free (sections);
  6617.                   return FALSE;
  6618.                 }
  6619.  
  6620.               /* Initialise the fields of the segment map.  Set the physical
  6621.                  physical address to the LMA of the first section that has
  6622.                  not yet been assigned.  */
  6623.               map->next = NULL;
  6624.               map->p_type = segment->p_type;
  6625.               map->p_flags = segment->p_flags;
  6626.               map->p_flags_valid = 1;
  6627.               map->p_paddr = suggested_lma;
  6628.               map->p_paddr_valid = p_paddr_valid;
  6629.               map->includes_filehdr = 0;
  6630.               map->includes_phdrs = 0;
  6631.             }
  6632.         }
  6633.       while (isec < section_count);
  6634.  
  6635.       free (sections);
  6636.     }
  6637.  
  6638.   elf_seg_map (obfd) = map_first;
  6639.  
  6640.   /* If we had to estimate the number of program headers that were
  6641.      going to be needed, then check our estimate now and adjust
  6642.      the offset if necessary.  */
  6643.   if (phdr_adjust_seg != NULL)
  6644.     {
  6645.       unsigned int count;
  6646.  
  6647.       for (count = 0, map = map_first; map != NULL; map = map->next)
  6648.         count++;
  6649.  
  6650.       if (count > phdr_adjust_num)
  6651.         phdr_adjust_seg->p_paddr
  6652.           -= (count - phdr_adjust_num) * iehdr->e_phentsize;
  6653.     }
  6654.  
  6655. #undef SEGMENT_END
  6656. #undef SECTION_SIZE
  6657. #undef IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA
  6658. #undef IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA
  6659. #undef IS_NOTE
  6660. #undef IS_COREFILE_NOTE
  6661. #undef IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP
  6662. #undef IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT
  6663. #undef INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT
  6664. #undef SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT
  6665. #undef SEGMENT_OVERLAPS
  6666.   return TRUE;
  6667. }
  6668.  
  6669. /* Copy ELF program header information.  */
  6670.  
  6671. static bfd_boolean
  6672. copy_elf_program_header (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd)
  6673. {
  6674.   Elf_Internal_Ehdr *iehdr;
  6675.   struct elf_segment_map *map;
  6676.   struct elf_segment_map *map_first;
  6677.   struct elf_segment_map **pointer_to_map;
  6678.   Elf_Internal_Phdr *segment;
  6679.   unsigned int i;
  6680.   unsigned int num_segments;
  6681.   bfd_boolean phdr_included = FALSE;
  6682.   bfd_boolean p_paddr_valid;
  6683.  
  6684.   iehdr = elf_elfheader (ibfd);
  6685.  
  6686.   map_first = NULL;
  6687.   pointer_to_map = &map_first;
  6688.  
  6689.   /* If all the segment p_paddr fields are zero, don't set
  6690.      map->p_paddr_valid.  */
  6691.   p_paddr_valid = FALSE;
  6692.   num_segments = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_phnum;
  6693.   for (i = 0, segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr;
  6694.        i < num_segments;
  6695.        i++, segment++)
  6696.     if (segment->p_paddr != 0)
  6697.       {
  6698.         p_paddr_valid = TRUE;
  6699.         break;
  6700.       }
  6701.  
  6702.   for (i = 0, segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr;
  6703.        i < num_segments;
  6704.        i++, segment++)
  6705.     {
  6706.       asection *section;
  6707.       unsigned int section_count;
  6708.       bfd_size_type amt;
  6709.       Elf_Internal_Shdr *this_hdr;
  6710.       asection *first_section = NULL;
  6711.       asection *lowest_section;
  6712.  
  6713.       /* Compute how many sections are in this segment.  */
  6714.       for (section = ibfd->sections, section_count = 0;
  6715.            section != NULL;
  6716.            section = section->next)
  6717.         {
  6718.           this_hdr = &(elf_section_data(section)->this_hdr);
  6719.           if (ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (this_hdr, segment))
  6720.             {
  6721.               if (first_section == NULL)
  6722.                 first_section = section;
  6723.               section_count++;
  6724.             }
  6725.         }
  6726.  
  6727.       /* Allocate a segment map big enough to contain
  6728.          all of the sections we have selected.  */
  6729.       amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
  6730.       if (section_count != 0)
  6731.         amt += ((bfd_size_type) section_count - 1) * sizeof (asection *);
  6732.       map = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (obfd, amt);
  6733.       if (map == NULL)
  6734.         return FALSE;
  6735.  
  6736.       /* Initialize the fields of the output segment map with the
  6737.          input segment.  */
  6738.       map->next = NULL;
  6739.       map->p_type = segment->p_type;
  6740.       map->p_flags = segment->p_flags;
  6741.       map->p_flags_valid = 1;
  6742.       map->p_paddr = segment->p_paddr;
  6743.       map->p_paddr_valid = p_paddr_valid;
  6744.       map->p_align = segment->p_align;
  6745.       map->p_align_valid = 1;
  6746.       map->p_vaddr_offset = 0;
  6747.  
  6748.       if (map->p_type == PT_GNU_RELRO
  6749.           || map->p_type == PT_GNU_STACK)
  6750.         {
  6751.           /* The PT_GNU_RELRO segment may contain the first a few
  6752.              bytes in the .got.plt section even if the whole .got.plt
  6753.              section isn't in the PT_GNU_RELRO segment.  We won't
  6754.              change the size of the PT_GNU_RELRO segment.
  6755.              Similarly, PT_GNU_STACK size is significant on uclinux
  6756.              systems.    */
  6757.           map->p_size = segment->p_memsz;
  6758.           map->p_size_valid = 1;
  6759.         }
  6760.  
  6761.       /* Determine if this segment contains the ELF file header
  6762.          and if it contains the program headers themselves.  */
  6763.       map->includes_filehdr = (segment->p_offset == 0
  6764.                                && segment->p_filesz >= iehdr->e_ehsize);
  6765.  
  6766.       map->includes_phdrs = 0;
  6767.       if (! phdr_included || segment->p_type != PT_LOAD)
  6768.         {
  6769.           map->includes_phdrs =
  6770.             (segment->p_offset <= (bfd_vma) iehdr->e_phoff
  6771.              && (segment->p_offset + segment->p_filesz
  6772.                  >= ((bfd_vma) iehdr->e_phoff
  6773.                      + iehdr->e_phnum * iehdr->e_phentsize)));
  6774.  
  6775.           if (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD && map->includes_phdrs)
  6776.             phdr_included = TRUE;
  6777.         }
  6778.  
  6779.       lowest_section = NULL;
  6780.       if (section_count != 0)
  6781.         {
  6782.           unsigned int isec = 0;
  6783.  
  6784.           for (section = first_section;
  6785.                section != NULL;
  6786.                section = section->next)
  6787.             {
  6788.               this_hdr = &(elf_section_data(section)->this_hdr);
  6789.               if (ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (this_hdr, segment))
  6790.                 {
  6791.                   map->sections[isec++] = section->output_section;
  6792.                   if ((section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
  6793.                     {
  6794.                       bfd_vma seg_off;
  6795.  
  6796.                       if (lowest_section == NULL
  6797.                           || section->lma < lowest_section->lma)
  6798.                         lowest_section = section;
  6799.  
  6800.                       /* Section lmas are set up from PT_LOAD header
  6801.                          p_paddr in _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr.
  6802.                          If this header has a p_paddr that disagrees
  6803.                          with the section lma, flag the p_paddr as
  6804.                          invalid.  */
  6805.                       if ((section->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
  6806.                         seg_off = this_hdr->sh_offset - segment->p_offset;
  6807.                       else
  6808.                         seg_off = this_hdr->sh_addr - segment->p_vaddr;
  6809.                       if (section->lma - segment->p_paddr != seg_off)
  6810.                         map->p_paddr_valid = FALSE;
  6811.                     }
  6812.                   if (isec == section_count)
  6813.                     break;
  6814.                 }
  6815.             }
  6816.         }
  6817.  
  6818.       if (map->includes_filehdr && lowest_section != NULL)
  6819.         /* We need to keep the space used by the headers fixed.  */
  6820.         map->header_size = lowest_section->vma - segment->p_vaddr;
  6821.  
  6822.       if (!map->includes_phdrs
  6823.           && !map->includes_filehdr
  6824.           && map->p_paddr_valid)
  6825.         /* There is some other padding before the first section.  */
  6826.         map->p_vaddr_offset = ((lowest_section ? lowest_section->lma : 0)
  6827.                                - segment->p_paddr);
  6828.  
  6829.       map->count = section_count;
  6830.       *pointer_to_map = map;
  6831.       pointer_to_map = &map->next;
  6832.     }
  6833.  
  6834.   elf_seg_map (obfd) = map_first;
  6835.   return TRUE;
  6836. }
  6837.  
  6838. /* Copy private BFD data.  This copies or rewrites ELF program header
  6839.    information.  */
  6840.  
  6841. static bfd_boolean
  6842. copy_private_bfd_data (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd)
  6843. {
  6844.   if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
  6845.       || bfd_get_flavour (obfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
  6846.     return TRUE;
  6847.  
  6848.   if (elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr == NULL)
  6849.     return TRUE;
  6850.  
  6851.   if (ibfd->xvec == obfd->xvec)
  6852.     {
  6853.       /* Check to see if any sections in the input BFD
  6854.          covered by ELF program header have changed.  */
  6855.       Elf_Internal_Phdr *segment;
  6856.       asection *section, *osec;
  6857.       unsigned int i, num_segments;
  6858.       Elf_Internal_Shdr *this_hdr;
  6859.       const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
  6860.  
  6861.       bed = get_elf_backend_data (ibfd);
  6862.  
  6863.       /* Regenerate the segment map if p_paddr is set to 0.  */
  6864.       if (bed->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero)
  6865.         goto rewrite;
  6866.  
  6867.       /* Initialize the segment mark field.  */
  6868.       for (section = obfd->sections; section != NULL;
  6869.            section = section->next)
  6870.         section->segment_mark = FALSE;
  6871.  
  6872.       num_segments = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_phnum;
  6873.       for (i = 0, segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr;
  6874.            i < num_segments;
  6875.            i++, segment++)
  6876.         {
  6877.           /* PR binutils/3535.  The Solaris linker always sets the p_paddr
  6878.              and p_memsz fields of special segments (DYNAMIC, INTERP) to 0
  6879.              which severly confuses things, so always regenerate the segment
  6880.              map in this case.  */
  6881.           if (segment->p_paddr == 0
  6882.               && segment->p_memsz == 0
  6883.               && (segment->p_type == PT_INTERP || segment->p_type == PT_DYNAMIC))
  6884.             goto rewrite;
  6885.  
  6886.           for (section = ibfd->sections;
  6887.                section != NULL; section = section->next)
  6888.             {
  6889.               /* We mark the output section so that we know it comes
  6890.                  from the input BFD.  */
  6891.               osec = section->output_section;
  6892.               if (osec)
  6893.                 osec->segment_mark = TRUE;
  6894.  
  6895.               /* Check if this section is covered by the segment.  */
  6896.               this_hdr = &(elf_section_data(section)->this_hdr);
  6897.               if (ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (this_hdr, segment))
  6898.                 {
  6899.                   /* FIXME: Check if its output section is changed or
  6900.                      removed.  What else do we need to check?  */
  6901.                   if (osec == NULL
  6902.                       || section->flags != osec->flags
  6903.                       || section->lma != osec->lma
  6904.                       || section->vma != osec->vma
  6905.                       || section->size != osec->size
  6906.                       || section->rawsize != osec->rawsize
  6907.                       || section->alignment_power != osec->alignment_power)
  6908.                     goto rewrite;
  6909.                 }
  6910.             }
  6911.         }
  6912.  
  6913.       /* Check to see if any output section do not come from the
  6914.          input BFD.  */
  6915.       for (section = obfd->sections; section != NULL;
  6916.            section = section->next)
  6917.         {
  6918.           if (section->segment_mark == FALSE)
  6919.             goto rewrite;
  6920.           else
  6921.             section->segment_mark = FALSE;
  6922.         }
  6923.  
  6924.       return copy_elf_program_header (ibfd, obfd);
  6925.     }
  6926.  
  6927. rewrite:
  6928.   if (ibfd->xvec == obfd->xvec)
  6929.     {
  6930.       /* When rewriting program header, set the output maxpagesize to
  6931.          the maximum alignment of input PT_LOAD segments.  */
  6932.       Elf_Internal_Phdr *segment;
  6933.       unsigned int i;
  6934.       unsigned int num_segments = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_phnum;
  6935.       bfd_vma maxpagesize = 0;
  6936.  
  6937.       for (i = 0, segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr;
  6938.            i < num_segments;
  6939.            i++, segment++)
  6940.         if (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD
  6941.             && maxpagesize < segment->p_align)
  6942.           {
  6943.             /* PR 17512: file: f17299af.  */
  6944.             if (segment->p_align > (bfd_vma) 1 << ((sizeof (bfd_vma) * 8) - 2))
  6945.               (*_bfd_error_handler) (_("\
  6946. %B: warning: segment alignment of 0x%llx is too large"),
  6947.                                      ibfd, (long long) segment->p_align);
  6948.             else
  6949.               maxpagesize = segment->p_align;
  6950.           }
  6951.  
  6952.       if (maxpagesize != get_elf_backend_data (obfd)->maxpagesize)
  6953.         bfd_emul_set_maxpagesize (bfd_get_target (obfd), maxpagesize);
  6954.     }
  6955.  
  6956.   return rewrite_elf_program_header (ibfd, obfd);
  6957. }
  6958.  
  6959. /* Initialize private output section information from input section.  */
  6960.  
  6961. bfd_boolean
  6962. _bfd_elf_init_private_section_data (bfd *ibfd,
  6963.                                     asection *isec,
  6964.                                     bfd *obfd,
  6965.                                     asection *osec,
  6966.                                     struct bfd_link_info *link_info)
  6967.  
  6968. {
  6969.   Elf_Internal_Shdr *ihdr, *ohdr;
  6970.   bfd_boolean final_link = (link_info != NULL
  6971.                             && !bfd_link_relocatable (link_info));
  6972.  
  6973.   if (ibfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour
  6974.       || obfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
  6975.     return TRUE;
  6976.  
  6977.   BFD_ASSERT (elf_section_data (osec) != NULL);
  6978.  
  6979.   /* For objcopy and relocatable link, don't copy the output ELF
  6980.      section type from input if the output BFD section flags have been
  6981.      set to something different.  For a final link allow some flags
  6982.      that the linker clears to differ.  */
  6983.   if (elf_section_type (osec) == SHT_NULL
  6984.       && (osec->flags == isec->flags
  6985.           || (final_link
  6986.               && ((osec->flags ^ isec->flags)
  6987.                   & ~(SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES | SEC_RELOC)) == 0)))
  6988.     elf_section_type (osec) = elf_section_type (isec);
  6989.  
  6990.   /* FIXME: Is this correct for all OS/PROC specific flags?  */
  6991.   elf_section_flags (osec) |= (elf_section_flags (isec)
  6992.                                & (SHF_MASKOS | SHF_MASKPROC));
  6993.  
  6994.   /* Set things up for objcopy and relocatable link.  The output
  6995.      SHT_GROUP section will have its elf_next_in_group pointing back
  6996.      to the input group members.  Ignore linker created group section.
  6997.      See elfNN_ia64_object_p in elfxx-ia64.c.  */
  6998.   if (!final_link)
  6999.     {
  7000.       if (elf_sec_group (isec) == NULL
  7001.           || (elf_sec_group (isec)->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) == 0)
  7002.         {
  7003.           if (elf_section_flags (isec) & SHF_GROUP)
  7004.             elf_section_flags (osec) |= SHF_GROUP;
  7005.           elf_next_in_group (osec) = elf_next_in_group (isec);
  7006.           elf_section_data (osec)->group = elf_section_data (isec)->group;
  7007.         }
  7008.  
  7009.       /* If not decompress, preserve SHF_COMPRESSED.  */
  7010.       if ((ibfd->flags & BFD_DECOMPRESS) == 0)
  7011.         elf_section_flags (osec) |= (elf_section_flags (isec)
  7012.                                      & SHF_COMPRESSED);
  7013.     }
  7014.  
  7015.   ihdr = &elf_section_data (isec)->this_hdr;
  7016.  
  7017.   /* We need to handle elf_linked_to_section for SHF_LINK_ORDER. We
  7018.      don't use the output section of the linked-to section since it
  7019.      may be NULL at this point.  */
  7020.   if ((ihdr->sh_flags & SHF_LINK_ORDER) != 0)
  7021.     {
  7022.       ohdr = &elf_section_data (osec)->this_hdr;
  7023.       ohdr->sh_flags |= SHF_LINK_ORDER;
  7024.       elf_linked_to_section (osec) = elf_linked_to_section (isec);
  7025.     }
  7026.  
  7027.   osec->use_rela_p = isec->use_rela_p;
  7028.  
  7029.   return TRUE;
  7030. }
  7031.  
  7032. /* Copy private section information.  This copies over the entsize
  7033.    field, and sometimes the info field.  */
  7034.  
  7035. bfd_boolean
  7036. _bfd_elf_copy_private_section_data (bfd *ibfd,
  7037.                                     asection *isec,
  7038.                                     bfd *obfd,
  7039.                                     asection *osec)
  7040. {
  7041.   Elf_Internal_Shdr *ihdr, *ohdr;
  7042.  
  7043.   if (ibfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour
  7044.       || obfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
  7045.     return TRUE;
  7046.  
  7047.   ihdr = &elf_section_data (isec)->this_hdr;
  7048.   ohdr = &elf_section_data (osec)->this_hdr;
  7049.  
  7050.   ohdr->sh_entsize = ihdr->sh_entsize;
  7051.  
  7052.   if (ihdr->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB
  7053.       || ihdr->sh_type == SHT_DYNSYM
  7054.       || ihdr->sh_type == SHT_GNU_verneed
  7055.       || ihdr->sh_type == SHT_GNU_verdef)
  7056.     ohdr->sh_info = ihdr->sh_info;
  7057.  
  7058.   return _bfd_elf_init_private_section_data (ibfd, isec, obfd, osec,
  7059.                                              NULL);
  7060. }
  7061.  
  7062. /* Look at all the SHT_GROUP sections in IBFD, making any adjustments
  7063.    necessary if we are removing either the SHT_GROUP section or any of
  7064.    the group member sections.  DISCARDED is the value that a section's
  7065.    output_section has if the section will be discarded, NULL when this
  7066.    function is called from objcopy, bfd_abs_section_ptr when called
  7067.    from the linker.  */
  7068.  
  7069. bfd_boolean
  7070. _bfd_elf_fixup_group_sections (bfd *ibfd, asection *discarded)
  7071. {
  7072.   asection *isec;
  7073.  
  7074.   for (isec = ibfd->sections; isec != NULL; isec = isec->next)
  7075.     if (elf_section_type (isec) == SHT_GROUP)
  7076.       {
  7077.         asection *first = elf_next_in_group (isec);
  7078.         asection *s = first;
  7079.         bfd_size_type removed = 0;
  7080.  
  7081.         while (s != NULL)
  7082.           {
  7083.             /* If this member section is being output but the
  7084.                SHT_GROUP section is not, then clear the group info
  7085.                set up by _bfd_elf_copy_private_section_data.  */
  7086.             if (s->output_section != discarded
  7087.                 && isec->output_section == discarded)
  7088.               {
  7089.                 elf_section_flags (s->output_section) &= ~SHF_GROUP;
  7090.                 elf_group_name (s->output_section) = NULL;
  7091.               }
  7092.             /* Conversely, if the member section is not being output
  7093.                but the SHT_GROUP section is, then adjust its size.  */
  7094.             else if (s->output_section == discarded
  7095.                      && isec->output_section != discarded)
  7096.               removed += 4;
  7097.             s = elf_next_in_group (s);
  7098.             if (s == first)
  7099.               break;
  7100.           }
  7101.         if (removed != 0)
  7102.           {
  7103.             if (discarded != NULL)
  7104.               {
  7105.                 /* If we've been called for ld -r, then we need to
  7106.                    adjust the input section size.  This function may
  7107.                    be called multiple times, so save the original
  7108.                    size.  */
  7109.                 if (isec->rawsize == 0)
  7110.                   isec->rawsize = isec->size;
  7111.                 isec->size = isec->rawsize - removed;
  7112.               }
  7113.             else
  7114.               {
  7115.                 /* Adjust the output section size when called from
  7116.                    objcopy. */
  7117.                 isec->output_section->size -= removed;
  7118.               }
  7119.           }
  7120.       }
  7121.  
  7122.   return TRUE;
  7123. }
  7124.  
  7125. /* Copy private header information.  */
  7126.  
  7127. bfd_boolean
  7128. _bfd_elf_copy_private_header_data (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd)
  7129. {
  7130.   if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
  7131.       || bfd_get_flavour (obfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
  7132.     return TRUE;
  7133.  
  7134.   /* Copy over private BFD data if it has not already been copied.
  7135.      This must be done here, rather than in the copy_private_bfd_data
  7136.      entry point, because the latter is called after the section
  7137.      contents have been set, which means that the program headers have
  7138.      already been worked out.  */
  7139.   if (elf_seg_map (obfd) == NULL && elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr != NULL)
  7140.     {
  7141.       if (! copy_private_bfd_data (ibfd, obfd))
  7142.         return FALSE;
  7143.     }
  7144.  
  7145.   return _bfd_elf_fixup_group_sections (ibfd, NULL);
  7146. }
  7147.  
  7148. /* Copy private symbol information.  If this symbol is in a section
  7149.    which we did not map into a BFD section, try to map the section
  7150.    index correctly.  We use special macro definitions for the mapped
  7151.    section indices; these definitions are interpreted by the
  7152.    swap_out_syms function.  */
  7153.  
  7154. #define MAP_ONESYMTAB (SHN_HIOS + 1)
  7155. #define MAP_DYNSYMTAB (SHN_HIOS + 2)
  7156. #define MAP_STRTAB    (SHN_HIOS + 3)
  7157. #define MAP_SHSTRTAB  (SHN_HIOS + 4)
  7158. #define MAP_SYM_SHNDX (SHN_HIOS + 5)
  7159.  
  7160. bfd_boolean
  7161. _bfd_elf_copy_private_symbol_data (bfd *ibfd,
  7162.                                    asymbol *isymarg,
  7163.                                    bfd *obfd,
  7164.                                    asymbol *osymarg)
  7165. {
  7166.   elf_symbol_type *isym, *osym;
  7167.  
  7168.   if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
  7169.       || bfd_get_flavour (obfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
  7170.     return TRUE;
  7171.  
  7172.   isym = elf_symbol_from (ibfd, isymarg);
  7173.   osym = elf_symbol_from (obfd, osymarg);
  7174.  
  7175.   if (isym != NULL
  7176.       && isym->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx != 0
  7177.       && osym != NULL
  7178.       && bfd_is_abs_section (isym->symbol.section))
  7179.     {
  7180.       unsigned int shndx;
  7181.  
  7182.       shndx = isym->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx;
  7183.       if (shndx == elf_onesymtab (ibfd))
  7184.         shndx = MAP_ONESYMTAB;
  7185.       else if (shndx == elf_dynsymtab (ibfd))
  7186.         shndx = MAP_DYNSYMTAB;
  7187.       else if (shndx == elf_strtab_sec (ibfd))
  7188.         shndx = MAP_STRTAB;
  7189.       else if (shndx == elf_shstrtab_sec (ibfd))
  7190.         shndx = MAP_SHSTRTAB;
  7191.       else if (find_section_in_list (shndx, elf_symtab_shndx_list (ibfd)))
  7192.         shndx = MAP_SYM_SHNDX;
  7193.       osym->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx = shndx;
  7194.     }
  7195.  
  7196.   return TRUE;
  7197. }
  7198.  
  7199. /* Swap out the symbols.  */
  7200.  
  7201. static bfd_boolean
  7202. swap_out_syms (bfd *abfd,
  7203.                struct elf_strtab_hash **sttp,
  7204.                int relocatable_p)
  7205. {
  7206.   const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
  7207.   int symcount;
  7208.   asymbol **syms;
  7209.   struct elf_strtab_hash *stt;
  7210.   Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
  7211.   Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_shndx_hdr;
  7212.   Elf_Internal_Shdr *symstrtab_hdr;
  7213.   struct elf_sym_strtab *symstrtab;
  7214.   bfd_byte *outbound_syms;
  7215.   bfd_byte *outbound_shndx;
  7216.   unsigned long outbound_syms_index;
  7217.   unsigned long outbound_shndx_index;
  7218.   int idx;
  7219.   unsigned int num_locals;
  7220.   bfd_size_type amt;
  7221.   bfd_boolean name_local_sections;
  7222.  
  7223.   if (!elf_map_symbols (abfd, &num_locals))
  7224.     return FALSE;
  7225.  
  7226.   /* Dump out the symtabs.  */
  7227.   stt = _bfd_elf_strtab_init ();
  7228.   if (stt == NULL)
  7229.     return FALSE;
  7230.  
  7231.   bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
  7232.   symcount = bfd_get_symcount (abfd);
  7233.   symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
  7234.   symtab_hdr->sh_type = SHT_SYMTAB;
  7235.   symtab_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_sym;
  7236.   symtab_hdr->sh_size = symtab_hdr->sh_entsize * (symcount + 1);
  7237.   symtab_hdr->sh_info = num_locals + 1;
  7238.   symtab_hdr->sh_addralign = (bfd_vma) 1 << bed->s->log_file_align;
  7239.  
  7240.   symstrtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr;
  7241.   symstrtab_hdr->sh_type = SHT_STRTAB;
  7242.  
  7243.   /* Allocate buffer to swap out the .strtab section.  */
  7244.   symstrtab = (struct elf_sym_strtab *) bfd_malloc ((symcount + 1)
  7245.                                                     * sizeof (*symstrtab));
  7246.   if (symstrtab == NULL)
  7247.     {
  7248.       _bfd_elf_strtab_free (stt);
  7249.       return FALSE;
  7250.     }
  7251.  
  7252.   outbound_syms = (bfd_byte *) bfd_alloc2 (abfd, 1 + symcount,
  7253.                                            bed->s->sizeof_sym);
  7254.   if (outbound_syms == NULL)
  7255.     {
  7256. error_return:
  7257.       _bfd_elf_strtab_free (stt);
  7258.       free (symstrtab);
  7259.       return FALSE;
  7260.     }
  7261.   symtab_hdr->contents = outbound_syms;
  7262.   outbound_syms_index = 0;
  7263.  
  7264.   outbound_shndx = NULL;
  7265.   outbound_shndx_index = 0;
  7266.  
  7267.   if (elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd))
  7268.     {
  7269.       symtab_shndx_hdr = & elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd)->hdr;
  7270.       if (symtab_shndx_hdr->sh_name != 0)
  7271.         {
  7272.           amt = (bfd_size_type) (1 + symcount) * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx);
  7273.           outbound_shndx =  (bfd_byte *)
  7274.             bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, 1 + symcount, sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx));
  7275.           if (outbound_shndx == NULL)
  7276.             goto error_return;
  7277.  
  7278.           symtab_shndx_hdr->contents = outbound_shndx;
  7279.           symtab_shndx_hdr->sh_type = SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX;
  7280.           symtab_shndx_hdr->sh_size = amt;
  7281.           symtab_shndx_hdr->sh_addralign = sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx);
  7282.           symtab_shndx_hdr->sh_entsize = sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx);
  7283.         }
  7284.       /* FIXME: What about any other headers in the list ?  */
  7285.     }
  7286.  
  7287.   /* Now generate the data (for "contents").  */
  7288.   {
  7289.     /* Fill in zeroth symbol and swap it out.  */
  7290.     Elf_Internal_Sym sym;
  7291.     sym.st_name = 0;
  7292.     sym.st_value = 0;
  7293.     sym.st_size = 0;
  7294.     sym.st_info = 0;
  7295.     sym.st_other = 0;
  7296.     sym.st_shndx = SHN_UNDEF;
  7297.     sym.st_target_internal = 0;
  7298.     symstrtab[0].sym = sym;
  7299.     symstrtab[0].dest_index = outbound_syms_index;
  7300.     symstrtab[0].destshndx_index = outbound_shndx_index;
  7301.     outbound_syms_index++;
  7302.     if (outbound_shndx != NULL)
  7303.       outbound_shndx_index++;
  7304.   }
  7305.  
  7306.   name_local_sections
  7307.     = (bed->elf_backend_name_local_section_symbols
  7308.        && bed->elf_backend_name_local_section_symbols (abfd));
  7309.  
  7310.   syms = bfd_get_outsymbols (abfd);
  7311.   for (idx = 0; idx < symcount;)
  7312.     {
  7313.       Elf_Internal_Sym sym;
  7314.       bfd_vma value = syms[idx]->value;
  7315.       elf_symbol_type *type_ptr;
  7316.       flagword flags = syms[idx]->flags;
  7317.       int type;
  7318.  
  7319.       if (!name_local_sections
  7320.           && (flags & (BSF_SECTION_SYM | BSF_GLOBAL)) == BSF_SECTION_SYM)
  7321.         {
  7322.           /* Local section symbols have no name.  */
  7323.           sym.st_name = (unsigned long) -1;
  7324.         }
  7325.       else
  7326.         {
  7327.           /* Call _bfd_elf_strtab_offset after _bfd_elf_strtab_finalize
  7328.              to get the final offset for st_name.  */
  7329.           sym.st_name
  7330.             = (unsigned long) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (stt, syms[idx]->name,
  7331.                                                    FALSE);
  7332.           if (sym.st_name == (unsigned long) -1)
  7333.             goto error_return;
  7334.         }
  7335.  
  7336.       type_ptr = elf_symbol_from (abfd, syms[idx]);
  7337.  
  7338.       if ((flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) == 0
  7339.           && bfd_is_com_section (syms[idx]->section))
  7340.         {
  7341.           /* ELF common symbols put the alignment into the `value' field,
  7342.              and the size into the `size' field.  This is backwards from
  7343.              how BFD handles it, so reverse it here.  */
  7344.           sym.st_size = value;
  7345.           if (type_ptr == NULL
  7346.               || type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_value == 0)
  7347.             sym.st_value = value >= 16 ? 16 : (1 << bfd_log2 (value));
  7348.           else
  7349.             sym.st_value = type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_value;
  7350.           sym.st_shndx = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section
  7351.             (abfd, syms[idx]->section);
  7352.         }
  7353.       else
  7354.         {
  7355.           asection *sec = syms[idx]->section;
  7356.           unsigned int shndx;
  7357.  
  7358.           if (sec->output_section)
  7359.             {
  7360.               value += sec->output_offset;
  7361.               sec = sec->output_section;
  7362.             }
  7363.  
  7364.           /* Don't add in the section vma for relocatable output.  */
  7365.           if (! relocatable_p)
  7366.             value += sec->vma;
  7367.           sym.st_value = value;
  7368.           sym.st_size = type_ptr ? type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_size : 0;
  7369.  
  7370.           if (bfd_is_abs_section (sec)
  7371.               && type_ptr != NULL
  7372.               && type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx != 0)
  7373.             {
  7374.               /* This symbol is in a real ELF section which we did
  7375.                  not create as a BFD section.  Undo the mapping done
  7376.                  by copy_private_symbol_data.  */
  7377.               shndx = type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx;
  7378.               switch (shndx)
  7379.                 {
  7380.                 case MAP_ONESYMTAB:
  7381.                   shndx = elf_onesymtab (abfd);
  7382.                   break;
  7383.                 case MAP_DYNSYMTAB:
  7384.                   shndx = elf_dynsymtab (abfd);
  7385.                   break;
  7386.                 case MAP_STRTAB:
  7387.                   shndx = elf_strtab_sec (abfd);
  7388.                   break;
  7389.                 case MAP_SHSTRTAB:
  7390.                   shndx = elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd);
  7391.                   break;
  7392.                 case MAP_SYM_SHNDX:
  7393.                   if (elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd))
  7394.                     shndx = elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd)->ndx;
  7395.                   break;
  7396.                 default:
  7397.                   shndx = SHN_ABS;
  7398.                   break;
  7399.                 }
  7400.             }
  7401.           else
  7402.             {
  7403.               shndx = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, sec);
  7404.  
  7405.               if (shndx == SHN_BAD)
  7406.                 {
  7407.                   asection *sec2;
  7408.  
  7409.                   /* Writing this would be a hell of a lot easier if
  7410.                      we had some decent documentation on bfd, and
  7411.                      knew what to expect of the library, and what to
  7412.                      demand of applications.  For example, it
  7413.                      appears that `objcopy' might not set the
  7414.                      section of a symbol to be a section that is
  7415.                      actually in the output file.  */
  7416.                   sec2 = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, sec->name);
  7417.                   if (sec2 == NULL)
  7418.                     {
  7419.                       _bfd_error_handler (_("\
  7420. Unable to find equivalent output section for symbol '%s' from section '%s'"),
  7421.                                           syms[idx]->name ? syms[idx]->name : "<Local sym>",
  7422.                                           sec->name);
  7423.                       bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation);
  7424.                       goto error_return;
  7425.                     }
  7426.  
  7427.                   shndx = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, sec2);
  7428.                   BFD_ASSERT (shndx != SHN_BAD);
  7429.                 }
  7430.             }
  7431.  
  7432.           sym.st_shndx = shndx;
  7433.         }
  7434.  
  7435.       if ((flags & BSF_THREAD_LOCAL) != 0)
  7436.         type = STT_TLS;
  7437.       else if ((flags & BSF_GNU_INDIRECT_FUNCTION) != 0)
  7438.         type = STT_GNU_IFUNC;
  7439.       else if ((flags & BSF_FUNCTION) != 0)
  7440.         type = STT_FUNC;
  7441.       else if ((flags & BSF_OBJECT) != 0)
  7442.         type = STT_OBJECT;
  7443.       else if ((flags & BSF_RELC) != 0)
  7444.         type = STT_RELC;
  7445.       else if ((flags & BSF_SRELC) != 0)
  7446.         type = STT_SRELC;
  7447.       else
  7448.         type = STT_NOTYPE;
  7449.  
  7450.       if (syms[idx]->section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)
  7451.         type = STT_TLS;
  7452.  
  7453.       /* Processor-specific types.  */
  7454.       if (type_ptr != NULL
  7455.           && bed->elf_backend_get_symbol_type)
  7456.         type = ((*bed->elf_backend_get_symbol_type)
  7457.                 (&type_ptr->internal_elf_sym, type));
  7458.  
  7459.       if (flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM)
  7460.         {
  7461.           if (flags & BSF_GLOBAL)
  7462.             sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, STT_SECTION);
  7463.           else
  7464.             sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL, STT_SECTION);
  7465.         }
  7466.       else if (bfd_is_com_section (syms[idx]->section))
  7467.         {
  7468. #ifdef USE_STT_COMMON
  7469.           if (type == STT_OBJECT)
  7470.             sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, STT_COMMON);
  7471.           else
  7472. #endif
  7473.             sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, type);
  7474.         }
  7475.       else if (bfd_is_und_section (syms[idx]->section))
  7476.         sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (((flags & BSF_WEAK)
  7477.                                     ? STB_WEAK
  7478.                                     : STB_GLOBAL),
  7479.                                    type);
  7480.       else if (flags & BSF_FILE)
  7481.         sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL, STT_FILE);
  7482.       else
  7483.         {
  7484.           int bind = STB_LOCAL;
  7485.  
  7486.           if (flags & BSF_LOCAL)
  7487.             bind = STB_LOCAL;
  7488.           else if (flags & BSF_GNU_UNIQUE)
  7489.             bind = STB_GNU_UNIQUE;
  7490.           else if (flags & BSF_WEAK)
  7491.             bind = STB_WEAK;
  7492.           else if (flags & BSF_GLOBAL)
  7493.             bind = STB_GLOBAL;
  7494.  
  7495.           sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (bind, type);
  7496.         }
  7497.  
  7498.       if (type_ptr != NULL)
  7499.         {
  7500.           sym.st_other = type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_other;
  7501.           sym.st_target_internal
  7502.             = type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_target_internal;
  7503.         }
  7504.       else
  7505.         {
  7506.           sym.st_other = 0;
  7507.           sym.st_target_internal = 0;
  7508.         }
  7509.  
  7510.       idx++;
  7511.       symstrtab[idx].sym = sym;
  7512.       symstrtab[idx].dest_index = outbound_syms_index;
  7513.       symstrtab[idx].destshndx_index = outbound_shndx_index;
  7514.  
  7515.       outbound_syms_index++;
  7516.       if (outbound_shndx != NULL)
  7517.         outbound_shndx_index++;
  7518.     }
  7519.  
  7520.   /* Finalize the .strtab section.  */
  7521.   _bfd_elf_strtab_finalize (stt);
  7522.  
  7523.   /* Swap out the .strtab section.  */
  7524.   for (idx = 0; idx <= symcount; idx++)
  7525.     {
  7526.       struct elf_sym_strtab *elfsym = &symstrtab[idx];
  7527.       if (elfsym->sym.st_name == (unsigned long) -1)
  7528.         elfsym->sym.st_name = 0;
  7529.       else
  7530.         elfsym->sym.st_name = _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (stt,
  7531.                                                       elfsym->sym.st_name);
  7532.       bed->s->swap_symbol_out (abfd, &elfsym->sym,
  7533.                                (outbound_syms
  7534.                                 + (elfsym->dest_index
  7535.                                    * bed->s->sizeof_sym)),
  7536.                                (outbound_shndx
  7537.                                 + (elfsym->destshndx_index
  7538.                                    * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx))));
  7539.     }
  7540.   free (symstrtab);
  7541.  
  7542.   *sttp = stt;
  7543.   symstrtab_hdr->sh_size = _bfd_elf_strtab_size (stt);
  7544.   symstrtab_hdr->sh_type = SHT_STRTAB;
  7545.  
  7546.   symstrtab_hdr->sh_flags = 0;
  7547.   symstrtab_hdr->sh_addr = 0;
  7548.   symstrtab_hdr->sh_entsize = 0;
  7549.   symstrtab_hdr->sh_link = 0;
  7550.   symstrtab_hdr->sh_info = 0;
  7551.   symstrtab_hdr->sh_addralign = 1;
  7552.  
  7553.   return TRUE;
  7554. }
  7555.  
  7556. /* Return the number of bytes required to hold the symtab vector.
  7557.  
  7558.    Note that we base it on the count plus 1, since we will null terminate
  7559.    the vector allocated based on this size.  However, the ELF symbol table
  7560.    always has a dummy entry as symbol #0, so it ends up even.  */
  7561.  
  7562. long
  7563. _bfd_elf_get_symtab_upper_bound (bfd *abfd)
  7564. {
  7565.   long symcount;
  7566.   long symtab_size;
  7567.   Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
  7568.  
  7569.   symcount = hdr->sh_size / get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_sym;
  7570.   symtab_size = (symcount + 1) * (sizeof (asymbol *));
  7571.   if (symcount > 0)
  7572.     symtab_size -= sizeof (asymbol *);
  7573.  
  7574.   return symtab_size;
  7575. }
  7576.  
  7577. long
  7578. _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_symtab_upper_bound (bfd *abfd)
  7579. {
  7580.   long symcount;
  7581.   long symtab_size;
  7582.   Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynsymtab_hdr;
  7583.  
  7584.   if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == 0)
  7585.     {
  7586.       bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation);
  7587.       return -1;
  7588.     }
  7589.  
  7590.   symcount = hdr->sh_size / get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_sym;
  7591.   symtab_size = (symcount + 1) * (sizeof (asymbol *));
  7592.   if (symcount > 0)
  7593.     symtab_size -= sizeof (asymbol *);
  7594.  
  7595.   return symtab_size;
  7596. }
  7597.  
  7598. long
  7599. _bfd_elf_get_reloc_upper_bound (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
  7600.                                 sec_ptr asect)
  7601. {
  7602.   return (asect->reloc_count + 1) * sizeof (arelent *);
  7603. }
  7604.  
  7605. /* Canonicalize the relocs.  */
  7606.  
  7607. long
  7608. _bfd_elf_canonicalize_reloc (bfd *abfd,
  7609.                              sec_ptr section,
  7610.                              arelent **relptr,
  7611.                              asymbol **symbols)
  7612. {
  7613.   arelent *tblptr;
  7614.   unsigned int i;
  7615.   const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
  7616.  
  7617.   if (! bed->s->slurp_reloc_table (abfd, section, symbols, FALSE))
  7618.     return -1;
  7619.  
  7620.   tblptr = section->relocation;
  7621.   for (i = 0; i < section->reloc_count; i++)
  7622.     *relptr++ = tblptr++;
  7623.  
  7624.   *relptr = NULL;
  7625.  
  7626.   return section->reloc_count;
  7627. }
  7628.  
  7629. long
  7630. _bfd_elf_canonicalize_symtab (bfd *abfd, asymbol **allocation)
  7631. {
  7632.   const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
  7633.   long symcount = bed->s->slurp_symbol_table (abfd, allocation, FALSE);
  7634.  
  7635.   if (symcount >= 0)
  7636.     bfd_get_symcount (abfd) = symcount;
  7637.   return symcount;
  7638. }
  7639.  
  7640. long
  7641. _bfd_elf_canonicalize_dynamic_symtab (bfd *abfd,
  7642.                                       asymbol **allocation)
  7643. {
  7644.   const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
  7645.   long symcount = bed->s->slurp_symbol_table (abfd, allocation, TRUE);
  7646.  
  7647.   if (symcount >= 0)
  7648.     bfd_get_dynamic_symcount (abfd) = symcount;
  7649.   return symcount;
  7650. }
  7651.  
  7652. /* Return the size required for the dynamic reloc entries.  Any loadable
  7653.    section that was actually installed in the BFD, and has type SHT_REL
  7654.    or SHT_RELA, and uses the dynamic symbol table, is considered to be a
  7655.    dynamic reloc section.  */
  7656.  
  7657. long
  7658. _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_reloc_upper_bound (bfd *abfd)
  7659. {
  7660.   long ret;
  7661.   asection *s;
  7662.  
  7663.   if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == 0)
  7664.     {
  7665.       bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation);
  7666.       return -1;
  7667.     }
  7668.  
  7669.   ret = sizeof (arelent *);
  7670.   for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
  7671.     if (elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_link == elf_dynsymtab (abfd)
  7672.         && (elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_REL
  7673.             || elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_RELA))
  7674.       ret += ((s->size / elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_entsize)
  7675.               * sizeof (arelent *));
  7676.  
  7677.   return ret;
  7678. }
  7679.  
  7680. /* Canonicalize the dynamic relocation entries.  Note that we return the
  7681.    dynamic relocations as a single block, although they are actually
  7682.    associated with particular sections; the interface, which was
  7683.    designed for SunOS style shared libraries, expects that there is only
  7684.    one set of dynamic relocs.  Any loadable section that was actually
  7685.    installed in the BFD, and has type SHT_REL or SHT_RELA, and uses the
  7686.    dynamic symbol table, is considered to be a dynamic reloc section.  */
  7687.  
  7688. long
  7689. _bfd_elf_canonicalize_dynamic_reloc (bfd *abfd,
  7690.                                      arelent **storage,
  7691.                                      asymbol **syms)
  7692. {
  7693.   bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs) (bfd *, asection *, asymbol **, bfd_boolean);
  7694.   asection *s;
  7695.   long ret;
  7696.  
  7697.   if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == 0)
  7698.     {
  7699.       bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation);
  7700.       return -1;
  7701.     }
  7702.  
  7703.   slurp_relocs = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->slurp_reloc_table;
  7704.   ret = 0;
  7705.   for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
  7706.     {
  7707.       if (elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_link == elf_dynsymtab (abfd)
  7708.           && (elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_REL
  7709.               || elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_RELA))
  7710.         {
  7711.           arelent *p;
  7712.           long count, i;
  7713.  
  7714.           if (! (*slurp_relocs) (abfd, s, syms, TRUE))
  7715.             return -1;
  7716.           count = s->size / elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_entsize;
  7717.           p = s->relocation;
  7718.           for (i = 0; i < count; i++)
  7719.             *storage++ = p++;
  7720.           ret += count;
  7721.         }
  7722.     }
  7723.  
  7724.   *storage = NULL;
  7725.  
  7726.   return ret;
  7727. }
  7729. /* Read in the version information.  */
  7730.  
  7731. bfd_boolean
  7732. _bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables (bfd *abfd, bfd_boolean default_imported_symver)
  7733. {
  7734.   bfd_byte *contents = NULL;
  7735.   unsigned int freeidx = 0;
  7736.  
  7737.   if (elf_dynverref (abfd) != 0)
  7738.     {
  7739.       Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
  7740.       Elf_External_Verneed *everneed;
  7741.       Elf_Internal_Verneed *iverneed;
  7742.       unsigned int i;
  7743.       bfd_byte *contents_end;
  7744.  
  7745.       hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverref_hdr;
  7746.  
  7747.       if (hdr->sh_info == 0 || hdr->sh_size < sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed))
  7748.         {
  7749. error_return_bad_verref:
  7750.           (*_bfd_error_handler)
  7751.             (_("%B: .gnu.version_r invalid entry"), abfd);
  7752.           bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
  7753. error_return_verref:
  7754.           elf_tdata (abfd)->verref = NULL;
  7755.           elf_tdata (abfd)->cverrefs = 0;
  7756.           goto error_return;
  7757.         }
  7758.  
  7759.       contents = (bfd_byte *) bfd_malloc (hdr->sh_size);
  7760.       if (contents == NULL)
  7761.         goto error_return_verref;
  7762.  
  7763.       if (bfd_seek (abfd, hdr->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0
  7764.           || bfd_bread (contents, hdr->sh_size, abfd) != hdr->sh_size)
  7765.         goto error_return_verref;
  7766.  
  7767.       elf_tdata (abfd)->verref = (Elf_Internal_Verneed *)
  7768.         bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, hdr->sh_info, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verneed));
  7769.  
  7770.       if (elf_tdata (abfd)->verref == NULL)
  7771.         goto error_return_verref;
  7772.  
  7773.       BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed)
  7774.                   == sizeof (Elf_External_Vernaux));
  7775.       contents_end = contents + hdr->sh_size - sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed);
  7776.       everneed = (Elf_External_Verneed *) contents;
  7777.       iverneed = elf_tdata (abfd)->verref;
  7778.       for (i = 0; i < hdr->sh_info; i++, iverneed++)
  7779.         {
  7780.           Elf_External_Vernaux *evernaux;
  7781.           Elf_Internal_Vernaux *ivernaux;
  7782.           unsigned int j;
  7783.  
  7784.           _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_in (abfd, everneed, iverneed);
  7785.  
  7786.           iverneed->vn_bfd = abfd;
  7787.  
  7788.           iverneed->vn_filename =
  7789.             bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, hdr->sh_link,
  7790.                                              iverneed->vn_file);
  7791.           if (iverneed->vn_filename == NULL)
  7792.             goto error_return_bad_verref;
  7793.  
  7794.           if (iverneed->vn_cnt == 0)
  7795.             iverneed->vn_auxptr = NULL;
  7796.           else
  7797.             {
  7798.               iverneed->vn_auxptr = (struct elf_internal_vernaux *)
  7799.                   bfd_alloc2 (abfd, iverneed->vn_cnt,
  7800.                               sizeof (Elf_Internal_Vernaux));
  7801.               if (iverneed->vn_auxptr == NULL)
  7802.                 goto error_return_verref;
  7803.             }
  7804.  
  7805.           if (iverneed->vn_aux
  7806.               > (size_t) (contents_end - (bfd_byte *) everneed))
  7807.             goto error_return_bad_verref;
  7808.  
  7809.           evernaux = ((Elf_External_Vernaux *)
  7810.                       ((bfd_byte *) everneed + iverneed->vn_aux));
  7811.           ivernaux = iverneed->vn_auxptr;
  7812.           for (j = 0; j < iverneed->vn_cnt; j++, ivernaux++)
  7813.             {
  7814.               _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_in (abfd, evernaux, ivernaux);
  7815.  
  7816.               ivernaux->vna_nodename =
  7817.                 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, hdr->sh_link,
  7818.                                                  ivernaux->vna_name);
  7819.               if (ivernaux->vna_nodename == NULL)
  7820.                 goto error_return_bad_verref;
  7821.  
  7822.               if (ivernaux->vna_other > freeidx)
  7823.                 freeidx = ivernaux->vna_other;
  7824.  
  7825.               ivernaux->vna_nextptr = NULL;
  7826.               if (ivernaux->vna_next == 0)
  7827.                 {
  7828.                   iverneed->vn_cnt = j + 1;
  7829.                   break;
  7830.                 }
  7831.               if (j + 1 < iverneed->vn_cnt)
  7832.                 ivernaux->vna_nextptr = ivernaux + 1;
  7833.  
  7834.               if (ivernaux->vna_next
  7835.                   > (size_t) (contents_end - (bfd_byte *) evernaux))
  7836.                 goto error_return_bad_verref;
  7837.  
  7838.               evernaux = ((Elf_External_Vernaux *)
  7839.                           ((bfd_byte *) evernaux + ivernaux->vna_next));
  7840.             }
  7841.  
  7842.           iverneed->vn_nextref = NULL;
  7843.           if (iverneed->vn_next == 0)
  7844.             break;
  7845.           if (i + 1 < hdr->sh_info)
  7846.             iverneed->vn_nextref = iverneed + 1;
  7847.  
  7848.           if (iverneed->vn_next
  7849.               > (size_t) (contents_end - (bfd_byte *) everneed))
  7850.             goto error_return_bad_verref;
  7851.  
  7852.           everneed = ((Elf_External_Verneed *)
  7853.                       ((bfd_byte *) everneed + iverneed->vn_next));
  7854.         }
  7855.       elf_tdata (abfd)->cverrefs = i;
  7856.  
  7857.       free (contents);
  7858.       contents = NULL;
  7859.     }
  7860.  
  7861.   if (elf_dynverdef (abfd) != 0)
  7862.     {
  7863.       Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
  7864.       Elf_External_Verdef *everdef;
  7865.       Elf_Internal_Verdef *iverdef;
  7866.       Elf_Internal_Verdef *iverdefarr;
  7867.       Elf_Internal_Verdef iverdefmem;
  7868.       unsigned int i;
  7869.       unsigned int maxidx;
  7870.       bfd_byte *contents_end_def, *contents_end_aux;
  7871.  
  7872.       hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverdef_hdr;
  7873.  
  7874.       if (hdr->sh_info == 0 || hdr->sh_size < sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef))
  7875.         {
  7876.         error_return_bad_verdef:
  7877.           (*_bfd_error_handler)
  7878.             (_("%B: .gnu.version_d invalid entry"), abfd);
  7879.           bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
  7880.         error_return_verdef:
  7881.           elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef = NULL;
  7882.           elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs = 0;
  7883.           goto error_return;
  7884.         }
  7885.  
  7886.       contents = (bfd_byte *) bfd_malloc (hdr->sh_size);
  7887.       if (contents == NULL)
  7888.         goto error_return_verdef;
  7889.       if (bfd_seek (abfd, hdr->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0
  7890.           || bfd_bread (contents, hdr->sh_size, abfd) != hdr->sh_size)
  7891.         goto error_return_verdef;
  7892.  
  7893.       BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef)
  7894.                   >= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux));
  7895.       contents_end_def = contents + hdr->sh_size
  7896.                          - sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef);
  7897.       contents_end_aux = contents + hdr->sh_size
  7898.                          - sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux);
  7899.  
  7900.       /* We know the number of entries in the section but not the maximum
  7901.          index.  Therefore we have to run through all entries and find
  7902.          the maximum.  */
  7903.       everdef = (Elf_External_Verdef *) contents;
  7904.       maxidx = 0;
  7905.       for (i = 0; i < hdr->sh_info; ++i)
  7906.         {
  7907.           _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (abfd, everdef, &iverdefmem);
  7908.  
  7909.           if ((iverdefmem.vd_ndx & ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION)) == 0)
  7910.             goto error_return_bad_verdef;
  7911.           if ((iverdefmem.vd_ndx & ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION)) > maxidx)
  7912.             maxidx = iverdefmem.vd_ndx & ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION);
  7913.  
  7914.           if (iverdefmem.vd_next == 0)
  7915.             break;
  7916.  
  7917.           if (iverdefmem.vd_next
  7918.               > (size_t) (contents_end_def - (bfd_byte *) everdef))
  7919.             goto error_return_bad_verdef;
  7920.  
  7921.           everdef = ((Elf_External_Verdef *)
  7922.                      ((bfd_byte *) everdef + iverdefmem.vd_next));
  7923.         }
  7924.  
  7925.       if (default_imported_symver)
  7926.         {
  7927.           if (freeidx > maxidx)
  7928.             maxidx = ++freeidx;
  7929.           else
  7930.             freeidx = ++maxidx;
  7931.         }
  7932.  
  7933.       elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef = (Elf_Internal_Verdef *)
  7934.         bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, maxidx, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef));
  7935.       if (elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef == NULL)
  7936.         goto error_return_verdef;
  7937.  
  7938.       elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs = maxidx;
  7939.  
  7940.       everdef = (Elf_External_Verdef *) contents;
  7941.       iverdefarr = elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef;
  7942.       for (i = 0; i < hdr->sh_info; i++)
  7943.         {
  7944.           Elf_External_Verdaux *everdaux;
  7945.           Elf_Internal_Verdaux *iverdaux;
  7946.           unsigned int j;
  7947.  
  7948.           _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (abfd, everdef, &iverdefmem);
  7949.  
  7950.           if ((iverdefmem.vd_ndx & VERSYM_VERSION) == 0)
  7951.             goto error_return_bad_verdef;
  7952.  
  7953.           iverdef = &iverdefarr[(iverdefmem.vd_ndx & VERSYM_VERSION) - 1];
  7954.           memcpy (iverdef, &iverdefmem, offsetof (Elf_Internal_Verdef, vd_bfd));
  7955.  
  7956.           iverdef->vd_bfd = abfd;
  7957.  
  7958.           if (iverdef->vd_cnt == 0)
  7959.             iverdef->vd_auxptr = NULL;
  7960.           else
  7961.             {
  7962.               iverdef->vd_auxptr = (struct elf_internal_verdaux *)
  7963.                   bfd_alloc2 (abfd, iverdef->vd_cnt,
  7964.                               sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdaux));
  7965.               if (iverdef->vd_auxptr == NULL)
  7966.                 goto error_return_verdef;
  7967.             }
  7968.  
  7969.           if (iverdef->vd_aux
  7970.               > (size_t) (contents_end_aux - (bfd_byte *) everdef))
  7971.             goto error_return_bad_verdef;
  7972.  
  7973.           everdaux = ((Elf_External_Verdaux *)
  7974.                       ((bfd_byte *) everdef + iverdef->vd_aux));
  7975.           iverdaux = iverdef->vd_auxptr;
  7976.           for (j = 0; j < iverdef->vd_cnt; j++, iverdaux++)
  7977.             {
  7978.               _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in (abfd, everdaux, iverdaux);
  7979.  
  7980.               iverdaux->vda_nodename =
  7981.                 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, hdr->sh_link,
  7982.                                                  iverdaux->vda_name);
  7983.               if (iverdaux->vda_nodename == NULL)
  7984.                 goto error_return_bad_verdef;
  7985.  
  7986.               iverdaux->vda_nextptr = NULL;
  7987.               if (iverdaux->vda_next == 0)
  7988.                 {
  7989.                   iverdef->vd_cnt = j + 1;
  7990.                   break;
  7991.                 }
  7992.               if (j + 1 < iverdef->vd_cnt)
  7993.                 iverdaux->vda_nextptr = iverdaux + 1;
  7994.  
  7995.               if (iverdaux->vda_next
  7996.                   > (size_t) (contents_end_aux - (bfd_byte *) everdaux))
  7997.                 goto error_return_bad_verdef;
  7998.  
  7999.               everdaux = ((Elf_External_Verdaux *)
  8000.                           ((bfd_byte *) everdaux + iverdaux->vda_next));
  8001.             }
  8002.  
  8003.           iverdef->vd_nodename = NULL;
  8004.           if (iverdef->vd_cnt)
  8005.             iverdef->vd_nodename = iverdef->vd_auxptr->vda_nodename;
  8006.  
  8007.           iverdef->vd_nextdef = NULL;
  8008.           if (iverdef->vd_next == 0)
  8009.             break;
  8010.           if ((size_t) (iverdef - iverdefarr) + 1 < maxidx)
  8011.             iverdef->vd_nextdef = iverdef + 1;
  8012.  
  8013.           everdef = ((Elf_External_Verdef *)
  8014.                      ((bfd_byte *) everdef + iverdef->vd_next));
  8015.         }
  8016.  
  8017.       free (contents);
  8018.       contents = NULL;
  8019.     }
  8020.   else if (default_imported_symver)
  8021.     {
  8022.       if (freeidx < 3)
  8023.         freeidx = 3;
  8024.       else
  8025.         freeidx++;
  8026.  
  8027.       elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef = (Elf_Internal_Verdef *)
  8028.           bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, freeidx, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef));
  8029.       if (elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef == NULL)
  8030.         goto error_return;
  8031.  
  8032.       elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs = freeidx;
  8033.     }
  8034.  
  8035.   /* Create a default version based on the soname.  */
  8036.   if (default_imported_symver)
  8037.     {
  8038.       Elf_Internal_Verdef *iverdef;
  8039.       Elf_Internal_Verdaux *iverdaux;
  8040.  
  8041.       iverdef = &elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef[freeidx - 1];
  8042.  
  8043.       iverdef->vd_version = VER_DEF_CURRENT;
  8044.       iverdef->vd_flags = 0;
  8045.       iverdef->vd_ndx = freeidx;
  8046.       iverdef->vd_cnt = 1;
  8047.  
  8048.       iverdef->vd_bfd = abfd;
  8049.  
  8050.       iverdef->vd_nodename = bfd_elf_get_dt_soname (abfd);
  8051.       if (iverdef->vd_nodename == NULL)
  8052.         goto error_return_verdef;
  8053.       iverdef->vd_nextdef = NULL;
  8054.       iverdef->vd_auxptr = ((struct elf_internal_verdaux *)
  8055.                             bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdaux)));
  8056.       if (iverdef->vd_auxptr == NULL)
  8057.         goto error_return_verdef;
  8058.  
  8059.       iverdaux = iverdef->vd_auxptr;
  8060.       iverdaux->vda_nodename = iverdef->vd_nodename;
  8061.     }
  8062.  
  8063.   return TRUE;
  8064.  
  8065.  error_return:
  8066.   if (contents != NULL)
  8067.     free (contents);
  8068.   return FALSE;
  8069. }
  8071. asymbol *
  8072. _bfd_elf_make_empty_symbol (bfd *abfd)
  8073. {
  8074.   elf_symbol_type *newsym;
  8075.  
  8076.   newsym = (elf_symbol_type *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof * newsym);
  8077.   if (!newsym)
  8078.     return NULL;
  8079.   newsym->symbol.the_bfd = abfd;
  8080.   return &newsym->symbol;
  8081. }
  8082.  
  8083. void
  8084. _bfd_elf_get_symbol_info (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
  8085.                           asymbol *symbol,
  8086.                           symbol_info *ret)
  8087. {
  8088.   bfd_symbol_info (symbol, ret);
  8089. }
  8090.  
  8091. /* Return whether a symbol name implies a local symbol.  Most targets
  8092.    use this function for the is_local_label_name entry point, but some
  8093.    override it.  */
  8094.  
  8095. bfd_boolean
  8096. _bfd_elf_is_local_label_name (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
  8097.                               const char *name)
  8098. {
  8099.   /* Normal local symbols start with ``.L''.  */
  8100.   if (name[0] == '.' && name[1] == 'L')
  8101.     return TRUE;
  8102.  
  8103.   /* At least some SVR4 compilers (e.g., UnixWare 2.1 cc) generate
  8104.      DWARF debugging symbols starting with ``..''.  */
  8105.   if (name[0] == '.' && name[1] == '.')
  8106.     return TRUE;
  8107.  
  8108.   /* gcc will sometimes generate symbols beginning with ``_.L_'' when
  8109.      emitting DWARF debugging output.  I suspect this is actually a
  8110.      small bug in gcc (it calls ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL when it should call
  8111.      ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL, and this causes the leading
  8112.      underscore to be emitted on some ELF targets).  For ease of use,
  8113.      we treat such symbols as local.  */
  8114.   if (name[0] == '_' && name[1] == '.' && name[2] == 'L' && name[3] == '_')
  8115.     return TRUE;
  8116.  
  8117.   /* Treat assembler generated fake symbols, dollar local labels and
  8118.      forward-backward labels (aka local labels) as locals.
  8119.      These labels have the form:
  8120.  
  8121.        L0^A.*                                  (fake symbols)
  8122.  
  8123.        [.]?L[0123456789]+{^A|^B}[0123456789]*  (local labels)
  8124.  
  8125.      Versions which start with .L will have already been matched above,
  8126.      so we only need to match the rest.  */
  8127.   if (name[0] == 'L' && ISDIGIT (name[1]))
  8128.     {
  8129.       bfd_boolean ret = FALSE;
  8130.       const char * p;
  8131.       char c;
  8132.  
  8133.       for (p = name + 2; (c = *p); p++)
  8134.         {
  8135.           if (c == 1 || c == 2)
  8136.             {
  8137.               if (c == 1 && p == name + 2)
  8138.                 /* A fake symbol.  */
  8139.                 return TRUE;
  8140.  
  8141.               /* FIXME: We are being paranoid here and treating symbols like
  8142.                  L0^Bfoo as if there were non-local, on the grounds that the
  8143.                  assembler will never generate them.  But can any symbol
  8144.                  containing an ASCII value in the range 1-31 ever be anything
  8145.                  other than some kind of local ?  */
  8146.               ret = TRUE;
  8147.             }
  8148.  
  8149.           if (! ISDIGIT (c))
  8150.             {
  8151.               ret = FALSE;
  8152.               break;
  8153.             }
  8154.         }
  8155.       return ret;
  8156.     }
  8157.  
  8158.   return FALSE;
  8159. }
  8160.  
  8161. alent *
  8162. _bfd_elf_get_lineno (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
  8163.                      asymbol *symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
  8164. {
  8165.   abort ();
  8166.   return NULL;
  8167. }
  8168.  
  8169. bfd_boolean
  8170. _bfd_elf_set_arch_mach (bfd *abfd,
  8171.                         enum bfd_architecture arch,
  8172.                         unsigned long machine)
  8173. {
  8174.   /* If this isn't the right architecture for this backend, and this
  8175.      isn't the generic backend, fail.  */
  8176.   if (arch != get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->arch
  8177.       && arch != bfd_arch_unknown
  8178.       && get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->arch != bfd_arch_unknown)
  8179.     return FALSE;
  8180.  
  8181.   return bfd_default_set_arch_mach (abfd, arch, machine);
  8182. }
  8183.  
  8184. /* Find the nearest line to a particular section and offset,
  8185.    for error reporting.  */
  8186.  
  8187. bfd_boolean
  8188. _bfd_elf_find_nearest_line (bfd *abfd,
  8189.                             asymbol **symbols,
  8190.                             asection *section,
  8191.                             bfd_vma offset,
  8192.                             const char **filename_ptr,
  8193.                             const char **functionname_ptr,
  8194.                             unsigned int *line_ptr,
  8195.                             unsigned int *discriminator_ptr)
  8196. {
  8197.   bfd_boolean found;
  8198.  
  8199.   if (_bfd_dwarf2_find_nearest_line (abfd, symbols, NULL, section, offset,
  8200.                                      filename_ptr, functionname_ptr,
  8201.                                      line_ptr, discriminator_ptr,
  8202.                                      dwarf_debug_sections, 0,
  8203.                                      &elf_tdata (abfd)->dwarf2_find_line_info)
  8204.       || _bfd_dwarf1_find_nearest_line (abfd, symbols, section, offset,
  8205.                                         filename_ptr, functionname_ptr,
  8206.                                         line_ptr))
  8207.     {
  8208.       if (!*functionname_ptr)
  8209.         _bfd_elf_find_function (abfd, symbols, section, offset,
  8210.                                 *filename_ptr ? NULL : filename_ptr,
  8211.                                 functionname_ptr);
  8212.       return TRUE;
  8213.     }
  8214.  
  8215.   if (! _bfd_stab_section_find_nearest_line (abfd, symbols, section, offset,
  8216.                                              &found, filename_ptr,
  8217.                                              functionname_ptr, line_ptr,
  8218.                                              &elf_tdata (abfd)->line_info))
  8219.     return FALSE;
  8220.   if (found && (*functionname_ptr || *line_ptr))
  8221.     return TRUE;
  8222.  
  8223.   if (symbols == NULL)
  8224.     return FALSE;
  8225.  
  8226.   if (! _bfd_elf_find_function (abfd, symbols, section, offset,
  8227.                                 filename_ptr, functionname_ptr))
  8228.     return FALSE;
  8229.  
  8230.   *line_ptr = 0;
  8231.   return TRUE;
  8232. }
  8233.  
  8234. /* Find the line for a symbol.  */
  8235.  
  8236. bfd_boolean
  8237. _bfd_elf_find_line (bfd *abfd, asymbol **symbols, asymbol *symbol,
  8238.                     const char **filename_ptr, unsigned int *line_ptr)
  8239. {
  8240.   return _bfd_dwarf2_find_nearest_line (abfd, symbols, symbol, NULL, 0,
  8241.                                         filename_ptr, NULL, line_ptr, NULL,
  8242.                                         dwarf_debug_sections, 0,
  8243.                                         &elf_tdata (abfd)->dwarf2_find_line_info);
  8244. }
  8245.  
  8246. /* After a call to bfd_find_nearest_line, successive calls to
  8247.    bfd_find_inliner_info can be used to get source information about
  8248.    each level of function inlining that terminated at the address
  8249.    passed to bfd_find_nearest_line.  Currently this is only supported
  8250.    for DWARF2 with appropriate DWARF3 extensions. */
  8251.  
  8252. bfd_boolean
  8253. _bfd_elf_find_inliner_info (bfd *abfd,
  8254.                             const char **filename_ptr,
  8255.                             const char **functionname_ptr,
  8256.                             unsigned int *line_ptr)
  8257. {
  8258.   bfd_boolean found;
  8259.   found = _bfd_dwarf2_find_inliner_info (abfd, filename_ptr,
  8260.                                          functionname_ptr, line_ptr,
  8261.                                          & elf_tdata (abfd)->dwarf2_find_line_info);
  8262.   return found;
  8263. }
  8264.  
  8265. int
  8266. _bfd_elf_sizeof_headers (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
  8267. {
  8268.   const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
  8269.   int ret = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
  8270.  
  8271.   if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info))
  8272.     {
  8273.       bfd_size_type phdr_size = elf_program_header_size (abfd);
  8274.  
  8275.       if (phdr_size == (bfd_size_type) -1)
  8276.         {
  8277.           struct elf_segment_map *m;
  8278.  
  8279.           phdr_size = 0;
  8280.           for (m = elf_seg_map (abfd); m != NULL; m = m->next)
  8281.             phdr_size += bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
  8282.  
  8283.           if (phdr_size == 0)
  8284.             phdr_size = get_program_header_size (abfd, info);
  8285.         }
  8286.  
  8287.       elf_program_header_size (abfd) = phdr_size;
  8288.       ret += phdr_size;
  8289.     }
  8290.  
  8291.   return ret;
  8292. }
  8293.  
  8294. bfd_boolean
  8295. _bfd_elf_set_section_contents (bfd *abfd,
  8296.                                sec_ptr section,
  8297.                                const void *location,
  8298.                                file_ptr offset,
  8299.                                bfd_size_type count)
  8300. {
  8301.   Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
  8302.   file_ptr pos;
  8303.  
  8304.   if (! abfd->output_has_begun
  8305.       && ! _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd, NULL))
  8306.     return FALSE;
  8307.  
  8308.   if (!count)
  8309.     return TRUE;
  8310.  
  8311.   hdr = &elf_section_data (section)->this_hdr;
  8312.   if (hdr->sh_offset == (file_ptr) -1)
  8313.     {
  8314.       /* We must compress this section.  Write output to the buffer.  */
  8315.       unsigned char *contents = hdr->contents;
  8316.       if ((offset + count) > hdr->sh_size
  8317.           || (section->flags & SEC_ELF_COMPRESS) == 0
  8318.           || contents == NULL)
  8319.         abort ();
  8320.       memcpy (contents + offset, location, count);
  8321.       return TRUE;
  8322.     }
  8323.   pos = hdr->sh_offset + offset;
  8324.   if (bfd_seek (abfd, pos, SEEK_SET) != 0
  8325.       || bfd_bwrite (location, count, abfd) != count)
  8326.     return FALSE;
  8327.  
  8328.   return TRUE;
  8329. }
  8330.  
  8331. void
  8332. _bfd_elf_no_info_to_howto (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
  8333.                            arelent *cache_ptr ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
  8334.                            Elf_Internal_Rela *dst ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
  8335. {
  8336.   abort ();
  8337. }
  8338.  
  8339. /* Try to convert a non-ELF reloc into an ELF one.  */
  8340.  
  8341. bfd_boolean
  8342. _bfd_elf_validate_reloc (bfd *abfd, arelent *areloc)
  8343. {
  8344.   /* Check whether we really have an ELF howto.  */
  8345.  
  8346.   if ((*areloc->sym_ptr_ptr)->the_bfd->xvec != abfd->xvec)
  8347.     {
  8348.       bfd_reloc_code_real_type code;
  8349.       reloc_howto_type *howto;
  8350.  
  8351.       /* Alien reloc: Try to determine its type to replace it with an
  8352.          equivalent ELF reloc.  */
  8353.  
  8354.       if (areloc->howto->pc_relative)
  8355.         {
  8356.           switch (areloc->howto->bitsize)
  8357.             {
  8358.             case 8:
  8359.               code = BFD_RELOC_8_PCREL;
  8360.               break;
  8361.             case 12:
  8362.               code = BFD_RELOC_12_PCREL;
  8363.               break;
  8364.             case 16:
  8365.               code = BFD_RELOC_16_PCREL;
  8366.               break;
  8367.             case 24:
  8368.               code = BFD_RELOC_24_PCREL;
  8369.               break;
  8370.             case 32:
  8371.               code = BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL;
  8372.               break;
  8373.             case 64:
  8374.               code = BFD_RELOC_64_PCREL;
  8375.               break;
  8376.             default:
  8377.               goto fail;
  8378.             }
  8379.  
  8380.           howto = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (abfd, code);
  8381.  
  8382.           if (areloc->howto->pcrel_offset != howto->pcrel_offset)
  8383.             {
  8384.               if (howto->pcrel_offset)
  8385.                 areloc->addend += areloc->address;
  8386.               else
  8387.                 areloc->addend -= areloc->address; /* addend is unsigned!! */
  8388.             }
  8389.         }
  8390.       else
  8391.         {
  8392.           switch (areloc->howto->bitsize)
  8393.             {
  8394.             case 8:
  8395.               code = BFD_RELOC_8;
  8396.               break;
  8397.             case 14:
  8398.               code = BFD_RELOC_14;
  8399.               break;
  8400.             case 16:
  8401.               code = BFD_RELOC_16;
  8402.               break;
  8403.             case 26:
  8404.               code = BFD_RELOC_26;
  8405.               break;
  8406.             case 32:
  8407.               code = BFD_RELOC_32;
  8408.               break;
  8409.             case 64:
  8410.               code = BFD_RELOC_64;
  8411.               break;
  8412.             default:
  8413.               goto fail;
  8414.             }
  8415.  
  8416.           howto = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (abfd, code);
  8417.         }
  8418.  
  8419.       if (howto)
  8420.         areloc->howto = howto;
  8421.       else
  8422.         goto fail;
  8423.     }
  8424.  
  8425.   return TRUE;
  8426.  
  8427.  fail:
  8428.   (*_bfd_error_handler)
  8429.     (_("%B: unsupported relocation type %s"),
  8430.      abfd, areloc->howto->name);
  8431.   bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
  8432.   return FALSE;
  8433. }
  8434.  
  8435. bfd_boolean
  8436. _bfd_elf_close_and_cleanup (bfd *abfd)
  8437. {
  8438.   struct elf_obj_tdata *tdata = elf_tdata (abfd);
  8439.   if (bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_object && tdata != NULL)
  8440.     {
  8441.       if (elf_tdata (abfd)->o != NULL && elf_shstrtab (abfd) != NULL)
  8442.         _bfd_elf_strtab_free (elf_shstrtab (abfd));
  8443.       _bfd_dwarf2_cleanup_debug_info (abfd, &tdata->dwarf2_find_line_info);
  8444.     }
  8445.  
  8446.   return _bfd_generic_close_and_cleanup (abfd);
  8447. }
  8448.  
  8449. /* For Rel targets, we encode meaningful data for BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY
  8450.    in the relocation's offset.  Thus we cannot allow any sort of sanity
  8451.    range-checking to interfere.  There is nothing else to do in processing
  8452.    this reloc.  */
  8453.  
  8454. bfd_reloc_status_type
  8455. _bfd_elf_rel_vtable_reloc_fn
  8456.   (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, arelent *re ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
  8457.    struct bfd_symbol *symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
  8458.    void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, asection *is ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
  8459.    bfd *obfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, char **errmsg ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
  8460. {
  8461.   return bfd_reloc_ok;
  8462. }
  8464. /* Elf core file support.  Much of this only works on native
  8465.    toolchains, since we rely on knowing the
  8466.    machine-dependent procfs structure in order to pick
  8467.    out details about the corefile.  */
  8468.  
  8469. #ifdef HAVE_SYS_PROCFS_H
  8470. /* Needed for new procfs interface on sparc-solaris.  */
  8471. # define _STRUCTURED_PROC 1
  8472. # include <sys/procfs.h>
  8473. #endif
  8474.  
  8475. /* Return a PID that identifies a "thread" for threaded cores, or the
  8476.    PID of the main process for non-threaded cores.  */
  8477.  
  8478. static int
  8479. elfcore_make_pid (bfd *abfd)
  8480. {
  8481.   int pid;
  8482.  
  8483.   pid = elf_tdata (abfd)->core->lwpid;
  8484.   if (pid == 0)
  8485.     pid = elf_tdata (abfd)->core->pid;
  8486.  
  8487.   return pid;
  8488. }
  8489.  
  8490. /* If there isn't a section called NAME, make one, using
  8491.    data from SECT.  Note, this function will generate a
  8492.    reference to NAME, so you shouldn't deallocate or
  8493.    overwrite it.  */
  8494.  
  8495. static bfd_boolean
  8496. elfcore_maybe_make_sect (bfd *abfd, char *name, asection *sect)
  8497. {
  8498.   asection *sect2;
  8499.  
  8500.   if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, name) != NULL)
  8501.     return TRUE;
  8502.  
  8503.   sect2 = bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd, name, sect->flags);
  8504.   if (sect2 == NULL)
  8505.     return FALSE;
  8506.  
  8507.   sect2->size = sect->size;
  8508.   sect2->filepos = sect->filepos;
  8509.   sect2->alignment_power = sect->alignment_power;
  8510.   return TRUE;
  8511. }
  8512.  
  8513. /* Create a pseudosection containing SIZE bytes at FILEPOS.  This
  8514.    actually creates up to two pseudosections:
  8515.    - For the single-threaded case, a section named NAME, unless
  8516.      such a section already exists.
  8517.    - For the multi-threaded case, a section named "NAME/PID", where
  8518.      PID is elfcore_make_pid (abfd).
  8519.    Both pseudosections have identical contents. */
  8520. bfd_boolean
  8521. _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (bfd *abfd,
  8522.                                  char *name,
  8523.                                  size_t size,
  8524.                                  ufile_ptr filepos)
  8525. {
  8526.   char buf[100];
  8527.   char *threaded_name;
  8528.   size_t len;
  8529.   asection *sect;
  8530.  
  8531.   /* Build the section name.  */
  8532.  
  8533.   sprintf (buf, "%s/%d", name, elfcore_make_pid (abfd));
  8534.   len = strlen (buf) + 1;
  8535.   threaded_name = (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
  8536.   if (threaded_name == NULL)
  8537.     return FALSE;
  8538.   memcpy (threaded_name, buf, len);
  8539.  
  8540.   sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, threaded_name,
  8541.                                              SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
  8542.   if (sect == NULL)
  8543.     return FALSE;
  8544.   sect->size = size;
  8545.   sect->filepos = filepos;
  8546.   sect->alignment_power = 2;
  8547.  
  8548.   return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, name, sect);
  8549. }
  8550.  
  8551. /* prstatus_t exists on:
  8552.      solaris 2.5+
  8553.      linux 2.[01] + glibc
  8554.      unixware 4.2
  8555. */
  8556.  
  8557. #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
  8558.  
  8559. static bfd_boolean
  8560. elfcore_grok_prstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
  8561. {
  8562.   size_t size;
  8563.   int offset;
  8564.  
  8565.   if (note->descsz == sizeof (prstatus_t))
  8566.     {
  8567.       prstatus_t prstat;
  8568.  
  8569.       size = sizeof (prstat.pr_reg);
  8570.       offset   = offsetof (prstatus_t, pr_reg);
  8571.       memcpy (&prstat, note->descdata, sizeof (prstat));
  8572.  
  8573.       /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it
  8574.          has already been set by another thread.  */
  8575.       if (elf_tdata (abfd)->core->signal == 0)
  8576.         elf_tdata (abfd)->core->signal = prstat.pr_cursig;
  8577.       if (elf_tdata (abfd)->core->pid == 0)
  8578.         elf_tdata (abfd)->core->pid = prstat.pr_pid;
  8579.  
  8580.       /* pr_who exists on:
  8581.          solaris 2.5+
  8582.          unixware 4.2
  8583.          pr_who doesn't exist on:
  8584.          linux 2.[01]
  8585.          */
  8586. #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T_PR_WHO)
  8587.       elf_tdata (abfd)->core->lwpid = prstat.pr_who;
  8588. #else
  8589.       elf_tdata (abfd)->core->lwpid = prstat.pr_pid;
  8590. #endif
  8591.     }
  8592. #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T)
  8593.   else if (note->descsz == sizeof (prstatus32_t))
  8594.     {
  8595.       /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
  8596.       prstatus32_t prstat;
  8597.  
  8598.       size = sizeof (prstat.pr_reg);
  8599.       offset   = offsetof (prstatus32_t, pr_reg);
  8600.       memcpy (&prstat, note->descdata, sizeof (prstat));
  8601.  
  8602.       /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it
  8603.          has already been set by another thread.  */
  8604.       if (elf_tdata (abfd)->core->signal == 0)
  8605.         elf_tdata (abfd)->core->signal = prstat.pr_cursig;
  8606.       if (elf_tdata (abfd)->core->pid == 0)
  8607.         elf_tdata (abfd)->core->pid = prstat.pr_pid;
  8608.  
  8609.       /* pr_who exists on:
  8610.          solaris 2.5+
  8611.          unixware 4.2
  8612.          pr_who doesn't exist on:
  8613.          linux 2.[01]
  8614.          */
  8615. #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T_PR_WHO)
  8616.       elf_tdata (abfd)->core->lwpid = prstat.pr_who;
  8617. #else
  8618.       elf_tdata (abfd)->core->lwpid = prstat.pr_pid;
  8619. #endif
  8620.     }
  8621. #endif /* HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T */
  8622.   else
  8623.     {
  8624.       /* Fail - we don't know how to handle any other
  8625.          note size (ie. data object type).  */
  8626.       return TRUE;
  8627.     }
  8628.  
  8629.   /* Make a ".reg/999" section and a ".reg" section.  */
  8630.   return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg",
  8631.                                           size, note->descpos + offset);
  8632. }
  8633. #endif /* defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T) */
  8634.  
  8635. /* Create a pseudosection containing the exact contents of NOTE.  */
  8636. static bfd_boolean
  8637. elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (bfd *abfd,
  8638.                                  char *name,
  8639.                                  Elf_Internal_Note *note)
  8640. {
  8641.   return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd, name,
  8642.                                           note->descsz, note->descpos);
  8643. }
  8644.  
  8645. /* There isn't a consistent prfpregset_t across platforms,
  8646.    but it doesn't matter, because we don't have to pick this
  8647.    data structure apart.  */
  8648.  
  8649. static bfd_boolean
  8650. elfcore_grok_prfpreg (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
  8651. {
  8652.   return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg2", note);
  8653. }
  8654.  
  8655. /* Linux dumps the Intel SSE regs in a note named "LINUX" with a note
  8656.    type of NT_PRXFPREG.  Just include the whole note's contents
  8657.    literally.  */
  8658.  
  8659. static bfd_boolean
  8660. elfcore_grok_prxfpreg (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
  8661. {
  8662.   return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-xfp", note);
  8663. }
  8664.  
  8665. /* Linux dumps the Intel XSAVE extended state in a note named "LINUX"
  8666.    with a note type of NT_X86_XSTATE.  Just include the whole note's
  8667.    contents literally.  */
  8668.  
  8669. static bfd_boolean
  8670. elfcore_grok_xstatereg (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
  8671. {
  8672.   return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-xstate", note);
  8673. }
  8674.  
  8675. static bfd_boolean
  8676. elfcore_grok_ppc_vmx (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
  8677. {
  8678.   return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-ppc-vmx", note);
  8679. }
  8680.  
  8681. static bfd_boolean
  8682. elfcore_grok_ppc_vsx (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
  8683. {
  8684.   return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-ppc-vsx", note);
  8685. }
  8686.  
  8687. static bfd_boolean
  8688. elfcore_grok_s390_high_gprs (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
  8689. {
  8690.   return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-s390-high-gprs", note);
  8691. }
  8692.  
  8693. static bfd_boolean
  8694. elfcore_grok_s390_timer (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
  8695. {
  8696.   return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-s390-timer", note);
  8697. }
  8698.  
  8699. static bfd_boolean
  8700. elfcore_grok_s390_todcmp (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
  8701. {
  8702.   return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-s390-todcmp", note);
  8703. }
  8704.  
  8705. static bfd_boolean
  8706. elfcore_grok_s390_todpreg (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
  8707. {
  8708.   return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-s390-todpreg", note);
  8709. }
  8710.  
  8711. static bfd_boolean
  8712. elfcore_grok_s390_ctrs (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
  8713. {
  8714.   return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-s390-ctrs", note);
  8715. }
  8716.  
  8717. static bfd_boolean
  8718. elfcore_grok_s390_prefix (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
  8719. {
  8720.   return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-s390-prefix", note);
  8721. }
  8722.  
  8723. static bfd_boolean
  8724. elfcore_grok_s390_last_break (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
  8725. {
  8726.   return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-s390-last-break", note);
  8727. }
  8728.  
  8729. static bfd_boolean
  8730. elfcore_grok_s390_system_call (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
  8731. {
  8732.   return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-s390-system-call", note);
  8733. }
  8734.  
  8735. static bfd_boolean
  8736. elfcore_grok_s390_tdb (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
  8737. {
  8738.   return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-s390-tdb", note);
  8739. }
  8740.  
  8741. static bfd_boolean
  8742. elfcore_grok_s390_vxrs_low (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
  8743. {
  8744.   return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-s390-vxrs-low", note);
  8745. }
  8746.  
  8747. static bfd_boolean
  8748. elfcore_grok_s390_vxrs_high (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
  8749. {
  8750.   return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-s390-vxrs-high", note);
  8751. }
  8752.  
  8753. static bfd_boolean
  8754. elfcore_grok_arm_vfp (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
  8755. {
  8756.   return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-arm-vfp", note);
  8757. }
  8758.  
  8759. static bfd_boolean
  8760. elfcore_grok_aarch_tls (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
  8761. {
  8762.   return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-aarch-tls", note);
  8763. }
  8764.  
  8765. static bfd_boolean
  8766. elfcore_grok_aarch_hw_break (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
  8767. {
  8768.   return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-aarch-hw-break", note);
  8769. }
  8770.  
  8771. static bfd_boolean
  8772. elfcore_grok_aarch_hw_watch (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
  8773. {
  8774.   return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-aarch-hw-watch", note);
  8775. }
  8776.  
  8777. #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T)
  8778. typedef prpsinfo_t   elfcore_psinfo_t;
  8779. #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T)         /* Sparc64 cross Sparc32 */
  8780. typedef prpsinfo32_t elfcore_psinfo32_t;
  8781. #endif
  8782. #endif
  8783.  
  8784. #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
  8785. typedef psinfo_t   elfcore_psinfo_t;
  8786. #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T)           /* Sparc64 cross Sparc32 */
  8787. typedef psinfo32_t elfcore_psinfo32_t;
  8788. #endif
  8789. #endif
  8790.  
  8791. /* return a malloc'ed copy of a string at START which is at
  8792.    most MAX bytes long, possibly without a terminating '\0'.
  8793.    the copy will always have a terminating '\0'.  */
  8794.  
  8795. char *
  8796. _bfd_elfcore_strndup (bfd *abfd, char *start, size_t max)
  8797. {
  8798.   char *dups;
  8799.   char *end = (char *) memchr (start, '\0', max);
  8800.   size_t len;
  8801.  
  8802.   if (end == NULL)
  8803.     len = max;
  8804.   else
  8805.     len = end - start;
  8806.  
  8807.   dups = (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd, len + 1);
  8808.   if (dups == NULL)
  8809.     return NULL;
  8810.  
  8811.   memcpy (dups, start, len);
  8812.   dups[len] = '\0';
  8813.  
  8814.   return dups;
  8815. }
  8816.  
  8817. #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
  8818. static bfd_boolean
  8819. elfcore_grok_psinfo (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
  8820. {
  8821.   if (note->descsz == sizeof (elfcore_psinfo_t))
  8822.     {
  8823.       elfcore_psinfo_t psinfo;
  8824.  
  8825.       memcpy (&psinfo, note->descdata, sizeof (psinfo));
  8826.  
  8827. #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T_PR_PID) || defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T_PR_PID)
  8828.       elf_tdata (abfd)->core->pid = psinfo.pr_pid;
  8829. #endif
  8830.       elf_tdata (abfd)->core->program
  8831.         = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, psinfo.pr_fname,
  8832.                                 sizeof (psinfo.pr_fname));
  8833.  
  8834.       elf_tdata (abfd)->core->command
  8835.         = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, psinfo.pr_psargs,
  8836.                                 sizeof (psinfo.pr_psargs));
  8837.     }
  8838. #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T)
  8839.   else if (note->descsz == sizeof (elfcore_psinfo32_t))
  8840.     {
  8841.       /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
  8842.       elfcore_psinfo32_t psinfo;
  8843.  
  8844.       memcpy (&psinfo, note->descdata, sizeof (psinfo));
  8845.  
  8846. #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T_PR_PID) || defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T_PR_PID)
  8847.       elf_tdata (abfd)->core->pid = psinfo.pr_pid;
  8848. #endif
  8849.       elf_tdata (abfd)->core->program
  8850.         = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, psinfo.pr_fname,
  8851.                                 sizeof (psinfo.pr_fname));
  8852.  
  8853.       elf_tdata (abfd)->core->command
  8854.         = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, psinfo.pr_psargs,
  8855.                                 sizeof (psinfo.pr_psargs));
  8856.     }
  8857. #endif
  8858.  
  8859.   else
  8860.     {
  8861.       /* Fail - we don't know how to handle any other
  8862.          note size (ie. data object type).  */
  8863.       return TRUE;
  8864.     }
  8865.  
  8866.   /* Note that for some reason, a spurious space is tacked
  8867.      onto the end of the args in some (at least one anyway)
  8868.      implementations, so strip it off if it exists.  */
  8869.  
  8870.   {
  8871.     char *command = elf_tdata (abfd)->core->command;
  8872.     int n = strlen (command);
  8873.  
  8874.     if (0 < n && command[n - 1] == ' ')
  8875.       command[n - 1] = '\0';
  8876.   }
  8877.  
  8878.   return TRUE;
  8879. }
  8880. #endif /* defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T) */
  8881.  
  8882. #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
  8883. static bfd_boolean
  8884. elfcore_grok_pstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
  8885. {
  8886.   if (note->descsz == sizeof (pstatus_t)
  8887. #if defined (HAVE_PXSTATUS_T)
  8888.       || note->descsz == sizeof (pxstatus_t)
  8889. #endif
  8890.       )
  8891.     {
  8892.       pstatus_t pstat;
  8893.  
  8894.       memcpy (&pstat, note->descdata, sizeof (pstat));
  8895.  
  8896.       elf_tdata (abfd)->core->pid = pstat.pr_pid;
  8897.     }
  8898. #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS32_T)
  8899.   else if (note->descsz == sizeof (pstatus32_t))
  8900.     {
  8901.       /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
  8902.       pstatus32_t pstat;
  8903.  
  8904.       memcpy (&pstat, note->descdata, sizeof (pstat));
  8905.  
  8906.       elf_tdata (abfd)->core->pid = pstat.pr_pid;
  8907.     }
  8908. #endif
  8909.   /* Could grab some more details from the "representative"
  8910.      lwpstatus_t in pstat.pr_lwp, but we'll catch it all in an
  8911.      NT_LWPSTATUS note, presumably.  */
  8912.  
  8913.   return TRUE;
  8914. }
  8915. #endif /* defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T) */
  8916.  
  8917. #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
  8918. static bfd_boolean
  8919. elfcore_grok_lwpstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
  8920. {
  8921.   lwpstatus_t lwpstat;
  8922.   char buf[100];
  8923.   char *name;
  8924.   size_t len;
  8925.   asection *sect;
  8926.  
  8927.   if (note->descsz != sizeof (lwpstat)
  8928. #if defined (HAVE_LWPXSTATUS_T)
  8929.       && note->descsz != sizeof (lwpxstatus_t)
  8930. #endif
  8931.       )
  8932.     return TRUE;
  8933.  
  8934.   memcpy (&lwpstat, note->descdata, sizeof (lwpstat));
  8935.  
  8936.   elf_tdata (abfd)->core->lwpid = lwpstat.pr_lwpid;
  8937.   /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it has already been set by
  8938.      another thread.  */
  8939.   if (elf_tdata (abfd)->core->signal == 0)
  8940.     elf_tdata (abfd)->core->signal = lwpstat.pr_cursig;
  8941.  
  8942.   /* Make a ".reg/999" section.  */
  8943.  
  8944.   sprintf (buf, ".reg/%d", elfcore_make_pid (abfd));
  8945.   len = strlen (buf) + 1;
  8946.   name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
  8947.   if (name == NULL)
  8948.     return FALSE;
  8949.   memcpy (name, buf, len);
  8950.  
  8951.   sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
  8952.   if (sect == NULL)
  8953.     return FALSE;
  8954.  
  8955. #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
  8956.   sect->size = sizeof (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.gregs);
  8957.   sect->filepos = note->descpos
  8958.     + offsetof (lwpstatus_t, pr_context.uc_mcontext.gregs);
  8959. #endif
  8960.  
  8961. #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_REG)
  8962.   sect->size = sizeof (lwpstat.pr_reg);
  8963.   sect->filepos = note->descpos + offsetof (lwpstatus_t, pr_reg);
  8964. #endif
  8965.  
  8966.   sect->alignment_power = 2;
  8967.  
  8968.   if (!elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, ".reg", sect))
  8969.     return FALSE;
  8970.  
  8971.   /* Make a ".reg2/999" section */
  8972.  
  8973.   sprintf (buf, ".reg2/%d", elfcore_make_pid (abfd));
  8974.   len = strlen (buf) + 1;
  8975.   name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
  8976.   if (name == NULL)
  8977.     return FALSE;
  8978.   memcpy (name, buf, len);
  8979.  
  8980.   sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
  8981.   if (sect == NULL)
  8982.     return FALSE;
  8983.  
  8984. #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
  8985.   sect->size = sizeof (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.fpregs);
  8986.   sect->filepos = note->descpos
  8987.     + offsetof (lwpstatus_t, pr_context.uc_mcontext.fpregs);
  8988. #endif
  8989.  
  8990. #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_FPREG)
  8991.   sect->size = sizeof (lwpstat.pr_fpreg);
  8992.   sect->filepos = note->descpos + offsetof (lwpstatus_t, pr_fpreg);
  8993. #endif
  8994.  
  8995.   sect->alignment_power = 2;
  8996.  
  8997.   return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, ".reg2", sect);
  8998. }
  8999. #endif /* defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T) */
  9000.  
  9001. static bfd_boolean
  9002. elfcore_grok_win32pstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
  9003. {
  9004.   char buf[30];
  9005.   char *name;
  9006.   size_t len;
  9007.   asection *sect;
  9008.   int type;
  9009.   int is_active_thread;
  9010.   bfd_vma base_addr;
  9011.  
  9012.   if (note->descsz < 728)
  9013.     return TRUE;
  9014.  
  9015.   if (! CONST_STRNEQ (note->namedata, "win32"))
  9016.     return TRUE;
  9017.  
  9018.   type = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata);
  9019.  
  9020.   switch (type)
  9021.     {
  9022.     case 1 /* NOTE_INFO_PROCESS */:
  9023.       /* FIXME: need to add ->core->command.  */
  9024.       /* process_info.pid */
  9025.       elf_tdata (abfd)->core->pid = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 8);
  9026.       /* process_info.signal */
  9027.       elf_tdata (abfd)->core->signal = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 12);
  9028.       break;
  9029.  
  9030.     case 2 /* NOTE_INFO_THREAD */:
  9031.       /* Make a ".reg/999" section.  */
  9032.       /* thread_info.tid */
  9033.       sprintf (buf, ".reg/%ld", (long) bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 8));
  9034.  
  9035.       len = strlen (buf) + 1;
  9036.       name = (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
  9037.       if (name == NULL)
  9038.         return FALSE;
  9039.  
  9040.       memcpy (name, buf, len);
  9041.  
  9042.       sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
  9043.       if (sect == NULL)
  9044.         return FALSE;
  9045.  
  9046.       /* sizeof (thread_info.thread_context) */
  9047.       sect->size = 716;
  9048.       /* offsetof (thread_info.thread_context) */
  9049.       sect->filepos = note->descpos + 12;
  9050.       sect->alignment_power = 2;
  9051.  
  9052.       /* thread_info.is_active_thread */
  9053.       is_active_thread = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 8);
  9054.  
  9055.       if (is_active_thread)
  9056.         if (! elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, ".reg", sect))
  9057.           return FALSE;
  9058.       break;
  9059.  
  9060.     case 3 /* NOTE_INFO_MODULE */:
  9061.       /* Make a ".module/xxxxxxxx" section.  */
  9062.       /* module_info.base_address */
  9063.       base_addr = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 4);
  9064.       sprintf (buf, ".module/%08lx", (unsigned long) base_addr);
  9065.  
  9066.       len = strlen (buf) + 1;
  9067.       name = (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
  9068.       if (name == NULL)
  9069.         return FALSE;
  9070.  
  9071.       memcpy (name, buf, len);
  9072.  
  9073.       sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
  9074.  
  9075.       if (sect == NULL)
  9076.         return FALSE;
  9077.  
  9078.       sect->size = note->descsz;
  9079.       sect->filepos = note->descpos;
  9080.       sect->alignment_power = 2;
  9081.       break;
  9082.  
  9083.     default:
  9084.       return TRUE;
  9085.     }
  9086.  
  9087.   return TRUE;
  9088. }
  9089.  
  9090. static bfd_boolean
  9091. elfcore_grok_note (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
  9092. {
  9093.   const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
  9094.  
  9095.   switch (note->type)
  9096.     {
  9097.     default:
  9098.       return TRUE;
  9099.  
  9100.     case NT_PRSTATUS:
  9101.       if (bed->elf_backend_grok_prstatus)
  9102.         if ((*bed->elf_backend_grok_prstatus) (abfd, note))
  9103.           return TRUE;
  9104. #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
  9105.       return elfcore_grok_prstatus (abfd, note);
  9106. #else
  9107.       return TRUE;
  9108. #endif
  9109.  
  9110. #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
  9111.     case NT_PSTATUS:
  9112.       return elfcore_grok_pstatus (abfd, note);
  9113. #endif
  9114.  
  9115. #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
  9116.     case NT_LWPSTATUS:
  9117.       return elfcore_grok_lwpstatus (abfd, note);
  9118. #endif
  9119.  
  9120.     case NT_FPREGSET:           /* FIXME: rename to NT_PRFPREG */
  9121.       return elfcore_grok_prfpreg (abfd, note);
  9122.  
  9123.     case NT_WIN32PSTATUS:
  9124.       return elfcore_grok_win32pstatus (abfd, note);
  9125.  
  9126.     case NT_PRXFPREG:           /* Linux SSE extension */
  9127.       if (note->namesz == 6
  9128.           && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
  9129.         return elfcore_grok_prxfpreg (abfd, note);
  9130.       else
  9131.         return TRUE;
  9132.  
  9133.     case NT_X86_XSTATE:         /* Linux XSAVE extension */
  9134.       if (note->namesz == 6
  9135.           && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
  9136.         return elfcore_grok_xstatereg (abfd, note);
  9137.       else if (note->namesz == 8
  9138.           && strcmp (note->namedata, "FreeBSD") == 0)
  9139.         return elfcore_grok_xstatereg (abfd, note);
  9140.       else
  9141.         return TRUE;
  9142.  
  9143.     case NT_PPC_VMX:
  9144.       if (note->namesz == 6
  9145.           && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
  9146.         return elfcore_grok_ppc_vmx (abfd, note);
  9147.       else
  9148.         return TRUE;
  9149.  
  9150.     case NT_PPC_VSX:
  9151.       if (note->namesz == 6
  9152.           && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
  9153.         return elfcore_grok_ppc_vsx (abfd, note);
  9154.       else
  9155.         return TRUE;
  9156.  
  9157.     case NT_S390_HIGH_GPRS:
  9158.       if (note->namesz == 6
  9159.           && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
  9160.         return elfcore_grok_s390_high_gprs (abfd, note);
  9161.       else
  9162.         return TRUE;
  9163.  
  9164.     case NT_S390_TIMER:
  9165.       if (note->namesz == 6
  9166.           && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
  9167.         return elfcore_grok_s390_timer (abfd, note);
  9168.       else
  9169.         return TRUE;
  9170.  
  9171.     case NT_S390_TODCMP:
  9172.       if (note->namesz == 6
  9173.           && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
  9174.         return elfcore_grok_s390_todcmp (abfd, note);
  9175.       else
  9176.         return TRUE;
  9177.  
  9178.     case NT_S390_TODPREG:
  9179.       if (note->namesz == 6
  9180.           && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
  9181.         return elfcore_grok_s390_todpreg (abfd, note);
  9182.       else
  9183.         return TRUE;
  9184.  
  9185.     case NT_S390_CTRS:
  9186.       if (note->namesz == 6
  9187.           && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
  9188.         return elfcore_grok_s390_ctrs (abfd, note);
  9189.       else
  9190.         return TRUE;
  9191.  
  9192.     case NT_S390_PREFIX:
  9193.       if (note->namesz == 6
  9194.           && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
  9195.         return elfcore_grok_s390_prefix (abfd, note);
  9196.       else
  9197.         return TRUE;
  9198.  
  9199.     case NT_S390_LAST_BREAK:
  9200.       if (note->namesz == 6
  9201.           && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
  9202.         return elfcore_grok_s390_last_break (abfd, note);
  9203.       else
  9204.         return TRUE;
  9205.  
  9206.     case NT_S390_SYSTEM_CALL:
  9207.       if (note->namesz == 6
  9208.           && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
  9209.         return elfcore_grok_s390_system_call (abfd, note);
  9210.       else
  9211.         return TRUE;
  9212.  
  9213.     case NT_S390_TDB:
  9214.       if (note->namesz == 6
  9215.           && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
  9216.         return elfcore_grok_s390_tdb (abfd, note);
  9217.       else
  9218.         return TRUE;
  9219.  
  9220.     case NT_S390_VXRS_LOW:
  9221.       if (note->namesz == 6
  9222.           && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
  9223.         return elfcore_grok_s390_vxrs_low (abfd, note);
  9224.       else
  9225.         return TRUE;
  9226.  
  9227.     case NT_S390_VXRS_HIGH:
  9228.       if (note->namesz == 6
  9229.           && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
  9230.         return elfcore_grok_s390_vxrs_high (abfd, note);
  9231.       else
  9232.         return TRUE;
  9233.  
  9234.     case NT_ARM_VFP:
  9235.       if (note->namesz == 6
  9236.           && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
  9237.         return elfcore_grok_arm_vfp (abfd, note);
  9238.       else
  9239.         return TRUE;
  9240.  
  9241.     case NT_ARM_TLS:
  9242.       if (note->namesz == 6
  9243.           && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
  9244.         return elfcore_grok_aarch_tls (abfd, note);
  9245.       else
  9246.         return TRUE;
  9247.  
  9248.     case NT_ARM_HW_BREAK:
  9249.       if (note->namesz == 6
  9250.           && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
  9251.         return elfcore_grok_aarch_hw_break (abfd, note);
  9252.       else
  9253.         return TRUE;
  9254.  
  9255.     case NT_ARM_HW_WATCH:
  9256.       if (note->namesz == 6
  9257.           && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
  9258.         return elfcore_grok_aarch_hw_watch (abfd, note);
  9259.       else
  9260.         return TRUE;
  9261.  
  9262.     case NT_PRPSINFO:
  9263.     case NT_PSINFO:
  9264.       if (bed->elf_backend_grok_psinfo)
  9265.         if ((*bed->elf_backend_grok_psinfo) (abfd, note))
  9266.           return TRUE;
  9267. #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
  9268.       return elfcore_grok_psinfo (abfd, note);
  9269. #else
  9270.       return TRUE;
  9271. #endif
  9272.  
  9273.     case NT_AUXV:
  9274.       {
  9275.         asection *sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".auxv",
  9276.                                                              SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
  9277.  
  9278.         if (sect == NULL)
  9279.           return FALSE;
  9280.         sect->size = note->descsz;
  9281.         sect->filepos = note->descpos;
  9282.         sect->alignment_power = 1 + bfd_get_arch_size (abfd) / 32;
  9283.  
  9284.         return TRUE;
  9285.       }
  9286.  
  9287.     case NT_FILE:
  9288.       return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".note.linuxcore.file",
  9289.                                               note);
  9290.  
  9291.     case NT_SIGINFO:
  9292.       return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".note.linuxcore.siginfo",
  9293.                                               note);
  9294.     }
  9295. }
  9296.  
  9297. static bfd_boolean
  9298. elfobj_grok_gnu_build_id (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
  9299. {
  9300.   struct bfd_build_id* build_id;
  9301.  
  9302.   if (note->descsz == 0)
  9303.     return FALSE;
  9304.  
  9305.   build_id = bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof (struct bfd_build_id) - 1 + note->descsz);
  9306.   if (build_id == NULL)
  9307.     return FALSE;
  9308.  
  9309.   build_id->size = note->descsz;
  9310.   memcpy (build_id->data, note->descdata, note->descsz);
  9311.   abfd->build_id = build_id;
  9312.  
  9313.   return TRUE;
  9314. }
  9315.  
  9316. static bfd_boolean
  9317. elfobj_grok_gnu_note (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
  9318. {
  9319.   switch (note->type)
  9320.     {
  9321.     default:
  9322.       return TRUE;
  9323.  
  9324.     case NT_GNU_BUILD_ID:
  9325.       return elfobj_grok_gnu_build_id (abfd, note);
  9326.     }
  9327. }
  9328.  
  9329. static bfd_boolean
  9330. elfobj_grok_stapsdt_note_1 (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
  9331. {
  9332.   struct sdt_note *cur =
  9333.     (struct sdt_note *) bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof (struct sdt_note)
  9334.                                    + note->descsz);
  9335.  
  9336.   cur->next = (struct sdt_note *) (elf_tdata (abfd))->sdt_note_head;
  9337.   cur->size = (bfd_size_type) note->descsz;
  9338.   memcpy (cur->data, note->descdata, note->descsz);
  9339.  
  9340.   elf_tdata (abfd)->sdt_note_head = cur;
  9341.  
  9342.   return TRUE;
  9343. }
  9344.  
  9345. static bfd_boolean
  9346. elfobj_grok_stapsdt_note (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
  9347. {
  9348.   switch (note->type)
  9349.     {
  9350.     case NT_STAPSDT:
  9351.       return elfobj_grok_stapsdt_note_1 (abfd, note);
  9352.  
  9353.     default:
  9354.       return TRUE;
  9355.     }
  9356. }
  9357.  
  9358. static bfd_boolean
  9359. elfcore_netbsd_get_lwpid (Elf_Internal_Note *note, int *lwpidp)
  9360. {
  9361.   char *cp;
  9362.  
  9363.   cp = strchr (note->namedata, '@');
  9364.   if (cp != NULL)
  9365.     {
  9366.       *lwpidp = atoi(cp + 1);
  9367.       return TRUE;
  9368.     }
  9369.   return FALSE;
  9370. }
  9371.  
  9372. static bfd_boolean
  9373. elfcore_grok_netbsd_procinfo (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
  9374. {
  9375.   /* Signal number at offset 0x08. */
  9376.   elf_tdata (abfd)->core->signal
  9377.     = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) note->descdata + 0x08);
  9378.  
  9379.   /* Process ID at offset 0x50. */
  9380.   elf_tdata (abfd)->core->pid
  9381.     = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) note->descdata + 0x50);
  9382.  
  9383.   /* Command name at 0x7c (max 32 bytes, including nul). */
  9384.   elf_tdata (abfd)->core->command
  9385.     = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 0x7c, 31);
  9386.  
  9387.   return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".note.netbsdcore.procinfo",
  9388.                                           note);
  9389. }
  9390.  
  9391. static bfd_boolean
  9392. elfcore_grok_netbsd_note (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
  9393. {
  9394.   int lwp;
  9395.  
  9396.   if (elfcore_netbsd_get_lwpid (note, &lwp))
  9397.     elf_tdata (abfd)->core->lwpid = lwp;
  9398.  
  9399.   if (note->type == NT_NETBSDCORE_PROCINFO)
  9400.     {
  9401.       /* NetBSD-specific core "procinfo".  Note that we expect to
  9402.          find this note before any of the others, which is fine,
  9403.          since the kernel writes this note out first when it
  9404.          creates a core file.  */
  9405.  
  9406.       return elfcore_grok_netbsd_procinfo (abfd, note);
  9407.     }
  9408.  
  9409.   /* As of Jan 2002 there are no other machine-independent notes
  9410.      defined for NetBSD core files.  If the note type is less
  9411.      than the start of the machine-dependent note types, we don't
  9412.      understand it.  */
  9413.  
  9414.   if (note->type < NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH)
  9415.     return TRUE;
  9416.  
  9417.  
  9418.   switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd))
  9419.     {
  9420.       /* On the Alpha, SPARC (32-bit and 64-bit), PT_GETREGS == mach+0 and
  9421.          PT_GETFPREGS == mach+2.  */
  9422.  
  9423.     case bfd_arch_alpha:
  9424.     case bfd_arch_sparc:
  9425.       switch (note->type)
  9426.         {
  9427.         case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH+0:
  9428.           return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg", note);
  9429.  
  9430.         case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH+2:
  9431.           return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg2", note);
  9432.  
  9433.         default:
  9434.           return TRUE;
  9435.         }
  9436.  
  9437.       /* On all other arch's, PT_GETREGS == mach+1 and
  9438.          PT_GETFPREGS == mach+3.  */
  9439.  
  9440.     default:
  9441.       switch (note->type)
  9442.         {
  9443.         case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH+1:
  9444.           return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg", note);
  9445.  
  9446.         case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH+3:
  9447.           return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg2", note);
  9448.  
  9449.         default:
  9450.           return TRUE;
  9451.         }
  9452.     }
  9453.     /* NOTREACHED */
  9454. }
  9455.  
  9456. static bfd_boolean
  9457. elfcore_grok_openbsd_procinfo (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
  9458. {
  9459.   /* Signal number at offset 0x08. */
  9460.   elf_tdata (abfd)->core->signal
  9461.     = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) note->descdata + 0x08);
  9462.  
  9463.   /* Process ID at offset 0x20. */
  9464.   elf_tdata (abfd)->core->pid
  9465.     = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) note->descdata + 0x20);
  9466.  
  9467.   /* Command name at 0x48 (max 32 bytes, including nul). */
  9468.   elf_tdata (abfd)->core->command
  9469.     = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 0x48, 31);
  9470.  
  9471.   return TRUE;
  9472. }
  9473.  
  9474. static bfd_boolean
  9475. elfcore_grok_openbsd_note (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
  9476. {
  9477.   if (note->type == NT_OPENBSD_PROCINFO)
  9478.     return elfcore_grok_openbsd_procinfo (abfd, note);
  9479.  
  9480.   if (note->type == NT_OPENBSD_REGS)
  9481.     return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg", note);
  9482.  
  9483.   if (note->type == NT_OPENBSD_FPREGS)
  9484.     return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg2", note);
  9485.  
  9486.   if (note->type == NT_OPENBSD_XFPREGS)
  9487.     return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-xfp", note);
  9488.  
  9489.   if (note->type == NT_OPENBSD_AUXV)
  9490.     {
  9491.       asection *sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".auxv",
  9492.                                                            SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
  9493.  
  9494.       if (sect == NULL)
  9495.         return FALSE;
  9496.       sect->size = note->descsz;
  9497.       sect->filepos = note->descpos;
  9498.       sect->alignment_power = 1 + bfd_get_arch_size (abfd) / 32;
  9499.  
  9500.       return TRUE;
  9501.     }
  9502.  
  9503.   if (note->type == NT_OPENBSD_WCOOKIE)
  9504.     {
  9505.       asection *sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".wcookie",
  9506.                                                            SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
  9507.  
  9508.       if (sect == NULL)
  9509.         return FALSE;
  9510.       sect->size = note->descsz;
  9511.       sect->filepos = note->descpos;
  9512.       sect->alignment_power = 1 + bfd_get_arch_size (abfd) / 32;
  9513.  
  9514.       return TRUE;
  9515.     }
  9516.  
  9517.   return TRUE;
  9518. }
  9519.  
  9520. static bfd_boolean
  9521. elfcore_grok_nto_status (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note, long *tid)
  9522. {
  9523.   void *ddata = note->descdata;
  9524.   char buf[100];
  9525.   char *name;
  9526.   asection *sect;
  9527.   short sig;
  9528.   unsigned flags;
  9529.  
  9530.   /* nto_procfs_status 'pid' field is at offset 0.  */
  9531.   elf_tdata (abfd)->core->pid = bfd_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) ddata);
  9532.  
  9533.   /* nto_procfs_status 'tid' field is at offset 4.  Pass it back.  */
  9534.   *tid = bfd_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) ddata + 4);
  9535.  
  9536.   /* nto_procfs_status 'flags' field is at offset 8.  */
  9537.   flags = bfd_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) ddata + 8);
  9538.  
  9539.   /* nto_procfs_status 'what' field is at offset 14.  */
  9540.   if ((sig = bfd_get_16 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) ddata + 14)) > 0)
  9541.     {
  9542.       elf_tdata (abfd)->core->signal = sig;
  9543.       elf_tdata (abfd)->core->lwpid = *tid;
  9544.     }
  9545.  
  9546.   /* _DEBUG_FLAG_CURTID (current thread) is 0x80.  Some cores
  9547.      do not come from signals so we make sure we set the current
  9548.      thread just in case.  */
  9549.   if (flags & 0x00000080)
  9550.     elf_tdata (abfd)->core->lwpid = *tid;
  9551.  
  9552.   /* Make a ".qnx_core_status/%d" section.  */
  9553.   sprintf (buf, ".qnx_core_status/%ld", *tid);
  9554.  
  9555.   name = (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd, strlen (buf) + 1);
  9556.   if (name == NULL)
  9557.     return FALSE;
  9558.   strcpy (name, buf);
  9559.  
  9560.   sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
  9561.   if (sect == NULL)
  9562.     return FALSE;
  9563.  
  9564.   sect->size            = note->descsz;
  9565.   sect->filepos         = note->descpos;
  9566.   sect->alignment_power = 2;
  9567.  
  9568.   return (elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, ".qnx_core_status", sect));
  9569. }
  9570.  
  9571. static bfd_boolean
  9572. elfcore_grok_nto_regs (bfd *abfd,
  9573.                        Elf_Internal_Note *note,
  9574.                        long tid,
  9575.                        char *base)
  9576. {
  9577.   char buf[100];
  9578.   char *name;
  9579.   asection *sect;
  9580.  
  9581.   /* Make a "(base)/%d" section.  */
  9582.   sprintf (buf, "%s/%ld", base, tid);
  9583.  
  9584.   name = (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd, strlen (buf) + 1);
  9585.   if (name == NULL)
  9586.     return FALSE;
  9587.   strcpy (name, buf);
  9588.  
  9589.   sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
  9590.   if (sect == NULL)
  9591.     return FALSE;
  9592.  
  9593.   sect->size            = note->descsz;
  9594.   sect->filepos         = note->descpos;
  9595.   sect->alignment_power = 2;
  9596.  
  9597.   /* This is the current thread.  */
  9598.   if (elf_tdata (abfd)->core->lwpid == tid)
  9599.     return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, base, sect);
  9600.  
  9601.   return TRUE;
  9602. }
  9603.  
  9604. #define BFD_QNT_CORE_INFO       7
  9605. #define BFD_QNT_CORE_STATUS     8
  9606. #define BFD_QNT_CORE_GREG       9
  9607. #define BFD_QNT_CORE_FPREG      10
  9608.  
  9609. static bfd_boolean
  9610. elfcore_grok_nto_note (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
  9611. {
  9612.   /* Every GREG section has a STATUS section before it.  Store the
  9613.      tid from the previous call to pass down to the next gregs
  9614.      function.  */
  9615.   static long tid = 1;
  9616.  
  9617.   switch (note->type)
  9618.     {
  9619.     case BFD_QNT_CORE_INFO:
  9620.       return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".qnx_core_info", note);
  9621.     case BFD_QNT_CORE_STATUS:
  9622.       return elfcore_grok_nto_status (abfd, note, &tid);
  9623.     case BFD_QNT_CORE_GREG:
  9624.       return elfcore_grok_nto_regs (abfd, note, tid, ".reg");
  9625.     case BFD_QNT_CORE_FPREG:
  9626.       return elfcore_grok_nto_regs (abfd, note, tid, ".reg2");
  9627.     default:
  9628.       return TRUE;
  9629.     }
  9630. }
  9631.  
  9632. static bfd_boolean
  9633. elfcore_grok_spu_note (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
  9634. {
  9635.   char *name;
  9636.   asection *sect;
  9637.   size_t len;
  9638.  
  9639.   /* Use note name as section name.  */
  9640.   len = note->namesz;
  9641.   name = (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
  9642.   if (name == NULL)
  9643.     return FALSE;
  9644.   memcpy (name, note->namedata, len);
  9645.   name[len - 1] = '\0';
  9646.  
  9647.   sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
  9648.   if (sect == NULL)
  9649.     return FALSE;
  9650.  
  9651.   sect->size            = note->descsz;
  9652.   sect->filepos         = note->descpos;
  9653.   sect->alignment_power = 1;
  9654.  
  9655.   return TRUE;
  9656. }
  9657.  
  9658. /* Function: elfcore_write_note
  9659.  
  9660.    Inputs:
  9661.      buffer to hold note, and current size of buffer
  9662.      name of note
  9663.      type of note
  9664.      data for note
  9665.      size of data for note
  9666.  
  9667.    Writes note to end of buffer.  ELF64 notes are written exactly as
  9668.    for ELF32, despite the current (as of 2006) ELF gabi specifying
  9669.    that they ought to have 8-byte namesz and descsz field, and have
  9670.    8-byte alignment.  Other writers, eg. Linux kernel, do the same.
  9671.  
  9672.    Return:
  9673.    Pointer to realloc'd buffer, *BUFSIZ updated.  */
  9674.  
  9675. char *
  9676. elfcore_write_note (bfd *abfd,
  9677.                     char *buf,
  9678.                     int *bufsiz,
  9679.                     const char *name,
  9680.                     int type,
  9681.                     const void *input,
  9682.                     int size)
  9683. {
  9684.   Elf_External_Note *xnp;
  9685.   size_t namesz;
  9686.   size_t newspace;
  9687.   char *dest;
  9688.  
  9689.   namesz = 0;
  9690.   if (name != NULL)
  9691.     namesz = strlen (name) + 1;
  9692.  
  9693.   newspace = 12 + ((namesz + 3) & -4) + ((size + 3) & -4);
  9694.  
  9695.   buf = (char *) realloc (buf, *bufsiz + newspace);
  9696.   if (buf == NULL)
  9697.     return buf;
  9698.   dest = buf + *bufsiz;
  9699.   *bufsiz += newspace;
  9700.   xnp = (Elf_External_Note *) dest;
  9701.   H_PUT_32 (abfd, namesz, xnp->namesz);
  9702.   H_PUT_32 (abfd, size, xnp->descsz);
  9703.   H_PUT_32 (abfd, type, xnp->type);
  9704.   dest = xnp->name;
  9705.   if (name != NULL)
  9706.     {
  9707.       memcpy (dest, name, namesz);
  9708.       dest += namesz;
  9709.       while (namesz & 3)
  9710.         {
  9711.           *dest++ = '\0';
  9712.           ++namesz;
  9713.         }
  9714.     }
  9715.   memcpy (dest, input, size);
  9716.   dest += size;
  9717.   while (size & 3)
  9718.     {
  9719.       *dest++ = '\0';
  9720.       ++size;
  9721.     }
  9722.   return buf;
  9723. }
  9724.  
  9725. char *
  9726. elfcore_write_prpsinfo (bfd  *abfd,
  9727.                         char *buf,
  9728.                         int  *bufsiz,
  9729.                         const char *fname,
  9730.                         const char *psargs)
  9731. {
  9732.   const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
  9733.  
  9734.   if (bed->elf_backend_write_core_note != NULL)
  9735.     {
  9736.       char *ret;
  9737.       ret = (*bed->elf_backend_write_core_note) (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
  9738.                                                  NT_PRPSINFO, fname, psargs);
  9739.       if (ret != NULL)
  9740.         return ret;
  9741.     }
  9742.  
  9743. #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
  9744. #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T)
  9745.   if (bed->s->elfclass == ELFCLASS32)
  9746.     {
  9747. #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T)
  9748.       psinfo32_t data;
  9749.       int note_type = NT_PSINFO;
  9750. #else
  9751.       prpsinfo32_t data;
  9752.       int note_type = NT_PRPSINFO;
  9753. #endif
  9754.  
  9755.       memset (&data, 0, sizeof (data));
  9756.       strncpy (data.pr_fname, fname, sizeof (data.pr_fname));
  9757.       strncpy (data.pr_psargs, psargs, sizeof (data.pr_psargs));
  9758.       return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
  9759.                                  "CORE", note_type, &data, sizeof (data));
  9760.     }
  9761.   else
  9762. #endif
  9763.     {
  9764. #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
  9765.       psinfo_t data;
  9766.       int note_type = NT_PSINFO;
  9767. #else
  9768.       prpsinfo_t data;
  9769.       int note_type = NT_PRPSINFO;
  9770. #endif
  9771.  
  9772.       memset (&data, 0, sizeof (data));
  9773.       strncpy (data.pr_fname, fname, sizeof (data.pr_fname));
  9774.       strncpy (data.pr_psargs, psargs, sizeof (data.pr_psargs));
  9775.       return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
  9776.                                  "CORE", note_type, &data, sizeof (data));
  9777.     }
  9778. #endif  /* PSINFO_T or PRPSINFO_T */
  9779.  
  9780.   free (buf);
  9781.   return NULL;
  9782. }
  9783.  
  9784. char *
  9785. elfcore_write_linux_prpsinfo32
  9786.   (bfd *abfd, char *buf, int *bufsiz,
  9787.    const struct elf_internal_linux_prpsinfo *prpsinfo)
  9788. {
  9789.   struct elf_external_linux_prpsinfo32 data;
  9790.  
  9791.   memset (&data, 0, sizeof (data));
  9792.   LINUX_PRPSINFO32_SWAP_FIELDS (abfd, prpsinfo, data);
  9793.  
  9794.   return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, "CORE", NT_PRPSINFO,
  9795.                              &data, sizeof (data));
  9796. }
  9797.  
  9798. char *
  9799. elfcore_write_linux_prpsinfo64
  9800.   (bfd *abfd, char *buf, int *bufsiz,
  9801.    const struct elf_internal_linux_prpsinfo *prpsinfo)
  9802. {
  9803.   struct elf_external_linux_prpsinfo64 data;
  9804.  
  9805.   memset (&data, 0, sizeof (data));
  9806.   LINUX_PRPSINFO64_SWAP_FIELDS (abfd, prpsinfo, data);
  9807.  
  9808.   return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
  9809.                              "CORE", NT_PRPSINFO, &data, sizeof (data));
  9810. }
  9811.  
  9812. char *
  9813. elfcore_write_prstatus (bfd *abfd,
  9814.                         char *buf,
  9815.                         int *bufsiz,
  9816.                         long pid,
  9817.                         int cursig,
  9818.                         const void *gregs)
  9819. {
  9820.   const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
  9821.  
  9822.   if (bed->elf_backend_write_core_note != NULL)
  9823.     {
  9824.       char *ret;
  9825.       ret = (*bed->elf_backend_write_core_note) (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
  9826.                                                  NT_PRSTATUS,
  9827.                                                  pid, cursig, gregs);
  9828.       if (ret != NULL)
  9829.         return ret;
  9830.     }
  9831.  
  9832. #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
  9833. #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T)
  9834.   if (bed->s->elfclass == ELFCLASS32)
  9835.     {
  9836.       prstatus32_t prstat;
  9837.  
  9838.       memset (&prstat, 0, sizeof (prstat));
  9839.       prstat.pr_pid = pid;
  9840.       prstat.pr_cursig = cursig;
  9841.       memcpy (&prstat.pr_reg, gregs, sizeof (prstat.pr_reg));
  9842.       return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, "CORE",
  9843.                                  NT_PRSTATUS, &prstat, sizeof (prstat));
  9844.     }
  9845.   else
  9846. #endif
  9847.     {
  9848.       prstatus_t prstat;
  9849.  
  9850.       memset (&prstat, 0, sizeof (prstat));
  9851.       prstat.pr_pid = pid;
  9852.       prstat.pr_cursig = cursig;
  9853.       memcpy (&prstat.pr_reg, gregs, sizeof (prstat.pr_reg));
  9854.       return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, "CORE",
  9855.                                  NT_PRSTATUS, &prstat, sizeof (prstat));
  9856.     }
  9857. #endif /* HAVE_PRSTATUS_T */
  9858.  
  9859.   free (buf);
  9860.   return NULL;
  9861. }
  9862.  
  9863. #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
  9864. char *
  9865. elfcore_write_lwpstatus (bfd *abfd,
  9866.                          char *buf,
  9867.                          int *bufsiz,
  9868.                          long pid,
  9869.                          int cursig,
  9870.                          const void *gregs)
  9871. {
  9872.   lwpstatus_t lwpstat;
  9873.   const char *note_name = "CORE";
  9874.  
  9875.   memset (&lwpstat, 0, sizeof (lwpstat));
  9876.   lwpstat.pr_lwpid  = pid >> 16;
  9877.   lwpstat.pr_cursig = cursig;
  9878. #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_REG)
  9879.   memcpy (&lwpstat.pr_reg, gregs, sizeof (lwpstat.pr_reg));
  9880. #elif defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
  9881. #if !defined(gregs)
  9882.   memcpy (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.gregs,
  9883.           gregs, sizeof (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.gregs));
  9884. #else
  9885.   memcpy (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.__gregs,
  9886.           gregs, sizeof (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.__gregs));
  9887. #endif
  9888. #endif
  9889.   return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, note_name,
  9890.                              NT_LWPSTATUS, &lwpstat, sizeof (lwpstat));
  9891. }
  9892. #endif /* HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T */
  9893.  
  9894. #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
  9895. char *
  9896. elfcore_write_pstatus (bfd *abfd,
  9897.                        char *buf,
  9898.                        int *bufsiz,
  9899.                        long pid,
  9900.                        int cursig ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
  9901.                        const void *gregs ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
  9902. {
  9903.   const char *note_name = "CORE";
  9904. #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS32_T)
  9905.   const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
  9906.  
  9907.   if (bed->s->elfclass == ELFCLASS32)
  9908.     {
  9909.       pstatus32_t pstat;
  9910.  
  9911.       memset (&pstat, 0, sizeof (pstat));
  9912.       pstat.pr_pid = pid & 0xffff;
  9913.       buf = elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, note_name,
  9914.                                 NT_PSTATUS, &pstat, sizeof (pstat));
  9915.       return buf;
  9916.     }
  9917.   else
  9918. #endif
  9919.     {
  9920.       pstatus_t pstat;
  9921.  
  9922.       memset (&pstat, 0, sizeof (pstat));
  9923.       pstat.pr_pid = pid & 0xffff;
  9924.       buf = elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, note_name,
  9925.                                 NT_PSTATUS, &pstat, sizeof (pstat));
  9926.       return buf;
  9927.     }
  9928. }
  9929. #endif /* HAVE_PSTATUS_T */
  9930.  
  9931. char *
  9932. elfcore_write_prfpreg (bfd *abfd,
  9933.                        char *buf,
  9934.                        int *bufsiz,
  9935.                        const void *fpregs,
  9936.                        int size)
  9937. {
  9938.   const char *note_name = "CORE";
  9939.   return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
  9940.                              note_name, NT_FPREGSET, fpregs, size);
  9941. }
  9942.  
  9943. char *
  9944. elfcore_write_prxfpreg (bfd *abfd,
  9945.                         char *buf,
  9946.                         int *bufsiz,
  9947.                         const void *xfpregs,
  9948.                         int size)
  9949. {
  9950.   char *note_name = "LINUX";
  9951.   return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
  9952.                              note_name, NT_PRXFPREG, xfpregs, size);
  9953. }
  9954.  
  9955. char *
  9956. elfcore_write_xstatereg (bfd *abfd, char *buf, int *bufsiz,
  9957.                          const void *xfpregs, int size)
  9958. {
  9959.   char *note_name;
  9960.   if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_osabi == ELFOSABI_FREEBSD)
  9961.     note_name = "FreeBSD";
  9962.   else
  9963.     note_name = "LINUX";
  9964.   return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
  9965.                              note_name, NT_X86_XSTATE, xfpregs, size);
  9966. }
  9967.  
  9968. char *
  9969. elfcore_write_ppc_vmx (bfd *abfd,
  9970.                        char *buf,
  9971.                        int *bufsiz,
  9972.                        const void *ppc_vmx,
  9973.                        int size)
  9974. {
  9975.   char *note_name = "LINUX";
  9976.   return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
  9977.                              note_name, NT_PPC_VMX, ppc_vmx, size);
  9978. }
  9979.  
  9980. char *
  9981. elfcore_write_ppc_vsx (bfd *abfd,
  9982.                        char *buf,
  9983.                        int *bufsiz,
  9984.                        const void *ppc_vsx,
  9985.                        int size)
  9986. {
  9987.   char *note_name = "LINUX";
  9988.   return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
  9989.                              note_name, NT_PPC_VSX, ppc_vsx, size);
  9990. }
  9991.  
  9992. static char *
  9993. elfcore_write_s390_high_gprs (bfd *abfd,
  9994.                               char *buf,
  9995.                               int *bufsiz,
  9996.                               const void *s390_high_gprs,
  9997.                               int size)
  9998. {
  9999.   char *note_name = "LINUX";
  10000.   return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
  10001.                              note_name, NT_S390_HIGH_GPRS,
  10002.                              s390_high_gprs, size);
  10003. }
  10004.  
  10005. char *
  10006. elfcore_write_s390_timer (bfd *abfd,
  10007.                           char *buf,
  10008.                           int *bufsiz,
  10009.                           const void *s390_timer,
  10010.                           int size)
  10011. {
  10012.   char *note_name = "LINUX";
  10013.   return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
  10014.                              note_name, NT_S390_TIMER, s390_timer, size);
  10015. }
  10016.  
  10017. char *
  10018. elfcore_write_s390_todcmp (bfd *abfd,
  10019.                            char *buf,
  10020.                            int *bufsiz,
  10021.                            const void *s390_todcmp,
  10022.                            int size)
  10023. {
  10024.   char *note_name = "LINUX";
  10025.   return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
  10026.                              note_name, NT_S390_TODCMP, s390_todcmp, size);
  10027. }
  10028.  
  10029. char *
  10030. elfcore_write_s390_todpreg (bfd *abfd,
  10031.                             char *buf,
  10032.                             int *bufsiz,
  10033.                             const void *s390_todpreg,
  10034.                             int size)
  10035. {
  10036.   char *note_name = "LINUX";
  10037.   return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
  10038.                              note_name, NT_S390_TODPREG, s390_todpreg, size);
  10039. }
  10040.  
  10041. char *
  10042. elfcore_write_s390_ctrs (bfd *abfd,
  10043.                          char *buf,
  10044.                          int *bufsiz,
  10045.                          const void *s390_ctrs,
  10046.                          int size)
  10047. {
  10048.   char *note_name = "LINUX";
  10049.   return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
  10050.                              note_name, NT_S390_CTRS, s390_ctrs, size);
  10051. }
  10052.  
  10053. char *
  10054. elfcore_write_s390_prefix (bfd *abfd,
  10055.                            char *buf,
  10056.                            int *bufsiz,
  10057.                            const void *s390_prefix,
  10058.                            int size)
  10059. {
  10060.   char *note_name = "LINUX";
  10061.   return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
  10062.                              note_name, NT_S390_PREFIX, s390_prefix, size);
  10063. }
  10064.  
  10065. char *
  10066. elfcore_write_s390_last_break (bfd *abfd,
  10067.                                char *buf,
  10068.                                int *bufsiz,
  10069.                                const void *s390_last_break,
  10070.                                int size)
  10071. {
  10072.   char *note_name = "LINUX";
  10073.   return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
  10074.                              note_name, NT_S390_LAST_BREAK,
  10075.                              s390_last_break, size);
  10076. }
  10077.  
  10078. char *
  10079. elfcore_write_s390_system_call (bfd *abfd,
  10080.                                 char *buf,
  10081.                                 int *bufsiz,
  10082.                                 const void *s390_system_call,
  10083.                                 int size)
  10084. {
  10085.   char *note_name = "LINUX";
  10086.   return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
  10087.                              note_name, NT_S390_SYSTEM_CALL,
  10088.                              s390_system_call, size);
  10089. }
  10090.  
  10091. char *
  10092. elfcore_write_s390_tdb (bfd *abfd,
  10093.                         char *buf,
  10094.                         int *bufsiz,
  10095.                         const void *s390_tdb,
  10096.                         int size)
  10097. {
  10098.   char *note_name = "LINUX";
  10099.   return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
  10100.                              note_name, NT_S390_TDB, s390_tdb, size);
  10101. }
  10102.  
  10103. char *
  10104. elfcore_write_s390_vxrs_low (bfd *abfd,
  10105.                              char *buf,
  10106.                              int *bufsiz,
  10107.                              const void *s390_vxrs_low,
  10108.                              int size)
  10109. {
  10110.   char *note_name = "LINUX";
  10111.   return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
  10112.                              note_name, NT_S390_VXRS_LOW, s390_vxrs_low, size);
  10113. }
  10114.  
  10115. char *
  10116. elfcore_write_s390_vxrs_high (bfd *abfd,
  10117.                              char *buf,
  10118.                              int *bufsiz,
  10119.                              const void *s390_vxrs_high,
  10120.                              int size)
  10121. {
  10122.   char *note_name = "LINUX";
  10123.   return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
  10124.                              note_name, NT_S390_VXRS_HIGH,
  10125.                              s390_vxrs_high, size);
  10126. }
  10127.  
  10128. char *
  10129. elfcore_write_arm_vfp (bfd *abfd,
  10130.                        char *buf,
  10131.                        int *bufsiz,
  10132.                        const void *arm_vfp,
  10133.                        int size)
  10134. {
  10135.   char *note_name = "LINUX";
  10136.   return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
  10137.                              note_name, NT_ARM_VFP, arm_vfp, size);
  10138. }
  10139.  
  10140. char *
  10141. elfcore_write_aarch_tls (bfd *abfd,
  10142.                        char *buf,
  10143.                        int *bufsiz,
  10144.                        const void *aarch_tls,
  10145.                        int size)
  10146. {
  10147.   char *note_name = "LINUX";
  10148.   return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
  10149.                              note_name, NT_ARM_TLS, aarch_tls, size);
  10150. }
  10151.  
  10152. char *
  10153. elfcore_write_aarch_hw_break (bfd *abfd,
  10154.                             char *buf,
  10155.                             int *bufsiz,
  10156.                             const void *aarch_hw_break,
  10157.                             int size)
  10158. {
  10159.   char *note_name = "LINUX";
  10160.   return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
  10161.                              note_name, NT_ARM_HW_BREAK, aarch_hw_break, size);
  10162. }
  10163.  
  10164. char *
  10165. elfcore_write_aarch_hw_watch (bfd *abfd,
  10166.                             char *buf,
  10167.                             int *bufsiz,
  10168.                             const void *aarch_hw_watch,
  10169.                             int size)
  10170. {
  10171.   char *note_name = "LINUX";
  10172.   return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
  10173.                              note_name, NT_ARM_HW_WATCH, aarch_hw_watch, size);
  10174. }
  10175.  
  10176. char *
  10177. elfcore_write_register_note (bfd *abfd,
  10178.                              char *buf,
  10179.                              int *bufsiz,
  10180.                              const char *section,
  10181.                              const void *data,
  10182.                              int size)
  10183. {
  10184.   if (strcmp (section, ".reg2") == 0)
  10185.     return elfcore_write_prfpreg (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
  10186.   if (strcmp (section, ".reg-xfp") == 0)
  10187.     return elfcore_write_prxfpreg (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
  10188.   if (strcmp (section, ".reg-xstate") == 0)
  10189.     return elfcore_write_xstatereg (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
  10190.   if (strcmp (section, ".reg-ppc-vmx") == 0)
  10191.     return elfcore_write_ppc_vmx (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
  10192.   if (strcmp (section, ".reg-ppc-vsx") == 0)
  10193.     return elfcore_write_ppc_vsx (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
  10194.   if (strcmp (section, ".reg-s390-high-gprs") == 0)
  10195.     return elfcore_write_s390_high_gprs (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
  10196.   if (strcmp (section, ".reg-s390-timer") == 0)
  10197.     return elfcore_write_s390_timer (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
  10198.   if (strcmp (section, ".reg-s390-todcmp") == 0)
  10199.     return elfcore_write_s390_todcmp (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
  10200.   if (strcmp (section, ".reg-s390-todpreg") == 0)
  10201.     return elfcore_write_s390_todpreg (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
  10202.   if (strcmp (section, ".reg-s390-ctrs") == 0)
  10203.     return elfcore_write_s390_ctrs (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
  10204.   if (strcmp (section, ".reg-s390-prefix") == 0)
  10205.     return elfcore_write_s390_prefix (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
  10206.   if (strcmp (section, ".reg-s390-last-break") == 0)
  10207.     return elfcore_write_s390_last_break (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
  10208.   if (strcmp (section, ".reg-s390-system-call") == 0)
  10209.     return elfcore_write_s390_system_call (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
  10210.   if (strcmp (section, ".reg-s390-tdb") == 0)
  10211.     return elfcore_write_s390_tdb (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
  10212.   if (strcmp (section, ".reg-s390-vxrs-low") == 0)
  10213.     return elfcore_write_s390_vxrs_low (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
  10214.   if (strcmp (section, ".reg-s390-vxrs-high") == 0)
  10215.     return elfcore_write_s390_vxrs_high (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
  10216.   if (strcmp (section, ".reg-arm-vfp") == 0)
  10217.     return elfcore_write_arm_vfp (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
  10218.   if (strcmp (section, ".reg-aarch-tls") == 0)
  10219.     return elfcore_write_aarch_tls (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
  10220.   if (strcmp (section, ".reg-aarch-hw-break") == 0)
  10221.     return elfcore_write_aarch_hw_break (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
  10222.   if (strcmp (section, ".reg-aarch-hw-watch") == 0)
  10223.     return elfcore_write_aarch_hw_watch (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
  10224.   return NULL;
  10225. }
  10226.  
  10227. static bfd_boolean
  10228. elf_parse_notes (bfd *abfd, char *buf, size_t size, file_ptr offset)
  10229. {
  10230.   char *p;
  10231.  
  10232.   p = buf;
  10233.   while (p < buf + size)
  10234.     {
  10235.       /* FIXME: bad alignment assumption.  */
  10236.       Elf_External_Note *xnp = (Elf_External_Note *) p;
  10237.       Elf_Internal_Note in;
  10238.  
  10239.       if (offsetof (Elf_External_Note, name) > buf - p + size)
  10240.         return FALSE;
  10241.  
  10242.       in.type = H_GET_32 (abfd, xnp->type);
  10243.  
  10244.       in.namesz = H_GET_32 (abfd, xnp->namesz);
  10245.       in.namedata = xnp->name;
  10246.       if (in.namesz > buf - in.namedata + size)
  10247.         return FALSE;
  10248.  
  10249.       in.descsz = H_GET_32 (abfd, xnp->descsz);
  10250.       in.descdata = in.namedata + BFD_ALIGN (in.namesz, 4);
  10251.       in.descpos = offset + (in.descdata - buf);
  10252.       if (in.descsz != 0
  10253.           && (in.descdata >= buf + size
  10254.               || in.descsz > buf - in.descdata + size))
  10255.         return FALSE;
  10256.  
  10257.       switch (bfd_get_format (abfd))
  10258.         {
  10259.         default:
  10260.           return TRUE;
  10261.  
  10262.         case bfd_core:
  10263.           {
  10264. #define GROKER_ELEMENT(S,F) {S, sizeof (S) - 1, F}
  10265.             struct
  10266.             {
  10267.               const char * string;
  10268.               size_t len;
  10269.               bfd_boolean (* func)(bfd *, Elf_Internal_Note *);
  10270.             }
  10271.             grokers[] =
  10272.             {
  10273.               GROKER_ELEMENT ("", elfcore_grok_note),
  10274.               GROKER_ELEMENT ("NetBSD-CORE", elfcore_grok_netbsd_note),
  10275.               GROKER_ELEMENT ( "OpenBSD", elfcore_grok_openbsd_note),
  10276.               GROKER_ELEMENT ("QNX", elfcore_grok_nto_note),
  10277.               GROKER_ELEMENT ("SPU/", elfcore_grok_spu_note)
  10278.             };
  10279. #undef GROKER_ELEMENT
  10280.             int i;
  10281.  
  10282.             for (i = ARRAY_SIZE (grokers); i--;)
  10283.               {
  10284.                 if (in.namesz >= grokers[i].len
  10285.                     && strncmp (in.namedata, grokers[i].string,
  10286.                                 grokers[i].len) == 0)
  10287.                   {
  10288.                     if (! grokers[i].func (abfd, & in))
  10289.                       return FALSE;
  10290.                     break;
  10291.                   }
  10292.               }
  10293.             break;
  10294.           }
  10295.  
  10296.         case bfd_object:
  10297.           if (in.namesz == sizeof "GNU" && strcmp (in.namedata, "GNU") == 0)
  10298.             {
  10299.               if (! elfobj_grok_gnu_note (abfd, &in))
  10300.                 return FALSE;
  10301.             }
  10302.           else if (in.namesz == sizeof "stapsdt"
  10303.                    && strcmp (in.namedata, "stapsdt") == 0)
  10304.             {
  10305.               if (! elfobj_grok_stapsdt_note (abfd, &in))
  10306.                 return FALSE;
  10307.             }
  10308.           break;
  10309.         }
  10310.  
  10311.       p = in.descdata + BFD_ALIGN (in.descsz, 4);
  10312.     }
  10313.  
  10314.   return TRUE;
  10315. }
  10316.  
  10317. static bfd_boolean
  10318. elf_read_notes (bfd *abfd, file_ptr offset, bfd_size_type size)
  10319. {
  10320.   char *buf;
  10321.  
  10322.   if (size <= 0)
  10323.     return TRUE;
  10324.  
  10325.   if (bfd_seek (abfd, offset, SEEK_SET) != 0)
  10326.     return FALSE;
  10327.  
  10328.   buf = (char *) bfd_malloc (size + 1);
  10329.   if (buf == NULL)
  10330.     return FALSE;
  10331.  
  10332.   /* PR 17512: file: ec08f814
  10333.      0-termintate the buffer so that string searches will not overflow.  */
  10334.   buf[size] = 0;
  10335.  
  10336.   if (bfd_bread (buf, size, abfd) != size
  10337.       || !elf_parse_notes (abfd, buf, size, offset))
  10338.     {
  10339.       free (buf);
  10340.       return FALSE;
  10341.     }
  10342.  
  10343.   free (buf);
  10344.   return TRUE;
  10345. }
  10347. /* Providing external access to the ELF program header table.  */
  10348.  
  10349. /* Return an upper bound on the number of bytes required to store a
  10350.    copy of ABFD's program header table entries.  Return -1 if an error
  10351.    occurs; bfd_get_error will return an appropriate code.  */
  10352.  
  10353. long
  10354. bfd_get_elf_phdr_upper_bound (bfd *abfd)
  10355. {
  10356.   if (abfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
  10357.     {
  10358.       bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format);
  10359.       return -1;
  10360.     }
  10361.  
  10362.   return elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum * sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr);
  10363. }
  10364.  
  10365. /* Copy ABFD's program header table entries to *PHDRS.  The entries
  10366.    will be stored as an array of Elf_Internal_Phdr structures, as
  10367.    defined in include/elf/internal.h.  To find out how large the
  10368.    buffer needs to be, call bfd_get_elf_phdr_upper_bound.
  10369.  
  10370.    Return the number of program header table entries read, or -1 if an
  10371.    error occurs; bfd_get_error will return an appropriate code.  */
  10372.  
  10373. int
  10374. bfd_get_elf_phdrs (bfd *abfd, void *phdrs)
  10375. {
  10376.   int num_phdrs;
  10377.  
  10378.   if (abfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
  10379.     {
  10380.       bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format);
  10381.       return -1;
  10382.     }
  10383.  
  10384.   num_phdrs = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum;
  10385.   memcpy (phdrs, elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr,
  10386.           num_phdrs * sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr));
  10387.  
  10388.   return num_phdrs;
  10389. }
  10390.  
  10391. enum elf_reloc_type_class
  10392. _bfd_elf_reloc_type_class (const struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
  10393.                            const asection *rel_sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
  10394.                            const Elf_Internal_Rela *rela ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
  10395. {
  10396.   return reloc_class_normal;
  10397. }
  10398.  
  10399. /* For RELA architectures, return the relocation value for a
  10400.    relocation against a local symbol.  */
  10401.  
  10402. bfd_vma
  10403. _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (bfd *abfd,
  10404.                          Elf_Internal_Sym *sym,
  10405.                          asection **psec,
  10406.                          Elf_Internal_Rela *rel)
  10407. {
  10408.   asection *sec = *psec;
  10409.   bfd_vma relocation;
  10410.  
  10411.   relocation = (sec->output_section->vma
  10412.                 + sec->output_offset
  10413.                 + sym->st_value);
  10414.   if ((sec->flags & SEC_MERGE)
  10415.       && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_SECTION
  10416.       && sec->sec_info_type == SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE)
  10417.     {
  10418.       rel->r_addend =
  10419.         _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd, psec,
  10420.                                     elf_section_data (sec)->sec_info,
  10421.                                     sym->st_value + rel->r_addend);
  10422.       if (sec != *psec)
  10423.         {
  10424.           /* If we have changed the section, and our original section is
  10425.              marked with SEC_EXCLUDE, it means that the original
  10426.              SEC_MERGE section has been completely subsumed in some
  10427.              other SEC_MERGE section.  In this case, we need to leave
  10428.              some info around for --emit-relocs.  */
  10429.           if ((sec->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) != 0)
  10430.             sec->kept_section = *psec;
  10431.           sec = *psec;
  10432.         }
  10433.       rel->r_addend -= relocation;
  10434.       rel->r_addend += sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset;
  10435.     }
  10436.   return relocation;
  10437. }
  10438.  
  10439. bfd_vma
  10440. _bfd_elf_rel_local_sym (bfd *abfd,
  10441.                         Elf_Internal_Sym *sym,
  10442.                         asection **psec,
  10443.                         bfd_vma addend)
  10444. {
  10445.   asection *sec = *psec;
  10446.  
  10447.   if (sec->sec_info_type != SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE)
  10448.     return sym->st_value + addend;
  10449.  
  10450.   return _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd, psec,
  10451.                                      elf_section_data (sec)->sec_info,
  10452.                                      sym->st_value + addend);
  10453. }
  10454.  
  10455. bfd_vma
  10456. _bfd_elf_section_offset (bfd *abfd,
  10457.                          struct bfd_link_info *info,
  10458.                          asection *sec,
  10459.                          bfd_vma offset)
  10460. {
  10461.   switch (sec->sec_info_type)
  10462.     {
  10463.     case SEC_INFO_TYPE_STABS:
  10464.       return _bfd_stab_section_offset (sec, elf_section_data (sec)->sec_info,
  10465.                                        offset);
  10466.     case SEC_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME:
  10467.       return _bfd_elf_eh_frame_section_offset (abfd, info, sec, offset);
  10468.     default:
  10469.       if ((sec->flags & SEC_ELF_REVERSE_COPY) != 0)
  10470.         {
  10471.           const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
  10472.           bfd_size_type address_size = bed->s->arch_size / 8;
  10473.           offset = sec->size - offset - address_size;
  10474.         }
  10475.       return offset;
  10476.     }
  10477. }
  10479. /* Create a new BFD as if by bfd_openr.  Rather than opening a file,
  10480.    reconstruct an ELF file by reading the segments out of remote memory
  10481.    based on the ELF file header at EHDR_VMA and the ELF program headers it
  10482.    points to.  If not null, *LOADBASEP is filled in with the difference
  10483.    between the VMAs from which the segments were read, and the VMAs the
  10484.    file headers (and hence BFD's idea of each section's VMA) put them at.
  10485.  
  10486.    The function TARGET_READ_MEMORY is called to copy LEN bytes from the
  10487.    remote memory at target address VMA into the local buffer at MYADDR; it
  10488.    should return zero on success or an `errno' code on failure.  TEMPL must
  10489.    be a BFD for an ELF target with the word size and byte order found in
  10490.    the remote memory.  */
  10491.  
  10492. bfd *
  10493. bfd_elf_bfd_from_remote_memory
  10494.   (bfd *templ,
  10495.    bfd_vma ehdr_vma,
  10496.    bfd_size_type size,
  10497.    bfd_vma *loadbasep,
  10498.    int (*target_read_memory) (bfd_vma, bfd_byte *, bfd_size_type))
  10499. {
  10500.   return (*get_elf_backend_data (templ)->elf_backend_bfd_from_remote_memory)
  10501.     (templ, ehdr_vma, size, loadbasep, target_read_memory);
  10502. }
  10504. long
  10505. _bfd_elf_get_synthetic_symtab (bfd *abfd,
  10506.                                long symcount ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
  10507.                                asymbol **syms ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
  10508.                                long dynsymcount,
  10509.                                asymbol **dynsyms,
  10510.                                asymbol **ret)
  10511. {
  10512.   const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
  10513.   asection *relplt;
  10514.   asymbol *s;
  10515.   const char *relplt_name;
  10516.   bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs) (bfd *, asection *, asymbol **, bfd_boolean);
  10517.   arelent *p;
  10518.   long count, i, n;
  10519.   size_t size;
  10520.   Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
  10521.   char *names;
  10522.   asection *plt;
  10523.  
  10524.   *ret = NULL;
  10525.  
  10526.   if ((abfd->flags & (DYNAMIC | EXEC_P)) == 0)
  10527.     return 0;
  10528.  
  10529.   if (dynsymcount <= 0)
  10530.     return 0;
  10531.  
  10532.   if (!bed->plt_sym_val)
  10533.     return 0;
  10534.  
  10535.   relplt_name = bed->relplt_name;
  10536.   if (relplt_name == NULL)
  10537.     relplt_name = bed->rela_plts_and_copies_p ? ".rela.plt" : ".rel.plt";
  10538.   relplt = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, relplt_name);
  10539.   if (relplt == NULL)
  10540.     return 0;
  10541.  
  10542.   hdr = &elf_section_data (relplt)->this_hdr;
  10543.   if (hdr->sh_link != elf_dynsymtab (abfd)
  10544.       || (hdr->sh_type != SHT_REL && hdr->sh_type != SHT_RELA))
  10545.     return 0;
  10546.  
  10547.   plt = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".plt");
  10548.   if (plt == NULL)
  10549.     return 0;
  10550.  
  10551.   slurp_relocs = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->slurp_reloc_table;
  10552.   if (! (*slurp_relocs) (abfd, relplt, dynsyms, TRUE))
  10553.     return -1;
  10554.  
  10555.   count = relplt->size / hdr->sh_entsize;
  10556.   size = count * sizeof (asymbol);
  10557.   p = relplt->relocation;
  10558.   for (i = 0; i < count; i++, p += bed->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel)
  10559.     {
  10560.       size += strlen ((*p->sym_ptr_ptr)->name) + sizeof ("@plt");
  10561.       if (p->addend != 0)
  10562.         {
  10563. #ifdef BFD64
  10564.           size += sizeof ("+0x") - 1 + 8 + 8 * (bed->s->elfclass == ELFCLASS64);
  10565. #else
  10566.           size += sizeof ("+0x") - 1 + 8;
  10567. #endif
  10568.         }
  10569.     }
  10570.  
  10571.   s = *ret = (asymbol *) bfd_malloc (size);
  10572.   if (s == NULL)
  10573.     return -1;
  10574.  
  10575.   names = (char *) (s + count);
  10576.   p = relplt->relocation;
  10577.   n = 0;
  10578.   for (i = 0; i < count; i++, p += bed->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel)
  10579.     {
  10580.       size_t len;
  10581.       bfd_vma addr;
  10582.  
  10583.       addr = bed->plt_sym_val (i, plt, p);
  10584.       if (addr == (bfd_vma) -1)
  10585.         continue;
  10586.  
  10587.       *s = **p->sym_ptr_ptr;
  10588.       /* Undefined syms won't have BSF_LOCAL or BSF_GLOBAL set.  Since
  10589.          we are defining a symbol, ensure one of them is set.  */
  10590.       if ((s->flags & BSF_LOCAL) == 0)
  10591.         s->flags |= BSF_GLOBAL;
  10592.       s->flags |= BSF_SYNTHETIC;
  10593.       s->section = plt;
  10594.       s->value = addr - plt->vma;
  10595.       s->name = names;
  10596.       s->udata.p = NULL;
  10597.       len = strlen ((*p->sym_ptr_ptr)->name);
  10598.       memcpy (names, (*p->sym_ptr_ptr)->name, len);
  10599.       names += len;
  10600.       if (p->addend != 0)
  10601.         {
  10602.           char buf[30], *a;
  10603.  
  10604.           memcpy (names, "+0x", sizeof ("+0x") - 1);
  10605.           names += sizeof ("+0x") - 1;
  10606.           bfd_sprintf_vma (abfd, buf, p->addend);
  10607.           for (a = buf; *a == '0'; ++a)
  10608.             ;
  10609.           len = strlen (a);
  10610.           memcpy (names, a, len);
  10611.           names += len;
  10612.         }
  10613.       memcpy (names, "@plt", sizeof ("@plt"));
  10614.       names += sizeof ("@plt");
  10615.       ++s, ++n;
  10616.     }
  10617.  
  10618.   return n;
  10619. }
  10620.  
  10621. /* It is only used by x86-64 so far.  */
  10622. asection _bfd_elf_large_com_section
  10623.   = BFD_FAKE_SECTION (_bfd_elf_large_com_section,
  10624.                       SEC_IS_COMMON, NULL, "LARGE_COMMON", 0);
  10625.  
  10626. void
  10627. _bfd_elf_post_process_headers (bfd * abfd,
  10628.                                struct bfd_link_info * link_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
  10629. {
  10630.   Elf_Internal_Ehdr * i_ehdrp;  /* ELF file header, internal form.  */
  10631.  
  10632.   i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd);
  10633.  
  10634.   i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_OSABI] = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_osabi;
  10635.  
  10636.   /* To make things simpler for the loader on Linux systems we set the
  10637.      osabi field to ELFOSABI_GNU if the binary contains symbols of
  10638.      the STT_GNU_IFUNC type or STB_GNU_UNIQUE binding.  */
  10639.   if (i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_OSABI] == ELFOSABI_NONE
  10640.       && elf_tdata (abfd)->has_gnu_symbols)
  10641.     i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_OSABI] = ELFOSABI_GNU;
  10642. }
  10643.  
  10644.  
  10645. /* Return TRUE for ELF symbol types that represent functions.
  10646.    This is the default version of this function, which is sufficient for
  10647.    most targets.  It returns true if TYPE is STT_FUNC or STT_GNU_IFUNC.  */
  10648.  
  10649. bfd_boolean
  10650. _bfd_elf_is_function_type (unsigned int type)
  10651. {
  10652.   return (type == STT_FUNC
  10653.           || type == STT_GNU_IFUNC);
  10654. }
  10655.  
  10656. /* If the ELF symbol SYM might be a function in SEC, return the
  10657.    function size and set *CODE_OFF to the function's entry point,
  10658.    otherwise return zero.  */
  10659.  
  10660. bfd_size_type
  10661. _bfd_elf_maybe_function_sym (const asymbol *sym, asection *sec,
  10662.                              bfd_vma *code_off)
  10663. {
  10664.   bfd_size_type size;
  10665.  
  10666.   if ((sym->flags & (BSF_SECTION_SYM | BSF_FILE | BSF_OBJECT
  10667.                      | BSF_THREAD_LOCAL | BSF_RELC | BSF_SRELC)) != 0
  10668.       || sym->section != sec)
  10669.     return 0;
  10670.  
  10671.   *code_off = sym->value;
  10672.   size = 0;
  10673.   if (!(sym->flags & BSF_SYNTHETIC))
  10674.     size = ((elf_symbol_type *) sym)->internal_elf_sym.st_size;
  10675.   if (size == 0)
  10676.     size = 1;
  10677.   return size;
  10678. }
  10679.